Committee:
Date:
Planning Applications Sub Committee
9 April 2024
Subject:
Hill House, 1 Little New Street, London EC4A 3JR.
Demolition of existing building above ground with
retention of existing basement and piles/ foundations
and erection of a mixed use office building
comprising two basement levels, lower ground,
upper ground and upper ground mezzanine plus 18
upper storeys for the provision of office space (Use
Class E), gym/auditorium (Use Class E), flexible
office, café/retail (Use Class E), reprovision of
existing library (Use Class F1), flexible library/office
(Use Class F1/E) and restaurant (Use Class E),
discontinuance of the City Walkway (Little New
Street To Wine Office Court), enhanced and
enlarged public realm, hard and soft landscaping,
highway works, and associated enabling works.
Public
Ward: Castle Baynard
For Decision
Registered No: 23/01102/FULMAJ
Registered on:
19 Oct 2023
Conservation Area: No
Listed Building: No
Summary
Existing site
The Site is located in the northwest of the City to the north of Fleet Street.
The building is bounded on all sides by public highway with Little New Street
to the north, Shoe Lane to the east, Wine Office Court to the south, and
Printer Street and Gunpowder Square to the west.
The existing site comprises office use, a public lending library and a bar.
There is existing City Walkway through the centre of the Site from north to
south; this is proposed to be removed as part of proposals. There are areas
of permissive path located across the Site.
Proposals
The scheme would provide a total of 58,333 sq.m GEA floorspace,
comprising 44,105 sq.m of office floorspace providing a significant amount of
flexible Grade A floorspace, an uplift on the site of both quality and quantity
of office floorspace.
The proposal will re-provide the existing public library at the site, with
additional floorspace for flexible affordable workspace and library use.
The development would provide an uplift in retail floorspace with the
provision of a retail/café unit at ground, and a restaurant at level 17.
The applicant would deliver a comprehensive landscaping scheme across
the site, and at Gunpowder Square providing an enhanced entrance and
public space directly adjoining the library, subject to a Section 278
Agreement.
This application is accompanied by an Environmental Statement.
Consultation
A total of 49 responses from the public were received. This comprised four
objections and two neutral comments which raised residential amenity
impacts including for daylight and sunlight, overlooking, and relating to the
construction period. Officers have considered these issues and
recommended conditions and Section 106 obligations to mitigate impacts.
A total of 43 responses were received supporting the proposals, these all
state: I am writing to share my support for the Hill House proposals with
some responses also highlighting support for the rooftop restaurant, new
public realm and library proposals.
Sustainability
The proposed development would deliver a high quality, energy efficient
development that is on track to achieve “outstanding” BREEAM assessment
ratings. The proposals cannot meet the London Plan target of 35%
operational carbon emission savings compared to a Part L 2021 compliant
scheme which the GLA acknowledges will initially be difficult to achieve for
commercial schemes. However, the proposed energy efficiency and the MEP
strategy would perform highly, with an innovative façade system that would
provide both operational and embodied carbon efficiency and an additional
opportunity to use timber for internal elements.
The assessment of options, carried out in compliance with the Carbon
Options Guidance 2023, confirmed that although the preferred proposal
would result in the highest whole life-cycle carbon emissions out of the four
options, none of the other options would be able to deliver the holistic
sustainability benefits that would complement the repositioning of the
emerging Fleet Valley area into a vibrant, healthy and sustainable new part
of the City. The planning stage whole life-cycle carbon emissions are
calculated to reach close to the GLA’s Aspirational Benchmark, and
opportunities to maximise the reuse of deconstruction materials from the site
and from other reuse sources have been identified to mitigate impacts of
redevelopment. The proposal therefore would satisfy the GLA’s circular
economy principles and London Plan policy, Local Plan policy, and Draft City
Plan 2040. The building design responds well to climate change resilience
by reducing solar gain, saving water resources and various opportunities for
urban greening and biodiversity and complies with London Plan Policies
Local Plan policies.
There will be a loss of four existing trees at the site at Gunpowder Square
however these are considered to be of a low quality and the applicant is
proposing approximately 28 trees across the site and will be required to
deliver at least four trees with larger canopies in the new public realm at
Gunpowder Square, alongside significant public realm and greening
improvements. This would be secured in the Section 106 and Section 278
agreements.
Transport
The trip generation assessment identifies that the proposed development
would generate 976 trips during the AM peak (8:00-9:00) and 1,156 trips
during the PM peak (17:00-18:00). When considered against the existing site
and associated trip generation, this is an increase of +635 trips during the
AM peak and +786 trips during the PM peak.
Given the accessibility of the site in relation to local public transport services,
and when considering the projected mode share of trips, it is considered that
this additional level of activity could be absorbed by the existing transport
networks, subject to appropriate mitigation and improvements to local
footway conditions.
The applicant has committed to consolidate deliveries which would reduce
the number of servicing vehicles arriving on site and result in a total of 49
deliveries per day (or a net increase of 14 trips when compared to the existing
scenario). A daily servicing vehicle cap would be applied to the proposals.
The Applicant also commits to restricting servicing activity between the peak
network hours.
The applicant would provide a minimum of 750 long-stay cycle parking
spaces internally, and 113 short-stay cycle parking spaces across internal
and external spaces which meets the London Plan requirement. In addition,
the applicant would also re-provide / retain the additional 24 existing cycle
parking spaces that are located on Wine Office Court in the improved public
realm.
The development will be car free however the applicant proposes to provide
two additional disabled bays on-street on Little New Street, and the applicant
has committed to providing EV charging capabilities for the proposed on-
street bays.
The proposals will result in the loss of City Walkway (174 sqm) through the
centre of the site, which is considered to be of poor quality with relatively low
usage.
Local Plan Policy DM 16.2 resists the loss of pedestrian routes unless an
alternative public pedestrian route of at least an equivalent standard is
provided. An alternative route is not proposed by the applicant, and it could
therefore be considered that there is some element of non-compliance of the
aforementioned policy. However additional public realm space is to be re-
provided (194 sqm) around the periphery of the building as part of an
enhanced public realm.
The pedestrian comfort results indicate that there is to be no change in the
pedestrian comfort level of the assessed footways at Little New Street and
Shoe Lane and there will be a slight reduction in the pedestrian comfort level
for Printer Street, which is considered immaterial and is still within an
acceptable and comfortable range. However Officers consider that footways
should be considered in more detail as part of the proposed Section 278
works.
Enhancements to Gunpowder Square have been proposed, to create a
much-improved public realm along the key pedestrian desire line between
New Street Square and Fleet Street. The works to public highway would be
secured through a Section 278 Agreement.
The transport proposals are considered acceptable subject to conditions and
section 106 obligations, including Construction Logistics details, to mitigate
impacts to nearby uses and residents.
Design and Heritage
The Twentieth Century Society and the City of Westminster objected to the
proposals on heritage grounds. Historic England responded to the
consultation raising concerns on heritage grounds and identifying harm to
heritage assets. In addition, St Paul’s Cathedral responded to identify harm
to heritage assets.
The City’s long-term, plan-led approach to tall buildings is to cluster them to
minimise heritage impacts and maximise good growth. As such, the adopted
Local Plan seeks to consolidate tall buildings into a singular, coherent City
Cluster (Local Plan policies CS7 and CS14 (1)), an approach carried forward
in the emerging City Plan 2040 with the addition of a smaller proposed
Cluster in the Holborn and Fleet Valley area (S12 (2) and S21).
The application site falls outside the ‘Eastern Cluster/City Cluster’ policy
areas in the adopted Local Plan and emerging City Plan (CS7, fig. G; S21,
fig. 28), but does fall within the proposed Holborn and Fleet Valley Cluster in
the emerging City Plan (S12, fig. 14). At 94.80m AOD, the proposal would
exceed the highest of the contours of the proposed cluster (90m AOD) by
4.8m and would therefore create a degree of conflict with emerging policy
S13 (3) of the 2040 Plan. This Plan is yet to undergo Regulation 19
Consultation and consequently its provisions can be afforded only limited
weight as a material consideration.
Having conducted a detailed assessment of the potential impacts of the
proposal, officers conclude that the site would be appropriate in principle for
a tall building.
Officers consider that the architectural design of the building would be
compatible with the existing context, being read as a well-layered piece of
design, which celebrates moments in the public realm. Officers consider that
the sculptural form of the building's massing, which breaks the building down
into a series of different elements is successful, and responsive to its context,
while also delivering a unique piece of architecture with its own identity and
well-articulated facades.
Overall, it is considered that the proposal would make the best use of land,
following a design-led approach that optimises the site capacity to
accommodate employment growth and would increase the amount of high-
quality office space. The proposals align with the function of the City to
accommodate substantial growth in accordance with Local Plan Policies
CS1: Offices and London Plan Policies SD4, SD5 and E1.
The architecture and urban design proposals comply with Local Plan Policies
CS10 and DM10.1, DM19.1 emerging City Plan Policy S8, DE2, HL1, DE3,
and London Plan Policy D3 and D8, paragraphs 130 and 132 of the NPPF
and the City Public Realm SPD all require high-quality public realm and
increased urban greening.
Following rigorous assessment, officers consider that the proposal would
preserve all relevant strategic views in accordance with London Plan Policy
CS13, City Plan policy S13 London Plan Policy HC4 and associated
guidance in the LVMF SPG and Protected View SPD. The proposal would
not harm the characteristics and composition of relevant strategic views and
their landmark elements.
Furthermore, the proposals would preserve the significance (via change in
the setting) of heritage assets and an appreciation of it. As such, they would
accord with Local Plan policies CS12 and DM12.1, emerging City Plan 2040
policies S11 and HE1, London Plan policy HC1, having accounted for and
paying special regard to s.66 (1) of the Planning (Listed Buildings and
Conservation Areas) Act 1990 and the relevant NPPF policies.
Environmental impacts
Two wind assessments were undertaken: a Computational Fluid Dynamics
(CFD) and Wind Tunnel. No wind safety risks were identified associated with
the proposed development.
For the wind tunnel, with the inclusion of the proposed development the
majority of locations would have wind conditions suitable for the intended
use. Bench seating by the gym/auditorium entrance and higher-level terrace
locations would have wind conditions one category windier than suitable.
With the existing and proposed landscaping in place, all ground level
locations would have suitable wind conditions for the intended use and no
mitigation would be required. On the terrace levels the majority of areas
would have suitable wind conditions for terrace use, however, a number of
locations would have wind conditions windier than suitable for amenity use.
Mitigation measures have been suggested and with these mitigation
measures in place it is expected that wind conditions would be suitable for
the desired amenity uses.
The CFD found that conditions will be either suitable for the intended use or
no windier for the baseline conditions, without landscaping or mitigation
measures, for all thoroughfares, building entrances (both proposed and
existing off-site), existing off-site amenity (both ground level and elevated
terraces), the proposed benches by the main entrance lobby, the proposed
benches in Gunpowder Square, and the majority of the proposed elevated
terraces (up to level 14, plus level 18). The baseline conditions which are
unsuitable would be made suitable by the proposed Development for existing
benches adjacent to 1 New Street Square and 120 Fleet Street, and on
Stonecutter Street. Conditions for the proposed level 15 and 16 terraces
would have regions which are not suitable when tested without the proposed
landscaping, but would be made suitable by the inclusion of the proposed
landscaping scheme. Conditions for the proposed level 17 terrace would not
be suitable when tested without the proposed landscaping, but would be
made suitable for use as a mixed-amenity terrace by the inclusion of the
proposed landscaping scheme. Should spill-out restaurant seating be
required in detailed design, it is recommended that screening is incorporated
into the terrace design at that stage. A condition to secure wind mitigation is
proposed. Conditions for the proposed bench outside the flexible
gym/auditorium entrance would be a category windier than the target without
the proposed landscaping, but would be made suitable with the inclusion of
the proposed landscaping scheme.
For the CFD, at 120 Fleet Street, there is a small area shown to the north of
building on the western elevation for uncomfortable conditions shown in the
windiest season only. This is shown on the façade of the proposed retail unit
to the side of the entrance. The consultant states there is a highly localised
region of red “uncomfortable” conditions does not extend more than 500mm
from the wall of 120 Fleet Street, therefore is not of sufficient extent to impact
the pedestrian experience in this area and is therefore considered negligible.
This region was picked up in the CFD analysis, but was not picked up by the
wind tunnel testing due to being such a localised region that it fell between
probe locations.
Therefore subject to condition and s106 obligation, the wind microclimate
impacts are considered acceptable.
It is considered that the thermal comfort in and around the site, would be
acceptable in accordance with London Plan Policy D8 and Policy D9 and
emerging City Plan policies S8 and S12, and the guidance contained in the
Thermal Comfort Guidelines for Development in the City of London.
A Solar Glare Assessment has been submitted. It states that occurrences of
solar glare at angles beyond 30 degrees would be of little significance in most
situations and if the angle between the driver’s line of view and the reflected
sun is less than 10 degrees, solar glare could be a significant issue. The
analysis states that the likelihood of experiencing solar glare throughout the
year is relatively minimal, and even in cases where it does occur, it is at
angles greater than 30 degrees. Therefore impacts are considered
acceptable.
With regard to impacts on daylight and sunlight to nearby residential
properties, for Pemberton House, 7 Wine Office Court and 1-23 Bolt Court,
these would experience Minor to Major Adverse effects. Despite failures
against the BRE guidelines, it is not considered that the proposal would result
in an unacceptable impact on the existing use of the properties in the context
of the location of the site in a dense urban area. In addition, an independent
review was undertaken for the results that concluded that the results are not
considered unacceptable in the urban context. As such, the impacts are
considered to be such that to cause the proposals to conflict with Local Plan
Policy DM10.7 and Policy DE7 of the draft City Plan 2040.
Local Plan Policy DM15.7 and draft City Plan 2040 policy DE8 requires that
development should incorporate measures to reduce light spillage
particularly where it would impact adversely on neighbouring occupiers. An
assessment of lighting impacts was undertaken by the applicant and
identifies sensitive receptors at Pemberton House including bedrooms which
face towards the Site. An assessment of the likely significant light intrusion
effects of the proposed development are of moderate to major adverse
significance. However the assessment assumed a ‘typical’ lighting design
and also assumed that all lights are switched on at the same time and no
blinds or shading devices are installed, and assumes that all lights remain on
after 11pm. Therefore the assessment states that this represents a
reasonable worst case scenario and the effects are likely to be materially
lower in reality when one takes into account of a mitigation scheme that
would be deployed as part of good building management practices.
The applicant states that the lighting will be designed to reduce the potential
effects on residents of Pemberton House, such that the likely effect of the
proposed development after mitigation will likely be minor adverse and
therefore not significant. Conditions are recommended to ensure that
impacts to residents and other sensitive receptors are mitigated including
compliance with the Lighting SPD. Subject to detailed design and conditions,
the impacts are considered acceptable.
Benefits
The scheme would provide benefits through CIL for improvements to the
public realm, housing and other local facilities and measures. That payment
of CIL is a local finance consideration which weighs in favour of the scheme.
In addition to general planning obligations there would be site specific
measures secured in the S106 Agreement.
There are a range of public benefits associated with the proposal which
includes the delivery of:
An enhanced library offer with potential to generate income from
meeting rooms;
Potential for affordable workspace at the site to be managed by the
library to generate income;
Exclusive managed use of the level 18 amenity space and rooftop for
library use and for community events;
A Changing Places Toilet;
A flexible gym/ auditorium use with offer for discounted use for
qualifying groups and users;
Public realm improvements including an enhanced Gunpowder Square
subject to s278 agreement;
Provision of public art.
Planning obligations
The S106 agreement will secure the reprovision of the library at Hill House
and the temporary relocation during construction at One New Change,
subject to the grant of planning permission.
Financial security in the form of a payment or guarantee will be given by the
applicant to ensure that the Corporation can deliver a library in the event that
the applicant fails to deliver in accordance with the agreed timetable. The
applicant would meet the costs and carry out works for fit out and furnish both
the temporary and permanent library.
New lease terms would include a peppercorn rent throughout the 65 year
term with a reasonable cap on service charge to be agreed with better
commercial terms than the existing lease.
Conclusion
The principle of high-quality Grade A office, reprovision of a library, flexible
retail and gym/auditorium floorspace are acceptable and would be secured
through condition.
Virtually no major development proposal is in complete compliance with all
policies and in arriving at a decision it is necessary to assess all the policies
and proposals in the plan and to come to a view as to whether in the light of
the development plan when taken as a whole the proposal does or does not
accord with it. The Local Planning Authority must determine the application
in accordance with the development plan unless other material
considerations indicate otherwise.
Paragraph 11 of the NPPF sets out that there is presumption in favour of
sustainable development. For decision taking that means approving
development proposals that accord with an up to date development plan
without delay.
Other material considerations, including the application of policies in the
NPPF and the significant weight to be placed on the need to support
economic growth (paragraph 85), also indicate that planning permission
should be granted.
Although there is some non-compliance with parts of the tall building and
pedestrian movement policies, it is the view of Officers that the proposal
complies with the Development Plan when considered as a whole and that
material planning considerations weigh in favour of the scheme.
Therefore, it is recommended that planning permission be granted subject to
all the relevant conditions being applied and Section 106 obligations being
entered into in order to secure the benefits and minimise the impact of the
proposal.
Recommendation
1. That, subject to the execution of a planning obligation or
obligations in respect of the matters set out under the heading
‘Planning Obligations’ the Planning and Development Director be
authorised to issue a decision notice granting planning
permission for the above proposal in accordance with the details
set out in the attached schedule; and
2. That your Officers be instructed to negotiate and execute
obligations in respect of those matters set out in "Planning
Obligations" under Section 106 of the Town and Country
Planning Act 1990 and any necessary agreements under
Sections 278 and 38 of the Highway Act 1980 in respect of those
matters set out in the report.
3. That your Officers be authorised to provide the information
required by regulations 29 of the Town and Country Planning
(Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2017, and to
inform the public and the Secretary of State as required by
regulation 30 of those regulations.
Image 1: Aerial view of site looking north-west.
Image 2: View looking southwest from Stonecutter Street.
Image 3: View looking south from Printer Street into Gunpowder Square.
Image 4: Visual of proposed development looking northeast.
Image 5: Visual of the library use at the proposed development.
Image 6: Visual of proposed development at Gunpowder Square.
Image 7: Visual of proposed library entrance at Gunpowder Square.
Application Sheet: Hill House
TOPIC
INFORMATION
1. HEIGHT
EXISTING
PROPOSED
49.33m AOD
94.8m
2. FLOORSPACE
GIA (SQM)
USES
EXISTING
PROPOSED
Office (Use Class
E)
15,842.4
Office (Use Class E)
43,341
Bar (Sui Generis)
1,014.2
Flexible
Office/Café/Retail (Use
Class E)
319.7
Library (Use
Class F1)
1,016.4
Library (Use Class F1)
1,040.7
Flexible Library/Office
(Use Class F1/E)
467.5
Flexible
Gym/Auditorium (Use
Class E)
460.7
Restaurant (Use class
E)
823.4
Ancillary/Back of
House
6,836.3
Ancillary/Back of House
10,829.2
Total
24,709.6
57,056.5
3. OFFICE
PROVISION IN
THE CAZ
An increase of at least 27,498.6 sqm GIA of office floorspace in the CAZ.
A potential for 467.5 sqm GIA additional affordable workspace.
4. EMPLOYMENT
NUMBERS
EXISTING
PROPOSED
20
Estimated 2,986
5. VEHICLE
+CYCLE
PARKING
Blue Badge
1
Blue Badge
3
Cycle Parking
24
Long Stay Cycle
Parking
750
Short Stay Cycle
Parking
113
6. HIGHWAY
LOSS / GAIN
There is no highway loss proposed. There is a loss of City Walkway
proposed. However there would be an increase of 52 sqm of new public
realm (permissive path) compared to the existing development.
7. PUBLIC REALM
Public realm improvements around the site including at Gunpowder
Square, subject to S278 Agreement.
8. STREET TREES
EXISTING
PROPOSED
4
Approximately 28 subject to detailed
landscape design with at least four
with large canopy in Gunpowder
Square.
9. DAILY
SERVICING
VEHICLE TRIPS
EXISTING
PROPOSED
35 deliveries (70 trips)
49 deliveries (98 trips). This assumes
50% consolidation and 5% of all trips
undertaken by cargo bike.
10. SERVICING
HOURS
Deliveries will take place outside the peak hours (07:00-10:00, 12:00-
14:00 and 16:00-19:00).
11. RETAINED
FABRIC
Substructure – 90% by mass retention
Superstructure – 0 % retention
12. OPERATIONAL
CARBON
EMISSION
SAVINGS
Improvements against Part L 2021: 13%
GLA requirement: 35%
13. OPERATIONAL
CARBON
EMISSIONS
35,216.6 tonnes CO
2
over 60 years
0.617 tonnes CO
2
per square meter over 60 years
(includes life-cycle modules B6+B7)
14. EMBODIED
CARBON
EMISSIONS
PROJECT LIFE CYCLE EMISSIONS COMPARED TO GLA
BENCHMARKS
A1-A5: upfront embodied carbon emissions per square meter
B C (excluding B6 and B7): in use stage embodied carbon emissions
per square meter
Total upfront embodied carbon 36,817.8 tonnes CO
2
e / 645 kgCO
2
e per
sqm
15. WHOLE LIFE
CYCLE
CARBON
EMISSIONS
Total whole life-cycle carbon emissions: 92,019.3 tonnes CO
2
Total whole life-cycle carbon emissions per square meter:
1.612 tonnes CO
2
/sqm
16. WHOLE LIFE-
CYCLE
CARBON
OPTIONS
17. TARGET
BREEAM
RATING
Policy target Excellent or Outstanding
18. URBAN
GREENING
FACTOR
0.34
19. BIODIVERSITY
NET GAIN
517.33%
20. AIR QUALITY
An all electric system is proposed for plant. The Air Quality Assessment
confirmed that development is air quality neutral and that overall, with the
recommended mitigation measures in place (construction phase only),
the development would be compliant with legislation and policy.
Good
Very Good
Excellent
Outstanding
g
Main Report
Environmental Statement
1. The application is for EIA development and is accompanied by an
Environmental Statement (ES). The ES is a means of drawing together, in a
systematic way, an assessment of a project’s likely significant environmental
effects. This is to ensure that the importance of the predicted effects and the
scope for reducing them are properly understood by the public and the
competent authority before it makes its decision.
2. The Local Planning Authority must take the Environmental Statement into
consideration in reaching its decision as well as comments made by the
consultation bodies and any representations from members of the public about
environmental issues as required by the Town and Country Planning
(Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2017.
3. The duties imposed by regulation 26 of the EIA Regulations require the local
planning authority to undertake the following steps:
a) To examine the environmental information;
b) To reach a reasoned conclusion on the significant effects of the proposed
development on the environment, taking into account the examination
referred to at (a) above, and where appropriate, their own supplementary
examination;
c) To integrate that conclusion into the decision as to whether planning
permission is to be granted; and
d) If planning permission or subsequent consent is to be granted, consider
whether it is appropriate to impose monitoring measures.
4. A local planning authority must not grant planning permission unless satisfied
that the reasoned conclusion referred to above is up to date. A reasoned
conclusion is to be taken to be up to date if, in the opinion of the relevant
planning authority, it addresses the significant effects of the proposed
development on the environment that are likely to arise as a result of the
proposed development. The draft statement attached to this report at Appendix
A and the content of this report set out the conclusions reached on the matters
identified in regulation 26. It is the view of the officers that the reasoned
conclusions address the significant effects of the proposed development on
the environment that are likely to arise as a result of the proposed development
and that reasoned conclusions set out in the statement are up to date.
5. Representations made by any body required by the EIA Regulations to be
invited to make representations and any representations duly made by any
other person about the environmental effects of the development also form
part of the environmental information to be examined and taken into account
by your Committee.
6. The Environmental Statement is available online, together with the application,
drawings, relevant policy documents and the representations received in
respect of the application.
Site and Surroundings
7. The Site is located in the northwest of the City to the north of Fleet Street. The
building is bounded on all sides by public highway with Little New Street to the
north, Shoe Lane to the east, Wine Office Court to the south, and Printer Street
and Gunpowder Square to the west.
8. The existing building was completed in 1979 and comprises seven storeys
above ground with two basement levels and has accommodated
predominantly office floorspace over its lifetime. The total existing height is
49.33 metres above ordnance datum (AOD).
9. There is existing City Walkway through the centre of the Site from north to
south which is proposed to be removed as part of proposals. There are areas
of permissive path located across the Site.
10. The uses at existing site comprises:
Office use (15,842 sq.m GIA) from lower ground to level six with the
principal entrance facing Little New Street;
Library use (1,016 sq.m GIA) at basement two level with entrance facing
Little New Street;
Bar (1,014 sq.m GIA) on lower and upper ground floor with entrance
from Shoe Lane;
Gym for office use on upper ground floor with entrance from Printer
Street;
Loading bay and servicing area ground and basement one;
Plant and back of house (6,837 sq.m GIA) basement two, basement one,
lower ground, upper ground, and level seven.
11. The site is not within a conservation area; however, the Fleet Street
Conservation Area is located nearby to the southwest.
12. Part of the site sits within the London Panorama (5A.2) from Greenwich Park
in the London View Management Framework (LVMF).
13. The building is not listed, however there are listed buildings nearby including
no. 7 Wine Office Court (Grade II) and no. 17 Gough Square No 17, Dr
Johnson's House (Grade I).
14. On 7
th
June, Historic England confirmed that the existing building is not
recommended for listing and recommended that a Certificate of Immunity
should be issued.
15. The surrounding area is comprised of predominantly commercial uses
including office and retail. In addition, there are a number of residential
properties near to the Site and this includes directly to the west at Pemberton
House and southwest at Wine Office Court.
16. Existing blue badge bays are located on Little New Street to the north of the
Site, a space on St Bridge Street to the east, and a space in Gough Square to
southwest.
17. There is existing public realm at Gunpowder Square which includes three City
managed trees.
18. Topographically the site slopes downwards to the east between Printer Street
and Shoe Lane.
19. The existing servicing takes place from Shoe Lane via a dedicated loading
bay.
Planning history
20. There is no relevant recent planning history at the Site apart from an
application currently pending for the bar unit at the Site for a temporary
community kitchen and exhibition space (app. ref. 24/00094/FULL).
21. Directly to the east of the Site is the consented 120 Fleet Street development
which is currently under construction for the: Demolition of the existing River
Court building at 120 Fleet Street, including part demolition of the basement
and the erection of a new building comprising two basement levels and ground
floor plus 20 upper storeys (93.15m AOD) including retail, commercial, office
and service use (Class E). Creation of new pedestrian routes. Change of use
of Daily Express Building from office (Use Class E) to learning and non-
residential institutions use (Class F1), retail, flexible learning and non-
residential institutions and commercial use (Class E), Alterations to and
refurbishment of the existing Grade II* listed Daily Express Building at 120
Fleet Street, including works to detach the building from the River Court with
demolition of part of linking floorplate and structure from basement level 01 to
level 06, demolition of roof and installation of new roof with associated roof
garden, erection of new north facade, retention of south-east curved corner
and part demolition of existing east facade from ground level to level 05,
erection of new facade and shopfront and associated works.
Proposals
22. Planning permission is sought for the demolition of existing building above
ground with retention of existing basement and piles/ foundations and erection
of a mixed use office building comprising two basement levels, lower ground,
upper ground and upper ground mezzanine plus 18 upper storeys for the
provision of office space, gym/auditorium (Use Class E), flexible office,
café/retail (Use Class E), reprovision of existing library (Use Class F1), flexible
library/office (Use Class F1/E) and restaurant (Use Class E), discontinuance
of the City Walkway (Little New Street To Wine Office Court), enhanced and
enlarged public realm, hard and soft landscaping, highway works, and
associated enabling works.
23. The existing basement slab at basement level two is proposed to be retained
alongside the perimeter walls with other walls and structure to be demolished.
24. The scheme would provide a total of 58,411 sq.m GEA floorspace, comprising:
44,110 sq.m of office floorspace (Class E(g(i)));
336 sq.m of flexible retail (Class E(a-d);
479 sq.m of flexible gym /auditorium use (Class E);
1,066 sq.m of public library use (Class F1);
515 sq.m of flexible affordable workspace and library use (Class E / F1).
25. The scheme would provide a significant amount of flexible Grade A office
floorspace, an uplift on the site of both quality and quantity of office floorspace
and an increase in the floorspace for other proposed retail and commercial
uses.
26. The proposals would re-provide the public library at the site at ground and
mezzanine level with an entrance from Gunpowder Square. This will include
additional adjoining floorspace at mezzanine level for affordable workspace or
library use.
27. The site would provide a restaurant at level 17 and café/retail at ground floor.
28. In addition, the proposed development would include a gym or auditorium use
at basement level.
29. The servicing is proposed to take place from the same location as existing from
Shoe Lane to the east of the Site.
30. Two additional blude badge spaces are proposed on Little New Street and
cycle parking is proposed at ground floor and basement internally and in the
public realm on Wine Office Court and at Gunpowder Square.
31. There would be new and enhanced public realm at Gunpowder Square and
around the site, and terraces on levels 1 to 18. This would include urban
greening and biodiversity measures. There would be an increase of public
realm at ground level next to Gunpowder Square where the building line is
pushed back to mitigate for the loss of City Walkway at the Site.
Consultations
Statement of Community Involvement
32. The Applicant has submitted a Statement of Community Involvement outlining
their engagement with stakeholders. Public consultation took place via
leafleting and in-person consultation events as well as digital engagement. A
total of 241 attendees were present at December - July consultation events.
33. The Statement of Community Involvement concludes that the majority of
attendees at the events were particularly interested in the public realm, library,
and rooftop restaurant proposed and that the proposal to relocate Shoe Lane
Library from its existing basement location to a highly prominent new home at
ground floor level adjacent to Gunpowder Square was met with positive
feedback.
Statutory Consultation
34. Following receipt of the application, it has been advertised on site and in the
press and has been consulted upon in accordance with article 15 of the
Development Management Procedure Order (as amended). Received letters
and e-mails making representations are referenced in Appendix A to this
report. A summary of the representations received, and the consultation
responses is set out in the table below.
35. In accordance with the City’s SCI, notification letters were sent to residential
properties in the vicinity in addition to the site and press notices.
36. The application was advertised in accordance with the EIA Regulations 2017
(as amended).
37. The applicant has provided detailed responses to matters raised in consultee
and third-party responses. All received letters and e-mails making
representations are referenced in the appendix to this report.
External Consultation responses
City Police
Responded and no comments.
City of
Westminster
Responded to state:
We object to the impact of the proposals on the setting of the
Grade I listed churches of St Mary Le Strand and St Clement
Danes. When looking eastwards along the Strand toward the
churches, the proposed development will be highly visible,
and will be overbearing in relation to them and crowding in on
them in the townscape.
As is noted on page 199 of the Townscape, Heritage and
Visual Impact Assessment, the area around the Church is a
high-quality large area of public realm, and that it provides a
"good quality view of two Grade I listed churches along the
important primary route of the Strand which forms part of the
historic processional route to St Paul's Cathedral", concluding
that the value of the view is "accordingly high". We would
agree with this assessment that the value of this view is high.
The report however goes on to say that impact of the
proposals on this view will be neutral as the proposed
development "distinctly legible as a background element, and
it will not dominate or alter the ability to appreciate the
character and composition of the view or the landmark church
within it". This is not accepted as an accurate statement of
the effect of the proposals on the setting of the listed
buildings. Currently when looking eastwards down the
historic processional route to St Pauls, the churches are
framed by the sky, which draws the eye up the spire and
toward the heavens. The architecture of the churches is
therefore in direct conversation with the sky. This
development would reduce the amount of surrounding sky,
resulting in a cluttered and lopsided surrounding townscape
in long distance views which negatively impacts the viewers
ability to appreciate the character and composition of the
churches.
This harm is tacitly acknowledged on page 82 of the Design
and Access Statement which acknowledges that the
redevelopment of the site would result in the loss of the sky-
gap between St Mary-le-Strand church and 120 Fleet Street.
It goes on to state that took on board that "the design should
aim to minimise coalescence with 120 Fleet Street through
elevation design and materiality. The height of the proposed
scheme should not detract from the appreciation of the
churches (St Mary-le-Strand & St Clement Danes) and their
respective spires. The southwest elevation should be
articulated to avoid appearing broad in these views".
Whilst it is appreciated that this harm was acknowledged by
the design team, and an attempt was made to mitigate the
harm, this attempt was not successful. The approach taken
fails to resolve the harm cause by the loss of the sky gap and
the cluttering of the townscape.
Officer response: This is addressed in the ‘Design and Heritage’
section of the report.
Civil Aviation
Authority
No response received.
Crossrail
Responded with no comment.
Dean And
Chapter of St
Paul's
Cathedral
No response.
Environment
Agency
Responded to state:
- Contaminated Land - This development site appears to
have been the subject of past industrial activity (printworks
and cast iron and glass manufacturing) which poses a
medium risk of pollution to controlled waters. However, we
are unable to provide site-specific advice relating to land
contamination as we have recently revised our priorities so
that we can focus on:
Protecting and improving the groundwater that supports
existing drinking water supplies
Groundwater within important aquifers for future supply
of drinking water or other environmental use.
- We recommend that you refer to our published ‘Guiding
Principles for Land Contamination’ which outlines the
approach which should be adopted when managing this
site’s risks to the water environment. We also advise that
you consult with your Environmental Health/Environmental
Protection Department for advice on generic aspects of land
contamination management. Where planning controls are
considered necessary, we recommend that the
environmental protection of controlled waters is considered
alongside any human health protection requirements. This
approach is supported by paragraph 174 of the National
Planning Policy Framework. Water Resources Increased
water efficiency for all new developments potentially
enables more growth with the same water resources.
Developers can highlight positive corporate social
responsibility messages and the use of technology to help
sell their homes. For the homeowner lower water usage
also reduces water and energy bills. We endorse the use of
water efficiency measures especially in new developments.
Use of technology that ensures efficient use of natural
resources could support the environmental benefits of
future proposals and could help attract investment to the
area. Therefore, water efficient technology, fixtures and
fittings should be considered as part of new developments.
Residential developments All new residential developments
are required to achieve a water consumption limit of a
maximum of 125 litres per person per day as set out within
the Building Regulations &c. (Amendment) Regulations
2015. However, we recommend that in areas of serious
water stress (as identified in our report Water stressed
areas - final classification) a higher standard of a maximum
of 110 litres per person per day is applied. This standard or
higher may already be a requirement of the local planning
authority.
Officer response: This is addressed in the ‘Land contamination’
section of the report. Conditions and informatives are
recommended.
GLAAS,
Historic
England
Archaeology
A response was provided that stated no further assessment was
required.
Officer response: A condition is recommended.
Greater
London
Authority
Responded to state that: whilst the proposal exceeds the threshold
plane of this protected view, it is not considered that the
proposal would have significant impact on or cause harm to the
protected landmark in this view, and it is not therefore
considered that the amendments give rise to any new strategic
planning issues; therefore, under article 5(2) of the above Order
the Mayor of London does not need to be consulted further on
this application and the City may proceed to determine the
application without further reference to the GLA.
Heathrow
Airport
Responded to state:
- Obstacle Lighting - Although it is not anticipated that the use
of a cranes at this site will impact Heathrow’s Obstacle
Limitation Surfaces, Instrument Flight Procedures or Radar.
We would like to advise the developer that if a crane is
required for construction purposes, then red static
omnidirectional lights will need to be applied at the highest
part of the crane and at the end of the jib if a tower crane, as
per the requirements set out by CAP1096.
- CAA Crane Notification - where a crane is 100m or higher,
crane operators are advised to notify the CAA
([email protected]) and Defence Geographic Centre
([email protected]) via Crane notification. The following
details should be provided before the crane is erected:
the crane's precise location
an accurate maximum height
start and completion dates
Officer response: Conditions are recommended.
Historic
England
Detailed response was received, including the following:
- Whilst we have no objection to the redevelopment of the
current building on the site, we consider that due to their
height of the proposed replacement building, it would have a
harmful impact upon the significance and setting of a number
of heritage assets, particularly the Grade I listed churches on
The Strand and surrounding conservation areas. If your
authority is minded to approve these proposals we
recommend that you seek to ensure that the proposals are
fully justified and weighed in the balance against any public
benefits arising from the proposals, in accordance with
policies set out in the NPPF…. We consider the level of harm
to be less than substantial in NPPF terms, but towards the
middle rangeHistoric England has concerns regarding the
application on heritage grounds.
Officer response: This is addressed in the Design and Heritage’
section of the report.
Lead Local
Flood Authority
Responded with conditions.
Officer response: Conditions are recommended.
London City
Airport
Responded to state:
- London City Airport has now assessed the above application
against safeguarding criteria and can confirm that we have no
safeguarding objections to the proposed development.
However, as a crane is needed for construction purposes, we
would like to draw your attention to the following:
- Obstacle Lighting - Although it isn’t anticipated that the use of
a cranes at this site will impact London City Airport’s Obstacle
Limitation Surfaces, Instrument Flight Procedures or Radar.
We would like to advise the developer that if a crane is
required for construction purposes, then red static
omnidirectional lights will need to be applied at the highest
part of the crane and at the end of the jib if a tower crane, as
per the requirements set out by CAP1096. CAP 1096:
Guidance to crane users on the crane notification process and
obstacle lighting and marking.
- CAA Crane Notification where a crane is 100m or higher,
crane operators are advised to notify the CAA
([email protected]) and Defence Geographic Centre
([email protected]) via Crane notification.
Officer response: Conditions are recommended.
London
Borough of
Camden
Responded with no objections.
London
Borough of
Islington
No response received.
London
Borough of
Lewisham
No response received.
London
Borough of
Tower Hamlets
Responded with no comments.
London
Borough of
Southwark
Confirmed no comments.
London
Underground
No response received.
Ministry of
Housing,
No response received.
Communities
and Local
Government
National Air
Traffic
Services
(NATS)
Responded to state:
- The proposed development has been examined from a
technical safeguarding aspect and does not conflict with our
safeguarding criteria. Accordingly, NATS (En Route) Public
Limited Company ("NERL") has no safeguarding objection to
the proposal. However, please be aware that this response
applies specifically to the above consultation and only reflects
the position of NATS (that is responsible for the management
of en route air traffic) based on the information supplied at the
time of this application.
Natural
England
Responded with no comments.
Network Rail
Responded with detailed advice.
Officer response: An informative has been recommended.
Royal Borough
of Greenwich
Responded with no objections
Thames Water
Responded with detailed advice and recommended conditions and
informatives.
Officer response: Conditions and informatives are recommended.
The City of
London
Archaeological
Trust
Responded with no comments.
The Gardens
Trust
Responded with no comments
Transport for
London
Responded with detailed response including to state:
- Trip Generation and Public Transport Impact
The trip generation exercise was undertaken for the office and
restaurant uses, concerns over missing trip generation
figures for the gym, library and retail. A mode share sensitivity
study using nearby comparison sites has been undertaken to
sense check 2011 census mode split, and the resultant mode
share split for AM and PM peak hours is considered robust.
Public transport trip generation figures have been split out by
station, line or direction as outlined within TfL’s latest Healthy
Streets TA guidance which is welcomed. It is accepted that
additional trips generated by the scheme are unlikely to have
a specific adverse impact on the strategic transport network.
- TfL question the proposed 750 cycle parking spaces, given
the proposed office trip generation modal split is at 4.1%, this
percentage is very low given the aspirations of the Mayors
Transport Strategy. Further discussion and work may be
required regarding the trip generation and public transport
impact.
- Healthy Streets and public realm
TfL welcomes that there has been a Pedestrian Comfort Level
assessment and recognises the importance of the removal /
changes made to the City Walkway. Regarding pedestrian
access, there has been a reprovision of a new 24/7 footway
around the periphery of the site, enhancing public realm, with
active frontages across a 5 to 10 minute all areas. This should
be secured via section 106 (s106) agreement or 278 as
necessary. The public realm changes should include new
Legible London wayfinding signage secured by S106, and
updates to all other existing Legible London signage within
walking distance of the site.
Active Travel Zone (ATZ) and Vision zero
- TfL requested a day and night-time ATZ, though the applicant
has provided an Active Travel Audit. TfL strongly
recommends a ’night-time/dark hours’ ATZ assessment is
submitted to reflect the walking environment in the context of
the Healthy Streets criteria ‘People feel Safe’. TfL is
commitment to improving women’s safety and delivering the
Mayor's Strategy to Reduce Violence Against Women and
Girls. Given the workspace and leisure elements of the
scheme, a night-time/ dark hours ATZ is justified through the
shorter periods of daylight in winter months.
- Within the Active Travel Audit are 5 routes which align with
the Healthy Streets Approach, the audit was taken between
the hours of 14:30 16:30, TfL recommends the applicant
carries out a morning Active Travel Audit as well to reflect the
peak hours cycle commute.
- In line with the Mayors Vision Zero goal for deaths and serious
injuries (KSIs) to be eliminated from London’s transport and
street networks by 2041, collision data was mapped against
all the ATZ routes referred to above. In total for the ATZ, there
were 47 recorded serious collisions and a single fatal,
including 30 involving cycles. Given this figure, TfL may seek
funding for highway safety improvements in line with London
Plan policy T4 especially on cycleways.
- From the assessments taken, the applicant has proposed
recommendations for improvements to the local transport
network, which would facilitate an environment that
encourages walking and cycling. TfL would support the CoL
in securing these improvements: provision of appropriate
tactile paving at the informal crossing over the A4 New Fetter
Lane/ Bartlett Court Junction, provision of dropped kerbs and
tactile paving at the crossover on Shoe Lane beneath the A40
Holborn Viaduct.
Car parking
- Given the high PTAL, the car free scheme is strongly
supported in accordance with London Plan policy T6 TfL also
welcomes the removal of the existing porte cochère to
therefore remove two existing vehicle crossovers, reinstating
the footway and hence creating additional kerbside for the
provision of two extra disabled car parking spaces. TfL
accepts the current proposal for the location of the disabled
car parking, given it is the main access to the primary use of
the development, being the main offices entrance. In line with
Policy T6 of the London Plan, TfL request the applicant
ensures that all disabled parking spaces are Electric Vehicle
Charging Points (EVCP) active spaces. In line with Policy T6,
a Parking Design and Management Plan should be submitted
alongside this application indicating how proposed blue
badge car parking would be designed and managed, with
reference to Transport for London guidance on parking
management and parking design.
Cycle parking
- The applicant is committed to providing long and short stay
cycle parking in accordance with the minimum London Plan
standards which is welcomed. Clarification is sought however
on how of long stay cycle parking spaces were calculated.
- The proposal states there will be 5% accessible parking
spaces, meeting the London Cycling Design Standards
(LCDS) requirement, the applicant therefore must provide at
least 38 spaces for larger / adapted cycle spaces which must
be accessible, meet the space requirements and involve step
free access.
- The applicant should increase the proportion of Sheffield
stands to 20% as they are more accessible and more
convenient for all.
- The London Plan 2021 states space for folding bicycles
should not exceed 10% of all spaces; this meets the proposed
percentage and therefore TfL accept that 10% of long stay
cycle parking spaces are folding cycle lockers.
- TfL welcomes the proposed number of short stay cycle
parking, being 111 as a minimum, as well as the reprovision
of the existing cycle hire parking on Wine Office Court. TfL
welcomes the division between Sheffield stand and two tiered
for the internal short stay cycle parking.
- TfL welcome further discussion for the remainder of the
proposed short stay cycle parking.
Design
- The proposed cycle parking can be accessed level and at-
grade via Shoe Lane, Wine Office Court, Gunpowder Square
and Printer Street. TfL have concerns regarding access to the
proposed location of basement 2 level. Access is from a wide
staircase with cycle channels or ‘suitably sized lifts. To
accommodate all types of cycle, the applicant must confirm
that the proposed lifts have the minimum dimensions of 1.2
by 2.3 metres, with a minimum door opening of 1000mm, and
any door to a cycle parking area should be automated push
button or pressure pad operated to accommodate larger /
adapted cycles.
- Requirements by the LCDS state that accessing the cycle
parking should involve passing through no more than two sets
of doors, with a recommended minimum external door width
of 2 metres.
Cycle Hire
- Due to the significant uplift in development on the site, there
will be an additional strain on cycle hire capacity in the
surrounding area. This will drive additional pressure onto
mitigating constantly empty docking stations and so
increasing vans and drivers on the roads. TfL therefore
requests a financial contribution and land for a new docking
station to be provided.
- TfL are open to working with the City Corporation and the
applicant to find a location within the vicinity. This should be
addressed before the application is determined so that it can
be secured in the section 106 agreement.
Cycle Promotion Plan
- The applicant has provided a Cycle Promotion Plan as part of
the submission rather than a travel plan which is current
practice for the City of London. However, the document
appears to provide limited measures and targets to
encourage cycling, and this does not appear to be focussed
on visitors. This should be amended accordingly. S106
funding for monitoring the cycle plan should also be secured
with robust cycle mode shift targets in line with the MTS.
Delivery and servicing
- An outline Delivery and Servicing Plan (DSP) is part of the
submission. Delivery and servicing is proposed to take place
off street from existing service yard from Shoe Lane which is
welcomed in line with Policy T7 (Deliveries, servicing, and
construction) part G. The service yard provides 2 large
loading bays capable of accommodating vehicles up to and
including a large refuse vehicle. The proposed development
includes an at grade service yard in the south-east corner of
the site with access retained in the same location but with an
improved layout, The servicing yard is proposed to be
improved and provide 2 loading bays accommodating for
vehicles up to 7.5t box vans. TfL welcomes that the improved
layout enables all vehicles to enter and egress the site in
forward gear.
- Given the location there may be potential conflict with the
main access routes for cyclists and therefore urges the CoL
to ensure that all delivery and servicing activity to take place
outside of peak hours of traffic (AM, PM and lunchtime peaks)
in line with policy T7. The DSP should establish how the
delivery and servicing activity would not increase road danger
or lead to collisions between pedestrians, cyclists, and large
vehicles.
- TfL notes that there is an increase in delivery and servicing
vehicles, it is requested that the applicant demonstrates how
the total expected vehicles will be accommodated in the
loading bays.
- Given the high number of deliveries and servicing TfL
recommends a delivery booking system to avoid queuing onto
roads, as well as avoiding peak hours. The use of cargo bikes
should be encouraged for deliveries in line with sustainability
aims in the London Plan 2021
- The final DSP should be secured through planning condition.
Construction
- A temporary pitlane loading bay is being proposed for
construction vehicle access provided on Little New Street
adjacent to the site, prior to commencement of demolition and
construction works, to have the capacity for two articulated
vehicles. The pitlane arrangement is proposed to require the
suspension of the southern footway on Little New Street
throughout the duration of construction. As Little New Street
is not TLRN, the appropriate licensing must be obtained with
CoL prior to commencement.
- TfL welcomes the use of Banksmen position at the site to aid
directing of vehicles to and from the proposed loading
locations, ensuring efficiency of vehicle manoeuvres avoiding
conflict with road users and the safety of pedestrians. This
includes the access route on Shoe Lane and Little New
Street.
- TfL recommends that construction hours avoid peak traffic
hours and therefore suggest the proposed construction hours
don’t include the time between 8-9:00am and 17-18:00pm to
reduce congestion on the surrounding networks.
- TfL welcomes that vehicles will egress in forward gear from
the loading bay pit lane, proceeding west along New Street
Square and Bartlett Court, before proceeding northbound or
southbound.
- Given the location and scale TfL request the applicant
ensures the site becomes at least FORS / CLOCS silver
accreditation.
- Regarding the staff travel plan, cycle parking allocated for
construction workers should be accompanied with end of use
facilities. See attached link for further guidance,
https://content.tfl.gov.uk/lcds-chapter8-cycleparking.pdf
- The CLP should be secured by condition.
Officer response: Addressed in the ‘Transport’ and ‘Planning
obligations’ sections of the report.
Transport for
London
Safeguarding
Engineer
Confirmed no comments.
Officer response: Addressed in the ‘Transport’ section of the
report.
Twentieth
Century
Society
Provided detailed response which included:
- The Society objects to the demolition of the existing building,
which should be identified as a Non-Designated Heritage
Asset 1 Little New Street is a historic building of
architectural merit and it contributes positively to the character
and appearance of the area. It should be identified as a Non-
Designated Heritage Asset (NDHA) it clearly has “a degree
of significance meriting consideration in planning decisions”.
Local planning authorities can identify NDHAs as part of the
decision-making process on planning applications and we
urge you to do so hereTo summarise, the Society objects
to the loss of 1 Little New Street and urges the local authority
to identify the building as a Non-Designated Heritage Asset
(NDHA) and to refuse the application on heritage grounds.
Officer response: Addressed in the ‘Design and Heritage’ section
of the report.
Surveyor To
the Fabric Of
St Paul's
A detailed response was received, including identifying harm to
heritage assets.
Officer response: Addressed in the ‘Design and Heritage’ section
of the report.
Letters of Representations
38. A total of 49 representations have been received including from residents
nearby at Pemberton House, Dean Wace House and Wine Office Court
properties comprising four objections and two neutral comments and
Alderwoman Martha Grekos provided a neutral comment.
39. A total of 43 supporting the proposals, these all state: “I am writing to share my
support for the Hill House proposals” with some responses also highlighting
support for the rooftop restaurant, new public realm and library proposals.
40. Responses received can be summarised as follows:
Representations
For residential buildings nearby
including listed building (Wine
Office Court) - requested window
cleaning and façade cleaning
during construction period
including on bi-weekly basis, and
deep clean of façade on
completion of the ground works
and of development, and repaint
all woodwork and painted
elements and metal railings
A condition is recommended to secure
a condition survey for windows and
facades.
There should be no exception to
the City of London quiet rules for
limited construction at weekends.
The Environmental Health were
consulted and recommended conditions
including scheme of protective works
prior to demolition and construction
which includes details for noisy works
hours. The criteria for variations to the
standards noisy working hours are set
out in the Code of Construction Practice.
It may be required in instances related to
public safety or engineering with a
business case.
Privacy and overlooking, and the
current floor levels of Hill House do
not align with the floor levels of
Pemberton House which means
there are no existing direct
sightlines
A condition is recommended to address
overlooking and privacy issues to the
nearby residential properties.
Impact to residential amenity
Environmental Health have been
consulted and recommended
conditions. This is addressed in
‘Environmental Impacts’ section of the
report.
Noise and vibration including in
early morning, late evening and
weekends
Environmental Health have been
consulted and recommended
conditions. This is addressed in
‘Environmental Impacts’ section of the
report.
This would include securing a condition
for a scheme of protective works to be
approved by the Local Planning
Authority.
Dust including on the exterior of
Pemberton House, private spaces
including patio
Environmental Health have been
consulted and recommended
conditions. This is addressed in
‘Environmental Impacts’ section of the
report.
This would include securing a condition
for a scheme of protective works to be
approved by the Local Planning
Authority.
Rubbish including screws, cable
ties, etc left on the street and work
persons sitting on the front steps of
the building or Wine Office Court
Environmental Health have been
consulted and recommended
conditions. This is addressed in
‘Environmental Impacts’ section of the
report.
This would include securing a condition
for a scheme of protective works to be
approved by the Local Planning
Authority.
Road closures and HGV traffic
Conditions are recommended for
construction logistics details to be
approved by the Local Planning
Authority. The proposed condition has
been amended to include restriction of
HGV movement to and from the site to
with in the hours of 9:30 to 16:30
Monday to Friday, 8 till 13:00 Saturdays
and fully restrict movement on Sundays
and Bank Holidays.
Loss of light, including with low
existing levels and Applicant has
not shared details or requested
access to premises to assess.
This is addressed in the ‘Daylight,
Sunlight and Overshadowing’ section of
the report.
Right to light, and not been
contacted by the Applicant
regarding this who is ignoring legal
obligations.
‘Right to light’ is not a material planning
consideration and should be dealt with
outside of the planning process. The
impacts to residential amenity in respect
to daylight and sunlight is addressed in
the ‘Daylight, Sunlight and
Overshadowing’ section of the report.
41. It is noted that all material planning consideration raised in the representations
above are addressed within this report.
Policy Context
42. The Development Plan consists of the London Plan 2021 and the City of
London Local Plan 2015. The London Plan and Local Plan policies that are
most relevant to the consideration of this case are set out in Appendix B to this
report.
43. The City of London (CoL) is preparing a new draft plan, the City Plan 2040,
which will be published for Regulation 19 consultation in the Spring of 2024. It
is anticipated that the City Plan will be submitted to the Secretary of State in
Summer 2024. Emerging policies are considered to be a material
consideration with limited weight with an increasing degree of weight as the
City Plan progresses towards adoption, in accordance with paragraph 48 of
the NPPF. The emerging City Plan 2040 policies that are most relevant to the
consideration of this case are set out in Appendix B to this report.
44. Government Guidance is contained in the National Planning Policy Framework
(NPPF) December 2023 and the Planning Practice Guidance (PPG) which is
amended from time to time.
45. The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) states at paragraph 2 that
“Planning Law requires that applications for planning permission must be
determined in accordance with the development plan unless material
considerations indicate otherwise”.
National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF)
46. The NPPF states at paragraph 8 that achieving sustainable development has
three overarching objectives, being economic, social and environmental.
47. Paragraph 10 of the NPPF states that “at the heart of the Framework is a
presumption in favour of sustainable development. That presumption is set out
at paragraph 11.
48. For decision-taking this means:
a) approving development proposals that accord with an up-to-date
development plan without delay; or
b) where there are no relevant development plan policies, or the policies
which are most important for determining the application are out of date,
granting permission unless:
i) the application of policies in this Framework that protect areas or
assets of particular importance provides a clear reason for refusing
the development proposed; or
ii)any adverse impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably
outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in this
Framework taken as a whole.
49. Paragraph 48 states that local planning authorities may give weight to relevant
policies in emerging plans according to:
a) the stage of preparation of the emerging plan (the more advanced its
preparation the greater the weight that may be given);
b) the extent to which there are unresolved objections to relevant policies
(the less significant the unresolved objections, the greater the weight that
may be given) and
c) the degree of consistency of the relevant policies in the emerging plan to
this Framework (the closer the policies in the emerging plan to the policies
in the Framework, the greater the weight that may be given).
50. Chapter 6 of the NPPF seeks to build a strong and competitive economy.
Paragraph 85 states that decisions should help create the conditions in which
businesses can invest, expand and adapt. Significant weight should be placed
on the need to support economic growth and productivity, considering both
local business needs and wider opportunities for development.
51. Chapter 8 of the NPPF seeks to promote healthy, inclusive and safe places.
52. Paragraph 96 states that planning decisions should aim to achieve healthy,
inclusive and safe places which promote social interaction, are safe and
accessible and enable and support healthy lifestyles.
53. Paragraph 97 states that planning decision should provide the social,
recreational and cultural facilities and services the community needs.
54. Chapter 9 of the NPPF seeks to promote sustainable transport. Paragraph 109
states that Significant development should be focused on locations which are
or can be made sustainable, through limiting the need to travel and offering a
genuine choice of transport modes. This can help to reduce congestion and
emissions and improve air quality and public health”.
55. Paragraph 116 states that applications for development should give priority
first to pedestrian and cycle movements and second to facilitating access to
high quality public transport; it should address the needs of people with
disabilities and reduced mobility in relation to all modes of transport; it should
create places that are safe, secure and attractive and which minimise the
scope for conflicts between pedestrians, cyclists and vehicles; it should allow
for the efficient delivery of goods and access by service and emergency
vehicles.
56. Paragraph 117 states that All developments that will generate significant
amounts of movement should be required to provide a travel plan, and the
application should be supported by a transport statement or transport
assessment so that the likely impacts of the proposal can be assessed”.
57. Chapter 11 of the NPPF seeks to achieve effective use of the land. Paragraph
123 advises that “Planning policies and decisions should promote an effective
use of land in meeting the need for homes and other uses, while safeguarding
and improving the environment and ensuring safe and healthy living
conditions.”
58. Chapter 12 of the NPPF seeks to achieve well designed places. Paragraph
131 advises that “The creation of high quality, beautiful and sustainable
buildings and places is fundamental to what the planning and development
process should achieve. Good design is a key aspect of sustainable
development, creates better places in which to live and work and helps make
development acceptable to communities.”
59. Paragraph 135 sets out how good design should be achieved including
ensuring developments function well and add to the overall quality of the area,
not just for the short term but over the lifetime of the development, are visually
attractive as a result of good architecture, layout and appropriate and effective
landscaping, are sympathetic to local character and history, including the
surrounding built environment and landscape setting, while not preventing or
discouraging appropriate innovation or change (such as increased densities),
establish or maintain a strong sense of place, using the arrangement of streets,
spaces, building types and materials to create attractive, welcoming and
distinctive places to live, work and visit; optimise the potential of the site to
accommodate and sustain an appropriate amount and mix of development
(including green and other public space) and create places that are safe,
inclusive and accessible and which promote health and wellbeing.
60. Paragraph 136 of the NPPF states that “Trees make an important contribution
to the character and quality of urban environments and can also help mitigate
and adapt to climate change. Planning policies and decisions should ensure
that new streets are tree-lined, that opportunities are taken to incorporate trees
elsewhere in developments (such as parks and community orchards), that
appropriate measures are in place to secure the long-term maintenance of
newly planted trees, and that existing trees are retained wherever possible...”.
61. Paragraph 139 sets out that significant weight should be given to outstanding
or innovative designs which promote high levels of sustainability or help raise
the standard of design more generally in an area, so long as they fit in with the
overall form and layout of their surroundings.
62. Chapter 14 of the NPPF relates to meeting the challenge of climate change.
Paragraph 152 states that the planning system should support the transition to
a low carbon future in a changing climate. It should help to; shape places in
ways that contribute to radical reductions in greenhouse gas emissions,
minimise vulnerability and improve resilience; encourage the reuse of existing
resources, including conversion of existing buildings.
63. Paragraph 159 states that new developments should avoid increased
vulnerability to the range of impacts arising from climate change. When new
development is brought forward in areas which are vulnerable, care should be
taken to ensure that risks can be managed through suitable adaptation
measures.
64. Chapter 15 of the NPPF seeks to conserve and enhance the natural
environment. Paragraph 180 of the NPPF advises that planning policies and
decisions should contribute to and enhance the natural and local environment
by, inter alia, minimising impacts on and providing net gains for biodiversity,
including by establishing coherent ecological networks that are more resilient
to current and future pressures. It is also stated that development should,
wherever possible, help to improve local environmental conditions such as air
and water quality.
65. Local Planning Authorities should identify and assess the particular
significance of any heritage asset that may be affected by a proposal (including
by development affecting the setting of a heritage asset) taking account of the
available evidence and any necessary expertise. They should take this into
account when considering the impact of a proposal on a heritage asset, to
avoid or minimise any conflict between the heritage asset’s conservation and
any aspect of the proposal.
66. Chapter 16 of the NPPF relates to conserving and enhancing the historic
environment. Paragraph 201 of the NPPF advises that Local Planning
Authorities should identify and assess the particular significance of any
heritage asset that may be affected by a proposal (including by development
affecting the setting of a heritage asset) taking account of the available
evidence and any necessary expertise. They should take this into account
when considering the impact of a proposal on a heritage asset, to avoid or
minimise any conflict between the heritage asset’s conservation and any
aspect of the proposal.
67. Paragraph 203 of the NPPF advises, In determining applications, local
planning authorities should take account of:
a) the desirability of sustaining and enhancing the significance of heritage
assets and putting them to viable uses consistent with their conservation;
b) the positive contribution that conservation of heritage assets can make to
sustainable communities including their economic vitality; and
c) the desirability of new development making a positive contribution to local
character and distinctiveness.”
68. Paragraph 205 of the NPPF advises When considering the impact of a
proposed development on the significance of a designated heritage asset,
great weight should be given to the asset’s conservation (and the more
important the asset, the greater the weight should be). This is irrespective of
whether any potential harm amounts to substantial harm, total loss or less than
substantial harm to its significance.”
69. Paragraph 206 states that any harm to, or loss of, the significance of a
designated heritage asset (from its alteration or destruction, or from
development within its setting), should require clear and convincing
justification. Substantial harm to or loss of:
a) grade II listed buildings, or grade II registered parks or gardens, should
be exceptional;
b) assets of the highest significance, notably scheduled monuments,
protected wreck sites, registered battlefields, grade I and II* listed buildings,
grade I and II* registered parks and gardens, and World Heritage Sites,
should be wholly exceptional.”
70. Paragraph 208 of the NPPF states Where a development proposal will lead
to less than substantial harm to the significance of a designated heritage asset,
this harm should be weighed against the public benefits of the proposal
including, where appropriate, securing its optimum viable use”.
71. Paragraph 209 of the NPPF states “The effect of an application on the
significance of a non-designated heritage asset should be taken into account
in determining the application. In weighing applications that directly or
indirectly affect non-designated heritage assets, a balanced judgement will be
required having regard to the scale of any harm or loss and the significance of
the heritage asset”.
Statutory Duties
72. The Corporation, in determining the planning application has the following
main statutory duties to perform:
To have regard to the provisions of the development plan, so far as
material to the application and to any other material considerations.
(Section 70 Town & Country Planning Act 1990);
To determine the application in accordance with the development plan
unless other material considerations indicate otherwise. (Section 38(6) of
the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004).
73. In considering whether to grant planning permission for development which
affects a listed building or its setting, to have special regard to the desirability
of preserving the building or its setting or any features of special architectural
or historic interest which it possesses. (S66 (1) Planning (Listed Buildings and
Conservation Areas) Act 1990).
74. In exercising planning functions with respect to buildings or land in a
conservation area, there is a statutory duty to pay special attention to the
desirability of preserving or enhancing the character or appearance of that
area. (S72(1) Planning, Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas Act 1990).
Main Considerations
75. In determining the planning application before you, consideration has to be
taken of the documents accompanying the application, the updated
information, the consultation responses, the development plan, and other
material considerations including SPGs, SPDs and emerging policy.
76. There are policies in the Development Plan which support the proposal and
others which do not. It is necessary to assess all the policies and proposals in
the plan and come to a view as to whether in light of the plan as a whole the
proposal does or does not accord with it.
77. The principal issues in considering this application are:
a) The extent to which the proposals comply with Government policy advice
(NPPF) and with the relevant policies of the Development Plan.
b) The principle of development, including the proposed mainly office led use
and associated retail uses and culture/community uses.
c) The replacement of the public library (key City social infrastructure).
d) The economic impact of the proposal.
e) The impact of the development on the character and appearance of the
area and the design of the building itself.
f) The impact of the development on designated and non-designated
heritage assets.
g) The impact on strategic views in the London Views Management
Framework and on other strategic local views.
h) The impact of the development on public realm.
i) The impact of the development on ecology.
j) The accessibility and inclusivity of the development
k) The impact of the development on any potential archaeological assets
beneath the site.
l) The impact on the development on highway and transportation terms.
m) The impact of the development in terms of energy, sustainability and
climate change.
n) The impact of the development on air quality.
o) The impact of the proposed development on the amenity of nearby
residential and other occupiers.
p) The impact of the development on health and wellbeing.
q) The impact of the development on fire safety.
r) The impact on the development on flood risk.
s) The requirement for the development to secure financial contributions and
planning obligations.
t) Duties under the Public Sector Equality Duty (section 149 of the Equality
Act 2010)
u) The Human Rights Act 1998
Principle of Development Economic impact of the proposal
78. The National Planning Policy Framework places significant weight on ensuring
that the planning system supports sustainable economic growth, creating jobs
and prosperity.
79. The National Planning Policy Framework establishes a presumption in favour
of sustainable development and advises that significant weight should be
placed on the need to support economic growth and productivity, taking into
account both local business needs and wider opportunities for development.
It also states that planning decisions should recognise and address the specific
locational requirements of different sectors.
80. The City of London is a world leading international financial and professional
services centre and has a nationally important role in the economy. The
intense concentration of business occupiers in a small area is a key part of the
attraction for companies looking to move into the City. The clustering of
businesses is a vital part of the City’s operation and contributes to its reputation
as a dynamic place to do business as well as providing agglomeration benefits.
The City lies wholly within London’s Central Activity Zone (CAZ) where the
London Plan promotes further economic and employment growth.
81. To maintain this position, it is vital to ensure that sufficient office floorspace is
available to meet projected employment growth and occupier demand and that
additional office development is of high quality and suitable for a variety of
occupiers. The Draft Local Plan 2040 sets out that the overall office floorspace
target of 1,200,000m2 is derived from the estimated growth in office
employment between 2021 and 2040 and represents a 13% increase in
floorspace. Capacity modelling demonstrates that there are sufficient sites to
meet this demand, provided primarily within the City Cluster area,
supplemented by additional capacity elsewhere in the City.
82. Alongside changes in the mix of businesses operating in the City, the City’s
workspaces are becoming more flexible and able to respond to changing
occupier needs. Offices are increasingly being managed in a way which
encourages flexible and collaborative working and provides a greater range of
complementary facilities to meet workforce needs. There is increasing demand
for smaller floor plates and tenant spaces, reflecting this trend and the fact that
many businesses in the City are classed as Small and Medium Sized
Enterprises (SMEs). The London Recharged: Our Vision for London in 2025
report sets out the need to develop London’s office stock (including the
development of hyper flexible office spaces) to support and motivate small and
larger businesses alike to re-enter and flourish in the City.
83. The City lies wholly within London’s Central Activity Zone (CAZ) where the
London Plan promotes further economic and employment growth. The London
Plan 2021 strongly supports the renewal of office sites within the CAZ to meet
long term demand for offices and support London’s continuing function as a
World City. The Plan recognises the City of London as a strategic priority and
stresses the need ‘to sustain and enhance it as a strategically important,
globally-oriented financial and business services centre’ (policy SD4). CAZ
policy and wider London Plan policy acknowledge the need to sustain the
City’s cluster of economic activity and provide for exemptions from mixed use
development in the City in order to achieve this aim.
84. London Plan Policy GG2 sets out the Mayor’s good growth policy with regard
to making the best use of land. These include prioritising sites which are well-
connected by existing or planned public transport; proactively explore the
potential to intensify the use of land to support additional homes and
workspaces, promoting higher density development, particularly in locations
that are well-connected to jobs, services, infrastructure and amenities by public
transport, walking and cycling; applying a designled approach to determine
the optimum development capacity of sites; and understanding what is valued
about existing places and use this as a catalyst for growth, renewal, and place-
making, strengthening London’s distinct and varied character.
85. London Plan Policy GG5 sets out the Mayor’s good growth policy with regard
to growing London’s economy. To conserve and enhance London’s global
economic competitiveness and ensure that economic success is shared
amongst all Londoners, it is important that development, amongst others,
promotes the strength and potential of the wider city region; plans for sufficient
employment and industrial space in the right locations to support economic
development and regeneration; ensure that London continues to provide
leadership in innovation, research, policy and ideas, supporting its role as an
international incubator and centre for learning; promote and support London’s
rich heritage and cultural assets, and its role as a 24-hour city; and makes the
fullest use of London’s existing and future public transport, walking and cycling
network, as well as its network of town centres, to support agglomeration and
economic activity.
86. London Plan policy E1 supports the improvement of the quality, flexibility and
adaptability of office space of different sizes.
87. Strategic Objective 1 in the City of London Local Plan 2015 is to maintain the
City’s position as the world’s leading international financial and business
centre. Policy CS1 aims to increase the City’s office floorspace by
1,150,000sq.m gross during the period 2011-2026, to provide for an expected
growth in workforce of 55,000. The Local Plan, policy DM1.2 further
encourages the provision of large office schemes, while DM1.3 encourages
the provision of space suitable for SMEs. The Local Plan recognises the
benefits that can accrue from a concentration of economic activity and seeks
to strengthen the cluster of office activity.
88. Policy OF1 (Office Development) requires offices to be of an outstanding
design and an exemplar of sustainability.
89. Despite the short-term uncertainty about the pace and scale of future growth
in the City following the immediate impact of Covid-19, the longer term
geographical, economic and social fundamentals underpinning demand
remain in place and it is expected that the City will continue to be an attractive
and sustainable meeting place where people and businesses come together
for creative innovation. The recently prepared ‘Future of Office Use’ evidence
base report for the City Plan 2040, highlights that the demand for best in class
office space is higher than pre-pandemic. Local Plan and draft City Plan 2040
policies seek to facilitate a healthy and inclusive City, new ways of working,
improvements in public realm, urban greening and a radical transformation of
the City’s streets in accordance with these expectations. These aims are
reflected in the Corporations ‘Destination City’ vision for the square mile.
90. In addition, the draft City Plan 2040 identifies the ‘Fleet Valley tall building area
for the delivery of the required office accommodation.
Provision of Office Accommodation
91. Policy SD5 of the London Plan advises that offices and other CAZ strategic
functions are to be given greater weight relative to new residential
development within the City.
92. Strategic Policy CS1 of the City of London Local Plan 2015 and policy E1 of
the London Plan seeks to ensure that there is sufficient office space to meet
demand and encourages the supply of a range of office accommodation to
meet the varied needs of City occupiers. Policy DM 1.2 supports large office
schemes in appropriate location. Policy DM 1.3 of the Local Plan seeks to
promote small and medium sized businesses in the City by encouraging new
accommodation suitable for small and medium sized businesses and office
designs which are flexible and adaptable to allow for subdivision to meet the
needs of such businesses.
93. Draft Strategic Policy S4 (Office) sets out that the City Corporation will facilitate
significant growth in office development of the highest quality to meet projected
economic and employment growth by Increasing the City’s office floorspace
stock by a minimum of 1,200,000 m2 net during the period 2021 to 2040.
94. The proposed development would provide predominantly an office-led
development. It is predicted to result in estimated 2,986 Full Time Equivalent
(FTE) jobs. The proposed development would deliver an increase of in Grade
A office floorspace on the Cluster, contributing to the achievement of the office
floorspace target in both the adopted and emerging draft Local Plans.
95. The proposed development would result in an additional 38,941 sqm GEA of
high quality, flexible Class E office floorspace and includes a smaller unit for
affordable workspace suitable for SMEs. The office spaces are designed to
support a range of tenants across a range of corporate sector companies, with
flexibility to enable to extend across floors, to use part of individual floors
through the creation of dividable and flexible space. Emerging City Plan Policy
S4 encourages new floorspace to be designed to be flexible to allow adaptation
of space for different types and sizes of occupiers.
96. A range of office floorspace is required to meet the future needs of the City’s
office occupiers, including provision for incubator, start-ups and co-working
space. The S106 agreement would include an obligation to make specific and
identified provision within the development for such occupiers. Policy S4 of the
emerging City Plan encourages the provision of affordable office workspace
that allows small and growing businesses the opportunity to take up space
within the City. Policy E1 of the London Plan also highlights the need for
providing affordable workspace to new offices. This provision will be secured
through the S106 agreement.
97. The proposed development would provide a primarily office lead development,
providing a significant uplift in the number of full time jobs, as well as a
significant uplift in the office floorspace. Therefore, the proposed development
would support the strategic objectives of the development plan and the
emerging City Plan. The economic benefits of the proposed development
would be material and would weigh in favour of the proposed development.
98. For the reason stated above, it is considered that the scheme meets the aims
of policies in the London Plan, CS1, DM1.2 and DM1.3 of the Local Plan 2015,
S4 of the emerging City Plan 2040 and E1 of the London Plan in delivering
growth in both office floorspace and employment. The proposals provide for
an additional increase in floorspace and employment in line with the
aspirations for the CAZ and the requirements of the Local Plan and the
emerging City Plan. The proposed development would result in a significant
amount of additional, high quality, flexible Class E office floorspace for the City,
contributing to its attractiveness as a world leading international financial and
professional services centre.
Proposed retail and other commercial uses
99. Policy DM 1.5 encourages mixed commercial uses within office development
which contribute to the City’s economy and character and provide support
services for its businesses, workers and residents. Similar support of other
commercial uses particularly at ground and basement levels is also supported
by policy OF1 of the emerging City Plan.
100. The proposed development supports a range of Class ‘E’ uses with café/retail
use at ground and a restaurant at level 17, and a flexible gym / auditorium use
at basement level.
101. Although the site does not fall within a primary shopping area, it is already
occupied by a bar use at ground and lower ground floors.
102. Active retail frontage would be retained across the ground floor across the Site.
Therefore, the proposal would support the main function of the City and the
aims of the development plan and accord with the relevant planning policies,
as stated above.
Provision of flexible library (Use Class F1) and affordable workspace
(Use Class E)
Relevant policy
103. The NPPF states development should provide the social, recreational and
cultural facilities and services the community needs.
104. The London Plan Good Growth objective GG1 is considered applicable to the
provision of community use within development proposals.
105. The Site falls within the CAZ and London Plan Policy SD4 outlines that within
this area the unique concentration and diversity of cultural and arts functions
should be promoted and enhanced.
106. Policy HC5 of the London Plan recognises that the continued growth and
evolution of London’s diverse cultural facilities and creative industries should
be supported, and cultural facilities includes libraries.
107. London Plan Policy S1 supports proposals for social infrastructure and defines
this as services and facilities that meet local and strategic needs and contribute
towards a good quality of life including education and community uses.
108. Policy CS11 of the London Plan seeks to maintain and enhance the City’s
contribution to London’s world-class cultural status and to enable the City’s
communities to access a range of arts, heritage and cultural experiences and
should be providing, supporting, encouraging access to and further developing
a wide range of creative and cultural spaces and facilities across the City. Draft
Plan Policy CV2 states that all major developments should be supported by a
Cultural Plan outlining how the development will contribute to the enrichment
and enhancement of the City’s cultural offer.
109. Local Plan Policy CS22 protects existing social infrastructure in the City stating
there should be no overall loss of community facilities in the City where a need
exists.
110. Local Plan Policy DM22.1 states loss of social and community facilities should
be resisted unless replacement facilities are provided on-site or within the
vicinity which meet the needs of the users of the existing facility and states
new social and community facilities should provide flexible, multi-use space
suitable for a range of different uses and will be permitted:
where they would not be prejudicial to the business City and where there
is no strong economic reason for retaining office use;
in locations which are convenient to the communities they serve;
in or near identified residential areas, providing their amenity is
safeguarded;
as part of major mixed-use developments, subject to an assessment of
the scale, character, location and impact of the proposal on existing
facilities and neighbouring uses.
111. Emerging Strategic Policy S1 of the draft City Plan 2040 supports facilities for
the provision and improvement of social and educational services through the
City’s libraries. Similar requirements are set in Draft City Plan 2040 policy HL5.
112. Supporting text for Policy S6 of draft City Plan outlines that the City of London
will support and encourage access to and development of a wide range of
creative and cultural spaces and facilities across the City. Supporting text 8.1.0
states ‘…that the City of London contains a huge concentration of arts, leisure,
recreation and cultural facilities and spaces that contribute to its uniqueness
and complement its primary business function’ and that these include creative
workspaces and libraries.’
113. Emerging Policy CV2 of the Draft City Plan 2040 encourages the provision of
facilities that meet the need of visitors including libraries.
114. London Plan Policy E1 states that development proposals related to new or
existing offices should take into account the need for a range of suitable
workspace including lower cost and affordable workspace. Policy E3 of the
Plan states planning obligations may be used to secure affordable workspace
at rents maintained below the market rate for that space for a specific social,
cultural or economic development purpose.
Existing and proposed library
115. There is an existing City of London Corporation Library (Shoe Lane Library) at
the Site at basement level comprising 1,016 sqm (GEA) with the entrance at
the northeast corner.
116. Shoe Lane Library is one of the City’s three lending libraries. There are few
local residents and most of the library’s customers are City workers and
families. Prior to the pandemic, it was one of the busiest and best-used libraries
of its size in London and the second busiest public library in the City.
117. Shoe Lane is the home of the Dragon Café in the City, a highly successful
partnership with the charity Mental Fight Club which provides a programme of
regular digital and physical activities to support and promote good mental
health. It also has its own very popular events programme, working in
collaboration with partners such as Kings College and Westminster Abbey,
and a thriving offer for children under five and their families, as part of the
Children’s Centre Services for the City of London.
118. The libraries team have identified the need for additional rooms that can be
hired out to generate income.
119. The Applicant proposes providing a library use (1,040 sqm GEA), and
additional floorspace at upper ground mezzanine level for flexible library and
affordable office floorspace (638 sqm GEA).
120. The Applicant has agreed the principle of providing a temporary library at
basement level at One New Change for up to five years whilst the
Development at Hill House in underway; a planning application for change of
use at One New Change is to be submitted imminently and would be secured
through obligation.
121. The principle of relocation and redevelopment for the library has been
considered at City of London Committees including at the Culture, Heritage
and Libraries (CHL) for decisions on 13 December 2021 and 14 November
2022, and Community & Children’s Services (CCS) for information on 23
January 2023.
122. In the CHL meetings, members gave approval to enter into non-binding
negotiations with the Development and agreed to the temporary relocation of
the library and delegated authority to the Town Clerk, in consultation with the
Chair and Deputy Chair, to approve future decisions on the detail of the agreed
terms with the Applicant if they need to be made in advance of the next
Committee meeting. The Libraries team has provided an update to the Chair
and Deputy Chair on the discussions to date for the Section 106, as set out in
this report.
123. If this application is approved, a further update is expected to be provided at a
later CHL Committee and CCS Committee in advance of signing a Section 106
Agreement. The heads of terms for the relocation of the library are therefore
subject to members decisions at these committees.
124. The proposed library would be based at ground and mezzanine level through
a dedicated entrance leading from Gunpowder Square at the southwest corner
of the site. The existing library entrance is considered less visible with limited
active frontage with the facilities at basement level with a small frontage at
ground floor level. Therefore the proposal is considered an enhancement to
the existing library due to significant active frontage and facilities accessible at
ground floor level, which would be linked to new landscaped high quality public
realm significantly enhancing the library entrance.
125. The proposal would also provide meeting rooms in the main library demise
which could be used to generate income, which will be secured through
planning obligation. In addition, the Applicant is providing the opportunity for
additional space to be used as library and affordable workspace (outside the
core library demise) with a further opportunity to generate income for the
Libraries Team. This would be secured through planning obligation.
126. A Library Management Plan has been provided which includes indicative
layouts and proposed uses, and Section 106 obligations would require future
detail for this.
127. The Section 106 obligation would be required to secure the provision of a
library for the City of London Corporation. The details to be agreed through a
Section 106 obligation to secure this use are set out in the ‘City Planning
Obligations’ section of the report.
Fallback Financial Security
128. In order to safeguard the library re-provision, the Corporation is requiring
financial security in the form of a payment or guarantee which will ensure that
the Corporation can deliver a library in the West of the City in the event that
Landsec fails to deliver in accordance with the agreed timetable. This is to be
secured at part of the Section 106.
Relocation of Library
129. The Applicant will obtain all necessary consents for the temporary relocation
to One New Change and if it is unsuccessful it will provide details of alternative
sites and obtain consents for the alternative site, to be secured by obligation.
The library will remain in the temporary location until the permanent space at
Hill House has been completed however if Hill House has not been completed
by a long stop date the Corporation will be able to drawdown on the security
provided by the Applicant to find an alternative permanent site for the library.
130. The relocation costs of the move to the temporary library, and the return to the
permanent library, are to be covered by the Applicant.
131. The submission of the following would be required by the Applicant prior to any
significant works commencing on site:
Decanting Strategy;
Temporary Library Management Plan, Inventory and Specification, to
include details of contents, design and layout;
Permanent Library Management Plan, Inventory and Specification, to
include details of contents, design and layout;
Confirmation that the Temporary Library Lease and the Permanent Library
Agreement for Lease have been entered into.
New Library facilities
132. The Agreement will secure that the Applicant cannot occupy the development
until the library has been fitted out and is available for occupation by the library.
133. The Applicant will meet the costs and carry out works for the fit out and
furnishing of the new library in accordance with the Permanent Library
Inventory and Specification (to be agreed).
134. The current lease expires in March 2035. Draft Heads of Terms for the new
library space have been submitted to the City Surveyors by the Applicant and
are currently being considered. These terms are reflected within the Section
106 negotiations. These terms include peppercorn rent for the lease term of
65 years with a reasonable cap on service charge with commercially improved
terms to the existing lease to be agreed
135. A rolling Landlord development break option from 25 years has been
requested by the Applicant, which would only be exercised in the event of
redevelopment of the site which would require planning permission. The
Section 106 agreement and lease Heads of Terms will require the reprovision
of the library in an alternative location at that time, at no cost to the Corporation
should the break be exercised. The Corporation, as planning authority, can
also secure the reprovision of the library at that time in a new S106 agreement
tied to any new planning permission.
136. If approved, the draft heads of terms for both the temporary and permanent
lease would be appended to the Section 106 Agreement.
137. The Applicant has agreed to provide a Changing Places toilet and a lift within
the library demise. The cost of maintenance of Changing Places Toilet and of
a platform lift from ground to mezzanine in the main library demise is to be
maintained by the Applicant for the life of the Development, to be secured by
obligation.
Affordable workspace and hireable rooms in main library demise
138. The Applicant has confirmed that the workspace at mezzanine level will be for
flexible use of the library and affordable workspace, therefore would be utilised
for a mixture of both. The Section 106 will secure this for affordable workspace
and the library will have the opportunity to operate this and generate profit. If
not operated by the library the affordable workspace will be operated by the
Applicant, and remain as affordable workspace.
139. For the affordable workspace, a reasonable cap on service charge is to be
agreed and the Applicant has confirmed that additional service charge would
not be payable for the first three years or before the affordable workspace
becomes profitable, if this is being operated by the Libraries team.
140. The Section 106 will secure the use of meeting rooms in the main library
demise and the affordable workspace for the use and profit of the library.
141. An Affordable Workspace Management Plan will be secured by obligation.
Public rooftop terrace access
142. Regular access for community uses has been agreed in principle with the
Applicant to the floorspace and terrace located at the top of the building on the
18
th
level.
143. This is to be secured by Section 106 obligation and would include weekly
access on Friday mornings, fortnightly access for the Dragon Café or other
similar health and wellbeing or library uses, exclusive access for four
weekends (Friday-Sunday) a year for library events and the option to apply for
weekend exclusive use for an additional 22 weekends of the year for library or
community related activities and an obligation will secure this access.
Cultural Strategy
144. The applicant has submitted a Cultural Strategy with the application which sets
out the key elements of the proposal include:
Creating an easily accessible library space with expanded services to cater
to various needs.
Exclusive quarterly access (Friday-Sunday) to the Level 18 rooftop office
amenity level for programmed library and cultural events.
Exclusive weekend access (Saturday-Sunday) to the Level 18 rooftop office
amenity level for up to 22 weekends per year for cultural events programmes
in the City.
Fortnightly Level 18 rooftop office level amenity access for the Dragon Cafe
events and meetings.
Designing a flexible workspace within the library to serve both the
community and SMEs/freelancers.
Establishing an Apprentice Hub for learning and community-building.
Introducing artistic interventions to celebrate the local heritage of the Fleet
Street area
145. Subject to a Cultural Management Strategy to be secured via S106, it is
considered that the policies referred to above would be complied with.
Sustainability Considerations
Circular Economy
146. London Plan Policy SI7 (‘Reducing waste and supporting the circular
economy’) sets out a series of circular economy principles that major
development proposals are expected to follow. The Local Plan Policies CS15
and DM 17.2 set out the City’s support for circular economy principles.
147. The application includes considerations as to whether there is an opportunity
to retain and refurbish the building or building elements currently on site.
148. The existing Hill House was completed in 1979. The building comprises seven
storeys above ground level including a plant floor, and it has two basement
levels. It is of brutalist design, clad in pre-cast concrete panels, and it has
strongly articulated features, such as the stair and lift towers facing east and
west that are prominent due to the progressively set back levels 04 to 07. The
base of the building is set back from the dominant facade line, with columns
expressed around the perimeter. Typical office floorplate structural slab to
structural slab level heights are 3.97 m with a 0.4m slab zone.
149. The foundations are designed to be suitable for a much taller building. It was
discovered in records that the initial design of the site was to accommodate a
tower construction with a deep basement; however, this plan was scrapped in
1964. Instead, the current building was developed on the foundations for the
tower and diaphragm walls including partially excavated basement before the
project was halted and redesigned.
150. A pre-redevelopment audit, a pre-demolition audit and a materials audit have
been undertaken. As part of the pre-redevelopment audit, 6 options were
considered:
Option A: minor refurbishment with partial ground floor extension, 100% of
substructure and 90% of superstructure retained
Option B1: minor refurbishment with partial ground floor extension and minor
extension to upper levels, 100% of substructure and 90% of
superstructure retained
Option B2: major refurbishment of retained substructure and 4-storey
superstructure and 7-storey extension, 99% of substructure and
46% of superstructure retained
Option B3: major refurbishment of retained substructure and 4-storey
superstructure with a 14-storey extension, new core, 93% of
substructure and 32% of superstructure retained
Option C: redevelopment above ground with18 storeys with retention of
91% of substructure and 0% of superstructure
Option D: full redevelopment
151. Subsequently, the following options were discounted:
Option A: The existing building would not meet the required modern office
quality and the spatial vision for the site as set out elsewhere in
this report.
Option B2: This option was optimised to form option B2+ with an adapted
core to enable a larger extension to achieve a 15-storey building
Option B3: This option was optimised to form option B3+ with a more
generously adapted ground floor to improve the library and
interface with the public realm
Option D: The replacement of the basement and foundations would
increase the carbon footprint by 29.27% compared to option C,
and as the retention of those elements are considered feasible,
option D was discounted.
152. The remaining 4 options B1, B2+, B3+ and C were considered in more detail.
153. Option B1 retains the majority of the building and includes refurbishment and
the extension of levels 4 and 5. This option would not result in much demolition,
however, it would not address the main shortcomings of the building, in
particular its lack of ground floor public realm relationship and of occupier
amenity and greening, and therefore would only be a short term solution before
major works would become necessary.
154. Option B2+ removes the top 4 floors to be replaced with 7 storeys to create a
11-storey building with larger floorplates the size is determined by the
retention of the core in order to minimise structural intervention that limits the
number of additional lifts and the potentials to improve the arrangement of
core, lift lobbies and the quality of office floorspaces.
155. Option B3+ retains the same extent of substructure and superstructure with
the exception of incorporating a larger core on the retained upper floors and
basements to allow for greater height. This would unlock a number of
constraints relating to the ground floor and upper floor plates, however the
lower 3 retained office floor levels would not be of the same high quality as the
new built floors.
156. Option C is the redevelopment of the building from ground floor upwards, to
create highest quality office floorspace and relationship with the public realm.
This option would still retain 91% of the substructure and avoid increased
complexity in demolition and temporary works to retain parts of the 4 upper
floors that would result in a longer construction programme. Option C therefore
has been developed for the application scheme.
157. Overall, the analysis of the options with regard to circular economy
demonstrates that the retention of higher percentages of existing
superstructure would not provide an attractive ground floor and public realm
relationship or highest quality office floorspace as has been developed in the
local area in recent years. However, the materials have been catalogued and
assessed for further reuse opportunities in form of an upcycling catalogue and
a façade panel reuse study, to ensure that deconstruction material resulting
from the preferred option C can be reused at highest values. This forms a
substantial basis for improving the material reuse opportunities at later project
stages, and the confirmation of details will be required through a condition.
158. The submitted Circular Economy Statement for the planning application
scheme describes the strategic approach to incorporating circularity principles
and actions into the proposed new development, in accordance with the GLA
Circular Economy Guidance.
159. The circular economy strategy includes details to support reuse and recycling
of existing materials within the new built elements identified in the pre-
demolition audit, as well as identifies an efficient materials strategy for all new
elements, to include:
Reuse of 90% of the substructure, and 57% of retained materials of the
existing building, with strengthening and reconfiguration works that aim to
use a high recycled content
Identification of reuse opportunities of the deconstruction materials
Structural standardisation to minimise wastage rates and optimised
structure (e.g through post-tensioned slabs)
Design of the façade system with reverse mullions that provide external
solar shading without additional external building elements, and maximum
use of recycled aluminium
Modular nature of core plant installations for easy repair, maintenance and
disassembly
Flexibility and adaptability of internal layout and fit-out
Consideration to prepare material passports for the new building.
160. Confirmation of the proposed measures and identified opportunities through
an update to the Circular Economy Statement and a post-completion update
in line with the Mayor’s guidance on Circular Economy Assessments to confirm
that high aspirations can be achieved are required by condition.
Operational energy strategy and carbon emissions
161. The Energy Statement accompanying the planning application demonstrates
that the proposed development has been designed to achieve an overall 13%
reduction in regulated carbon emissions compared with a Building Regulations
Part L 2021 compliant building.
162. Energy demand and the risk of overheating would be reduced by including the
following key passive design measures:
High levels of envelope insulation to reduce energy demand
Airtight construction to prevent heat loss
Optimised façade design to mitigate overheating risk and reduce cooling
demand whilst maximising daylight to reduce the use of artificial lighting
Highly efficient facade with automated blinds to prevent excessive solar
gains
External solar shading with solar control glass to help reduce unwanted
solar gains
163. The following energy-efficient plant is proposed:
High-efficiency mechanical ventilation systems with heat recovery
Low energy lighting throughout with daylight and occupant detection
System controls and diagnostics systems to operate the building
effectively
Metering and sub-metering to monitor energy use and by dwelling,
enabling energy use and occupant behavioural learnings and subsequent
adjustments to improve building energy demand post occupancy.
164. The strategy would reduce the new building’s operational carbon performance
by 6% beyond Part L 2021.
165. There is currently no available district heating network close enough to the site,
and the opportunity to connect into a future district heating network would be
incorporated into the basement of the proposed development.
166. In relation to low and renewable energy technologies, a system of air source
heat pumps and water source heat pumps, and rooftop mounted PV array of
52 sqm would provide low carbon and renewable energy, reducing the
operational carbon emissions by 7% compared to a Building Regulations 2021
compliant building.
Energy Use Intensity (EUI)
167. The adopted GLA energy assessment guidance (2022) requires developments
to calculate the EUI, a measure of total energy consumed in a building annually
including both regulated and unregulated energy, as well as the space heating
demand. For offices, the GLA targets an ambitious EUI of 55
kWh/m2(GIA)/year and a space heating demand of 15 kWh/m2(GIA)/year. The
estimated EUI from the proposed development is 75.8 kWh/m2/year and for
the space heating demand 5.0 kWh/m2/year. These values present equipment
consumptions from both the landlord and tenant perspective. They are based
on speculative allowances that will be reviewed in more detail to provide more
accurate estimations in the next stages.
168. The site-wide energy strategy does not meet the London Plan target of 35%
carbon emission savings compared to a Part L 2021 compliant scheme.
However, the calculated 13% reduction is broadly in line with other City office
developments approved since the adoption of Part L 2021 that now includes
low carbon heating for non-residential developments in the baseline, but not
for residential developments.
169. A S106 clause will be included requiring reconfirmation of this energy strategy
approach at completion stage and carbon offsetting contribution to account for
any shortfall against London Plan targets, for the completed building. There
will also be a requirement to monitor and report the post construction energy
performance to ensure that actual operational performance is in line with
GLA’s zero carbon target in the London Plan.
BREEAM
170. Four BREEAM New Construction 2018 pre-assessments have been
undertaken, one each for the offices, library, retail and gym uses targeting
“outstanding” ratings for each:
Offices (shell and core): 90.8%
Library (fully fitted): 91.4%
Retail (shell and core): 88.5%
Gym (shell and core): 88.1%.
171. The pre-assessments are on track to achieve a high number of credits in the
City of London’s priority categories of Energy, Water, Pollution and Materials,
as well as the climate resilience credit in the Waste category.
172. The BREEAM pre-assessment results comply with Local Plan Policy CS15
and draft City Plan 2040 Policy DE1. Post construction BREEAM assessments
are required by condition.
NABERS UK
173. This certification scheme rates the energy efficiency of a commercial building
from 1 to 6 stars over a period of 12 months of operation. The applicants are
signing up to this scheme, targeting a 5 star rating (out of 6 stars possible)
which will contribute to reducing common performance gaps between
modelled and actual energy use intensity.
Whole life-cycle carbon emissions
174. London Plan Policy SI 2 (Minimising greenhouse gas emissions) requires
applicants for development proposals referable to the Mayor (and encouraging
the same for all major development proposals) to submit a Whole Life-Cycle
Carbon assessment against each life-cycle module, relating to the product
sourcing stage, construction stage, the building in use stage and the end-of-
life stage. The assessment captures a building’s operational carbon emissions
from both regulated and unregulated energy use, as well as its embodied
carbon emissions, and it takes into account potential carbon emissions
benefits from the reuse or recycling of components after the end of the
building’s life. The assessment is therefore closely related to the Circular
Economy assessment that sets out the contribution of the reuse and recycling
of existing building materials on site and of such potentials of the proposed
building materials, as well as the longevity, flexibility, and adaptability of the
proposed design on the Whole Life-Cycle Carbon emissions of the building.
The Whole Life-Cycle Carbon assessment is therefore an important tool to
achieve the Mayor’s net-carbon city target.
Carbon options
175. The following options were chosen as described in the Circular Economy
section to be fully assessed and evaluated:
Option B1: minor refurbishment with partial ground floor extension and
minor extension to upper levels, 100% of substructure and 90%
of superstructure retained
Option B2+: major refurbishment of retained substructure and 4-storey
superstructure with an adapted core to enable a larger extension
to achieve a 15-storey building, 99% of substructure and 46% of
superstructure retained
Option B3+: major refurbishment of retained substructure and 4-storey
superstructure with a 14-storey extension facilitated by new core,
with a more generously adapted ground floor to improve the
library and interface with the public realm, 93% of substructure
and 32% of superstructure retained
Option C: redevelopment above ground with18 storeys with retention of
91% of substructure and 0% of superstructure
176. The following table and graph present the whole life-cycle carbon results from
the 4 options.
177. The options clearly show that, based on new building services installations, all
4 options’ carbon emissions rise at a very similar rate throughout a 60 year life-
cycle, and that the upfront and whole life-cycle carbon impact is higher with
more new build quantity. The existing building’s performance (option A) over
the reference period shows a much steeper graph, due to the lack of efficiency
of the existing façades and MEP. These will have to be fully replaced after
around 40 years at the latest, after which the operational performance would
run parallel with the other options. Qualitatively, the options can be assessed
as follows:
178. Options B1 and B2+ would not be able to achieve the improvements to the
ground floor and its relationship with the public realm around it to activate the
area and relationship with the reconfigured public library. Option B1, and
option B2+ in the retained parts would not be able to provide the high quality
office floorspace that is sought after in this part of the City. In option B2+, only
the new floors can achieve the highest office floorspace quality in terms of
spaciousness, daylight, orientation and flexibility.
179. Option B3+ and option C are similar in size and option B3+ would facilitate a
new, larger core for a greater floorspace uplift of higher quality compared to
the floorspaces on the retained floors. The resulting whole life-cycle carbon
emissions for both options, and both by square meter and absolute, would be
at a similar level (slightly higher for option C). While options B1 and B2+ would
result in significant carbon savings, they are not considered high quality
solutions that would attract occupiers in this location. Given the higher quality
improvements to the public realm, the ground and upper floors through better
configuration of the floorplates compared to option B3+, option C has been
further developed for the application scheme.
180. The optioneering approach set out in this section and in the Circular Economy
section is in line with the recommended approach in the GLA’s guidance on
circular economy and whole life-cycle carbon emissions. The optioneering
assessment complies with the more detailed methodology set out in the City
of London’s Carbon Options Guidance (2023) to establish and evaluate the
carbon impact of development options as confirmed by a 3rd party review.
181. The application proposal: The submitted whole life-cycle carbon assessment
sets out the strategic approach to reduce operational and embodied carbon
emissions and calculates the predicted performance that compares to current
industry benchmarks as set out in the table below. The results show that the
embodied carbon emissions can be reduced beyond the GLA’s Standard
Benchmark, reaching close to the Aspirational Benchmark.
182. The following principal carbon reduction measures have been incorporated
into the proposal, targeting the 3 materials steel, concrete and aluminium that
contribute most (55.63% of total embodied carbon) to the proposed scheme:
Reuse 90% of the existing substructure, or 57% of the existing structure
overall
Reuse of the existing external wall panelling as an internal finish
Reuse of the ceramic floor tiles
Reuse of the existing raised access floors
Use of re-purposed steel from off-site facilities within the new structure
Design for exposed ceilings to reduce the installation of fit-out items that
are subject to frequent change
Maximation of standardised materials and elements to ease
disassembly, fitting and replacement.
183. Further opportunities will be considered such as cement replacements, low
embodied carbon rebar and tendons and high recycled content aluminium
profiles.
184. The applicants have specifically considered the carbon impact of the façade
system which is a large contributor to embodied carbon for large commercial
buildings typically one-fifth of the total embodied carbon. In addition, façade
systems require more frequent replacements compared to structural building
elements. In a typical aluminium/glass curtain wall façade system, aluminium
contributes 66.5% of the façade panel, however, as the applicants prefer
aluminium due to its ability of 100% reclamation for other products and
systems, disassembly potential and greater elemental resilience, the proposed
façade design has been optimised with a reversed mullion system to provide
solar shading as part of the structural elements of the system. Potential other
materials, such as steel, copper or zinc, or a high (75%) recycled aluminium
content, and associated carbon impacts, will also be considered in the detailed
design phase.
185. The table below shows whole life-cycle carbon emissions per square meter in
relation to the GLA benchmarks (embodied carbon without carbonisation
applied) at planning application stage:
Scope
Proposed
Redevelopment
Benchmark
GLA Benchmark
RICS
components
kgCO2/m2
kgCO2/m2
A1-A5
645
< 950
GLA Standard
< 600
GLA Aspirational
AC
(excluding B6-
B7)
995
< 1400
GLA Standard
< 970
GLA Aspirational
B6+B7
617
A-C
(including B6)
1,612
186. These figures would result in overall whole life-cycle carbon emissions of
92,019,274 kgCO2 being emitted over a 60-year period. Of this figure, the
operational carbon emissions would account for 35,216,593 kgCO2 (38% of
the building’s whole life-cycle), and the embodied carbon emissions for
56,802,681 kgCO2, (62% of the building’s whole life-cycle carbon). The
embodied carbon from the substructure contributes 8.5% to the total embodied
carbon which accounts for the proposed reuse of substructure of more than
90%; while the superstructure accounts for 47.8% of the total embodied carbon
which is the highest proportion of embodied carbon in the new building.
Building services would contribute to 29.8% of total embodied carbon
emissions.
187. A higher recycled content of steel, aluminium and cement replacements in
concrete will be targeted in the detailed design and procurement stages which
would further reduce the upfront carbon emissions.
188. The whole life-cycle carbon approach of the proposed development addresses
the NPPF 2023 requirement stated in paragraph 157 that the planning system
should support the transition to a low carbon future and that it should help to,
amongst others, encourage the reuse of existing resources, including the
conversion of existing buildings. This is reflected in the carbon optioneering
that has been carried out as described above, in the whole life-cycle carbon
emission calculations that have been confirmed by an independent 3
rd
party
review to be in line with the GLA Whole Life-cycle carbon assessment
guidance and in the details of the application scheme to include retained
substructure as well as a catalogue of reuse opportunities and low carbon
measures.
189. A detailed whole life-cycle carbon assessment confirming improvements that
can be achieved through the detailed design stage, in particular those that
have been identified in the application documents, and a confirmation of the
post-construction results are required by conditions.
Urban Greening
190. London Plan Policy G5 (Urban Greening) sets out the requirement for major
developments to contribute to the greening of London through urban greening
as part of the design and site. An Urban Greening Factor of 0.3 is
recommended for non-residential developments. Draft City Plan 2040 policy
OS2 (City Greening) mirrors these requirements and requires the highest
levels of greening in line with good design and site context. The proposed
development would incorporate significant public realm areas and landscaping
at street level and higher up the building in the form of new terraced areas.
The glasshouse office reception and lobby space will also be extensively
greened, albeit as internal space this does not contribute to the Urban
Greening Factor (UGF) score achieved for the application site.
191. The landscape proposals seek to create a robust green infrastructure
embedded within the architecture. There are terraces on all levels from level 1
providing large green spaces accessible to the occupants. The planting plan
includes a combination of wildflower/sedum, herbaceous planting, shrubs and
trees of various sizes. On the roof above level 18 there would be a biodiverse
green roof to contribute to reducing surface water run-off and by improving
building insulation, urban greening and biodiversity.
192. The proposed development would achieve a minimum Urban Greening Factor
(UGF) of 0.30, compliant with the London Plan requirement.
Biodiversity Net Gain
193. The Ecological Appraisal of the proposals recommends the following
enhancement measures to improve the ecology of the site:
Invertebrate habitat features within areas of ground level landscaping and
within dense areas of planting on terraces
Bat boxes integrated into the fabric of the building or on mature trees as
per the Applicant’s Biodiversity Brief
Incorporation of bird nest boxes integrated into the fabric of the building,
targeting black redstart, swift and house sparrow in addition to generalist
boxes onto mature trees
Biodiverse intensive green roofs with varied substrate and invertebrate
habitat features such as deadwood log piles, rope coils, sandy piles and
water trays
Use of invertebrate-friendly plant species.
194. The proposed development would achieve a Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG) of
517.33%.
Overheating
195. To address urban heat island risks, the proposed development would
incorporate an optimised façade design with external shading through
projecting fins and solar control glass, minimising overheating risk and reliance
on active cooling. Openable windows will be provided to further reduce
reliance on mechanical ventilation. Urban greening and blue roofs on the
terraces would reduce heat absorption within the building.
196. A thermal comfort assessment has been submitted and impacts are
considered acceptable, subject to mitigation measures.
Flooding
197. The application site is located in Flood Zone 1 and therefore has a low
likelihood (less than 0.1% annual probability) to be affected by flooding from
tidal, fluvial, pluvial, groundwater and artificial sources. The proposed
development will reduce run-off rates by using surface water attenuation tanks
and blue/green roofs in high rainfall events.
Water Stress
198. The proposed development will incorporate water efficient fittings targeting a
55% water demand reduction against non-domestic baselines. Other proposed
measures to reduce potable water use are rainwater recycling and greywater
harvesting systems, details of which are requested by condition.
Conclusion on Sustainability
199. The City of London Climate Action Strategy supports the delivery of a net zero,
climate resilient City. The agreed actions most relevant to the planning process
relate to the development of a renewable energy strategy in the Square Mile,
to the consideration of embedding carbon analysis, circular economy
principles and climate resilience measures into development proposals and to
the promotion of the importance of green spaces and urban greening as
natural carbon sinks, and their contribution to biodiversity and overall
wellbeing. The Local Plan policies require redevelopment to demonstrate
highest feasible and viable sustainability standards in the design, construction,
operation and end of life phases of development as well as minimising waste,
incorporating climate change adaption measures, urban greening and
promoting biodiversity and minimising waste. The proposed development is
compliant with Local Plan Policy DM 15.5.
200. The proposed development would deliver a high quality, energy efficient
development that is on track to achieve “outstanding” BREEAM assessment
ratings for all uses, in compliance with London Plan policy SI 2, Local Plan
policy CS15 as well as Draft City Plan 2040 policy DE1. The proposals cannot
meet the London Plan target of 35% operational carbon emission savings
compared to a Part L 2021 compliant scheme which the GLA acknowledges
will initially be difficult to achieve for commercial schemes. However, the
proposed energy efficiency and MEP strategy would perform highly, with an
innovative façade system that would provide both operational and embodied
carbon efficiency and an additional opportunity to use timber for internal
elements.
201. The assessment of options, carried out in compliance with the Carbon Options
Guidance 2023, confirmed that although the preferred proposal would result in
the highest whole life-cycle carbon emissions out of the 4 options, none of the
other options would be able to deliver the holistic sustainability benefits that
would complement the ongoing repositioning of the Holborn and Fleet Valley
area into a vibrant, healthy and sustainable new part of the City. The planning
stage whole life-cycle carbon emissions reach close to the GLA’s Aspirational
Benchmark, and opportunities to maximise the reuse of deconstruction
materials from the site and from other reuse sources have been identified to
mitigate impacts of redevelopment. The proposal therefore would satisfy the
GLA’s circular economy principles and London Plan policy SI 7, Local Plan
policy CS15 and DM17.2, and Draft City Plan 2040 policy CE1. The building
design responds well to climate change resilience by reducing solar gain,
saving water resources and various opportunities for urban greening and
biodiversity and complies with London Plan Policies G5 SI 4, SI 5 and SI 13,
Local Plan policies DM18.1, DM18.2, CS19, DM19.2, and Draft City Plan 2040
polices S14, OS1, OS2, OS3, S15, CR1, CR3.
Design and Heritage
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)
202. The Townscape, Heritage and Visual Impact Assessment (THVIA) was
submitted with the application as part of the EIA. The visual and heritage
impacts are considered further in this report section.
203. However in addition to the analysis below, the EIA considers the construction
phase, including visual impacts for demolition of the existing structures on the
Site, the erection of tower cranes, the presence of scaffolding and heavy plant,
and the construction of the new building. It states that each of these will have
an effect on the Site’s townscape character, visual intrusion and the
appreciation of heritage assets. However, it is considered that their presence
will be an inevitable consequence of the nature and scale of the proposed
development and adverse effects will be temporary and short term.
204. The EIA assessment also considered each of the heritage receptors and
townscape character and concluded that whilst there may be cumulative
schemes in the surrounding area, these will not affect heritage receptors or the
assessment of the proposed development. For Visual Amenity, the
assessment states that Cumulative Schemes will only be visible in seven of
the 29 assessed views and in all of these views the magnitude of impact will
remain the same as the proposed development assessed in isolation. It states
that there are no increased visual effects as a result of the Cumulative
Schemes, and they will not give rise to significant effects in respect of visual
impact.
Design Approach: Architecture, Urban Design and Public Realm
Policy context:
205. The relevant local policies for consideration are CS10, DM10.1, DM, DM10.3,
DM10.4, DM10.5, DM10.6, DM10.8, CS16, DM16.2, CS19, DM19.1, DM19.2
of the Local Plan policies and HL1, S8, DE2, DE3, DE5, DE8, S10, AT1, S12
of the emerging City Plan, and London Plan policies D3, D4, D5, D8 and D9.
Principle of a Tall Building:
206. The proposal is for a building of 94.80m. This would be defined as a tall
building under the provisions of the adopted Local Plan Policy CS13 and
emerging City Plan 2040 Policy S12.
207. The City’s long-term, plan-led approach to tall buildings is to cluster them to
minimise heritage impacts and maximise good growth. As such, the adopted
Local Plan seeks to consolidate tall buildings into a singular, coherent City
Cluster (Local Plan policies CS7 and CS14 (1)), an approach carried forward
in the emerging City Plan 2040 with the addition of a smaller proposed Cluster
in the Holborn and Fleet Valley area (Policies S12 and S21).
208. The application site falls outside the ‘Eastern Cluster/City Cluster’ policy areas
in the adopted Local Plan and emerging City Plan Policy CS7, but does fall
within the proposed Holborn and Fleet Valley Cluster in the emerging City Plan
Policy S12.
209. London Plan policy D9 (B (3)) stipulates that tall buildings should only be
developed in locations that are identified as suitable in Development Plans.
While seeking in an overarching sense to cluster tall buildings within the
Eastern Cluster, the City’s adopted Local Plan 2015 defines those areas in
which tall building proposals would be inappropriate in principle and should
therefore be refused under Policy CS14. These areas include conservation
areas, St Paul’s Heights, St Paul’s protected vista viewing corridors and
Monument views and setting.
210. The application site is not within an area identified as inappropriate in principle
for a tall building under the 2015 Local Plan. On this basis, the proposal would
be compliant with the aims of CS14 (2), and would engage CS14 (3), under
which tall buildings would be permitted elsewhere in the City only on those
sites which are considered suitable in relation to townscape, skyline and
heritage impacts. The potential for these are assessed in detail below.
211. Emerging City Plan 2040 specifies, in accordance with London Plan Policy D9,
areas where tall buildings would be appropriate in principle which includes the
new proposed Cluster at Holborn and Fleet Valley. The application site falls
within the proposed Cluster and as such would be considered appropriate for
a tall building in principle in respect of the 2040 Plan.
212. At 94.80m AOD, the proposal would exceed the highest of the contours of the
proposed Cluster (90m AOD) by 4.8m and there would therefore be a degree
of conflict with emerging policy S12 regarding height of the 2040 Plan. The
emerging 2040 City Plan has not yet gone through Regulation 19 consultation
and as set out is considered to be a material consideration afforded limited
weight.
213. The application site is within the Central Activities Zone (CAZ), a highly
accessible and sustainable location with the highest PTAL rating of 6B and
excellent access to transport infrastructure. The proposal would complement
the unique, pan-London role of the CAZ, as an agglomeration and rich mix of
strategic functions, including nationally and internationally significant office
functions, cultural spaces and new and remodelled public gardens and public
routes in line with London Plan D4. The site would deliver 54,000sqm of the
requisite commercial space to meet projected economic and employment
growth demand until 2040. This quantity of floorspace would contribute to
maintaining the City’s position as a leading international financial and business
centre.
214. Taking all these matters into consideration, it is considered that the proposals
would conform to the City’s plan-led approach as the site is in an area
effectively identified by the 2015 Local Plan as appropriate for a tall building
and within the emerging City Plan 2040 Policy S12 in accordance with London
Plan D9 (B; 3), and notwithstanding the degree of conflict identified with
emerging City Plan 2040 policy S12 with regards to height.
Tall Buildings Impacts
215. This section assesses the proposals against the requirements of London Plan
Policy D9 Parts C and D of the London Plan. The visual, functional and
environmental impacts are addressed in turn and elaborated upon in the
dedicated architecture, urban design and heritage sections which follow.
Visual Impacts Policy D9 Part C (1)
216. The site is located to the west of the City in an established nucleus of tall
buildings (which is intended to be formalised as a Cluster under the 2040 Plan)
which form a prominent grouping of increased height around New Street
Square and the Shoe Lane ‘five dials’ junction.
217. Completed in 1979 (and thus one of the oldest of the buildings), Hill House is
located near the centre of this grouping. By virtue of the subsequent
redevelopment of these taller buildings around it, Hill House is now one of the
smallest in scale at 8 storeys, including plant which at its tallest is 49.33m
AOD. It is framed on all sides by the following schemes, existing or under
construction:
6 New Street Square 94m
120 Fleet Street 93.15m AOD (consented, under construction)
1 New Street Square 86.03m AOD
12 New Fetter Lane 77m
Stonecutter Court 68.78m AOD (consented, under construction)
Plumtree Court 65.78m AOD
218. At 94.8m AOD the proposed redevelopment of Hill House would sit
comfortably among these neighbouring schemes. It would be very slightly taller
than the implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street with which it would be
closely grouped in strategic City and pan-London views. Officers support the
overall form and massing strategy of the proposal with a sloping and terraced
form articulated by cascading terraces with jagged crevices of planting giving
charismatic articulation to the prominent south elevation. The proposal would
form a distinct but complimentary addition to its neighbours and pleasantly
diversify the forms and materiality of this emerging Cluster.
219. The impact of the proposals upon the City and wider London skyline has
fundamentally informed the optimisation of the site, and long-range views
(London Plan Policy D9 (C1; a; i) of the proposal have been tested in the
HTVIA.
220. In baseline and cumulative panoramic views, the proposal would appear as an
augmentation of the existing nucleus of tall buildings around New Street
Square which are visible in these views, though their low height compared with
the taller, more visually arresting buildings of the City Cluster. From the south-
east the proposal would be largely screened by 120 Fleet Street; from other
compass points the scale and stepped form of the proposal would assimilate
well with the existing group of comparably-sized tall buildings around the site.
221. In baseline and cumulative river prospects, the proposal would appear as a
prominent new element of the City’s skyline to the west, particularly from
western viewing points including Hungerford and Waterloo Bridges. Historic
England have objected to the proposal’s impact on the settings of designated
heritage assets in these views. Officers acknowledge these representations
but draw different conclusions as to the impact, discussed in detail in the
Strategic Views and Heritage sections of the report. The stepped form of the
proposal and articulation of the south façade would ensure it sits comfortably
in these views and its general scale would fit neatly into this established group
of tall buildings of comparable scale.
222. In relation to long range views, the proposal would comply with London Plan
Policy D9 (C1; a; i).
223. Mid-range views (London Plan Policy D9 (C1; a; ii) of the proposal have been
tested in the HTVIA. Historic England have identified harm to the settings of
heritage assets in the viewing experience along the Strand. Officers
acknowledge these representations but draw a different conclusion, discussed
in the Strategic Views and Heritage sections of this report. In both baseline
and cumulative viewing experiences from the Strand, Holborn Circus and the
Temples, the upper reaches of the proposal would appear as a high-quality
new addition to an established group of tall buildings of comparable scale,
clearly legible as part of a disassociated modern group beyond heritage assets
in the foreground of these views. In views along Cannon Street of St Paul’s
only a sliver of the proposals would be fleetingly glimpsed above the form of
120 Fleet Street.
224. In relation to mid-range views, the proposal would comply with London Plan
Policy D9 (C1; a; ii).
225. Immediate views (London Plan Policy D9 (C(1); a; iii) have been tested in the
HTVIA. When seen from the streets in the immediate vicinity of the proposal,
the proposal would ‘land’ appropriately amongst the neighbouring tall buildings
and would create high-quality new public realm around its base and particularly
to Gunpowder Square. Architecturally the proposed building would be
successfully articulated into a convincing base and well-designed upper
storeys, with simpler elevations to the north, east and west designed to act as
subtle foils to the elevations of the existing, surrounding tall buildings and allow
the principal south façade with its extensive greening and charismatic
articulation into stepped terraces to shine as the main architectural moment.
This would also allow the proposal to act as a calm, well-designed modern
backdrop to the views out of the Fleet Street Conservation Area and other
places immediate locality; the proposal would be a judicious neighbour to the
other tall buildings around New Street Square.
226. In relation to immediate views, the proposal would comply with London Plan
Policy D9 ((C)1; a; iii).
227. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 ((C)1; b), the proposal would form a
prominent new element of the existing nucleus of tall buildings around New
Street Square. In this it would reinforce the existing spatial hierarchy of the
locality in views from all ranges. It would help to reinforce the legibility of this
location as one characterised by taller development than its surroundings and
would thus support wayfinding by consolidating the identity of the place. In this,
the proposal is considered to accord with London Plan Policy D9 (C1; b).
228. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 (C1; c), the architectural quality and
materials would be exemplary and would be maintained through its life span.
229. Overall, the architecture is clearly well-considered in the round and of a high
quality, and would be a visually distinctive and attractive addition to the skyline
in and of itself.
230. Materials and detailed design would be the subject of conditions to ensure
quality is maintained to deliverability on site.
231. A full assessment of the architecture, urban design and the public spaces is
provided in the Architecture and Urban Design section. The development
would comply with London Plan Policy D9 (C1; c).
232. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 (C1; d), the proposal would preserve the
settings and significance of relevant heritage assets. Historic England and
other third parties have objected to the proposal’s perceived impacts on
heritage assets, but officers, whilst acknowledging this, have reached a
different conclusion. This is set out in detail in the Heritage section below. The
proposals would accord with London Plan Policy D9 (c1; d).
233. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 (C1; e), the proposal would not be of
sufficient scale as to be visible in relation to the World Heritage Site and
therefore would not trigger this part of the policy, being de facto compliant with
its aims.
234. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 (C1; f), the proposal, while visible in the
background of views of and from the river, is sited at enough distance from the
riverside to not trigger this part of the policy. It would be set well back from the
riverfront, outside the Thames Policy Area. It would preserve the historic scale
of the riverfront, the open quality and views of/along the river, avoiding a
‘canyon effect’, all in compliance with this part of the policy.
235. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 (C1; g), the proposal would not cause
adverse reflected glare, this is addressed in the Environmental Impacts section
of the report.
236. In relation to London Plan Policy D9 (C1; h) the proposal has been designed
to minimise light pollution from internal and external lighting, which will be
secured via condition. The potential light spillage impacts from the proposed
development on surrounding existing residential buildings have been
assessed and are addressed elsewhere in this report. The development has
been designed in accordance with the details and technical requirements of
the draft Lighting SPD.
237. In respect of ‘Functional Impact’ (D9, C(2)):
The design has considered fire safety through the submission of a Fire
Statement and consideration of measures to prevent falling, to ensure
the internal and external design promotes safety of all occupants, and
details for the latter are proposed to be secured through condition;
The building would be serviced, maintained and managed to not
cause disturbance to surrounding area, with details to be secured
through condition and Section 106 obligation;
The entrances, access routes, and ground floor uses have considered
the proposed and surrounding pedestrian activity to ensure there is no
unacceptable overcrowding or isolation in the surrounding areas, and
further detail is to be secured through the Section 278 Agreement;
The transport impacts have been considered and it is considered there
is capacity in the area and the transport network is capable of
accommodating the quantum of development in terms of access to
facilities, services, walking and cycling networks, and public transport
for people working and visiting the building;
The jobs, services, facilities and economic activity that would be
provided by the development has informed the design to maximise the
benefits including the enhanced public realm adjacent to the library
use at Gunpowder Square , subject to Section 278 Agreement, and
increased activity around the site including improved frontage;
Subject to proposed conditions recommended by relevant consultees,
the development, including construction, would not interfere with
aviation, navigation or telecommunication, and it is not considered it
would result in a significant detrimental effect on solar energy
generation on adjoining buildings from the available information.
238. For ‘Environmental Impact’ (D9, C(3)), the wind, daylight, sunlight, thermal
comfort, solar glare and noise have been carefully considered and it is
considered this would not compromise comfort and the enjoyment of open
spaces, including water spaces, and street level conditions around the
building. This is considered further in the ‘Environmental Impacts section of
the report.
239. For ‘cumulative impacts’, the relevant proposed, consented and planned tall
buildings the area have been considered as part of the assessment and
mitigation measures have been identified where required, and are proposed to
be secured through condition.
240. For ‘Public Access’ (D9, Part D), the applicant has proposed access for the
library use and for community and educational groups at dedicated times to
the level 18 amenity space and terrace, to be secured in the Section 106.
Tall Building, Conclusion:
241. Officers conclude that the site would be appropriate in principle for a tall
building and the impacts of the proposal are considered acceptable. The
proposal would comply with London Plan policy D9 (A, B, C and D) and Local
Plan 2015 Policy CS14 (3). Although there would be a degree of conflict with
emerging policy S12 with regard to height as a result of the proposal’s breach
of the highest (90m) contour of the emerging Holborn and Fleet Valley Cluster,
it is considered that the proposal complies with emerging Policy S12 with
regard to location, impacts, design and public access. It is not considered that
the degree of conflict identified with a material consideration afforded limited
weight outweighs the adopted development plan nor the acceptability of the
proposed tall building.
The existing site, surrounding context, and contribution to townscape
242. Hill House is located within a cluster of mid-rise commercial buildings
approximately 140m north of Fleet Street. It is an island site, bound by
Gunpowder Square to its southwest, Printer Street to its northwest, Little New
Street to its north, Shoe Lane to its east and Wine Office Court to its south.
243. The site is not located within a Conservation Area, but is located on the
northern boundary of the Fleet Street Conservation Area, and within 250-500m
of several others. To the west- Chancery Lane, Temples and the Strand
Conservation areas; to the north Hatton Carden and Smithfield; To the east
Newgate street, Postman’s park and St Pauls Conservation Areas; To the
south Whitefriars Conservation Area.
244. The site sits in the aforementioned nucleus of tall buildings around New Street
Square and the Shoe Lane ‘five dials’ junction, just to the north of the Fleet
Street Conservation Area, which it is distinct from by virtue of its much coarser
urban gain, which is experienced as a campus of individual large-footprint
commercial buildings of scale, ranging in height between C.74m AOD and
c.93m AOD.
245. To the southwest of the site however, the scale and character is smaller and
more traditional, relating to the character and appearance of the Fleet Street
conservation area, with buildings fronting onto Gough Square, Wine office
Court and Gunpowder square being C.5- 8 stories, and faced with red brick.
246. Hill House has a distinctly brutalist aesthetic, formed from robust concrete
horizontal panels which clad the building from the first to fourth floor. Above
the fourth floor, the stories are set-back in a pyramidal stepped form, creating
a shoulder height which broadly aligns with the buildings to the southwest. The
upper 4 floors are clad in bronze-coloured metal framing and cladding with
bronze-tinted windows. Centred on the east and west ends of the building are
narrow concrete stair towers that rise up and form the tallest parts of the
building. The ground floors are set back behind the upper building line which
is supported by large concrete columns, interspersed with modern office and
servicing entrances. The extensive ground floor perimeter of the site, including
the route between Little New Street and Wine Office Court, is predominantly
inactive with large stretches of double-height blank frontage, giving it a
defensive, introspective character. Generally, the ground floors are considered
to perform poorly in terms of accessibility and wayfinding and are not
considered to make a positive contribution to the surrounding streets. While
the building offers a route through its middle, the public realm at the base of
the building is also generally of poor quality, with patchy and uneven ground
surfaces, with little urban greening or places to stop and rest.
247. Overall, officers consider the building to be without especial architectural merit,
making a poor contribution to the surrounding streets due to its lack of active
frontage, poor entrance design, and harsh streetscape design.
Architecture and urban design
Bulk height and massing
248. The height, massing, and overall expression of the development has been
carefully considered in relation to key townscape views from Monument,
Cannon street, the Strand and river Thames, in addition to the existing and
emerging context of tall buildings in this locality.
249. As such, the proposed massing steps up from its lowest point in the south west
corner, fronting Gunpowder Square, to its tallest point in the north east corner,
which addresses the prominent junction at ‘five dials’.
250. The southwestern corner strikes a commensurate shoulder height with
Pemberton House and Peterborough Court - some of the smallest scaled
buildings within the site's local context. From floors 1-4, this corner would also
feature terraces, with deeply recessed glazing, consciously easing the
massing of the building away from the public realm, to enhance the sense of
spaciousness around Gunpowder Square. Above this corner, from level 4
upwards, the massing gradually increases to its total height of 94.80m AOD in
the northeast.
251. The massing has been designed and carefully sculpted to mediate the change
in scale between the southwest and northeast, and makes this transition
through cascading terraces which sweep up and curve across the façade,
carving out massing, and prising apart two subtly differentiated volumes
diagonally across the site; the smaller of the two being to the south, and larger
to the north. The bulk and massing of the building is softened by the inclusion
of set back terraces on every floor of the building. From level 4 onwards, the
terraces increase in size at each level, meaning the building gradually tapers
back and creates a unique floorplate at each level. The sweeping central curve
of the building extends to its very top, and dissects the top floor roof pavilions
so they appear staggered, visually breaking up the whole southwest elevation.
Each pavilion is two storeys in height which helps express the top of the
building, and like the rest of the building, both levels are deeply set back behind
generous roof gardens. In combination with their lighter-coloured materiality,
these pavilions would create a clear distinction from the middle of the building
in terms of scale, proportion, and elevation design. The sculptural form of the
building's massing, which breaks the building down into a series of different
elements, is considered to successfully reduce its overall bulk, in addition to
giving the building a unique silhouette, which in combination with the
generosity of the terraces, would soften its appearance in local views, as well
as providing high-quality external amenity spaces for office users to enjoy.
Expression and materiality:
Ground floor
252. The proposed base of the building would be clearly defined and well
proportioned, with the majority of its curved frontage being wrapped with
double-height clear glazing, to maximize active frontage, and promote a
positive interactive relationship with the surrounding streets. Like the existing,
the ground floor frontages are recessed on all sides, with the building above
supported by concrete columns. However, these are well-spaced and of a
more compatible size, such that they do not impede views into the building, or
feel overbearing. The design of these columns is simple, with a band of fluting
at their base. The ground floor building line is also curved, helping to subtly
guide people around its base, as well as tying into the overarching architectural
language of the building, which uses softened rounded edges on all corners.
253. Each ground floor elevation has been designed slightly differently to respond
to their particular uses, and where possible, are all united by high levels of
visibility deep into the floor plans, and views around their corners to
surrounding streets.
254. The southwest corner would provide the entrance to the Shoe Lane Library,
with a clearly expressed entrance portal and signage zone. The library
frontage would be deeply recessed, providing greater space for the public
realm, the design of which is well integrated with the architecture the southwest
corner, giving it a rich, green and civic character. The frontage would be made
from double-height glazed bay windows enabling views into the expansive
high-spec modern library. The detailed design of the organic and asymmetric
soffit to this entrance will be conditioned, however, the design intent is for this
to be clad in a light-coloured aluminium, and be stepped according to each
layer of lighting channels, to give this surface a dynamic feel, with a high
degree of articulation. The entrance would also be framed by two columns,
which are given their own subtly different character, with inset bronze to their
flouted base, in addition to shadow gaps at their top. While these are fine
details, the attention to detail here is positive and would ensure the design of
this entrance is of particularly high quality, and subtly different from other
entrances, to reinforce the civic character of the library.
255. The rest of the western ground floor frontage would be activated by entrances
to the gym, and flexible office/retail/ café, with only a single solid bay required
to provide access to the fire stair. The extensive clear glazing would wrap
around the entire northern frontage, culminating in the office entrance. Facing
east, the office entrances would be set back from the roads, and be given
breathing space behind a generously-sized planter which, like the one for the
library, would provide an attractive and inviting planted frame to the entrance.
The detail of the return elevation to the entrance will be conditioned to ensure
the high quality of the design intent is sustained. Just to the south of this, is the
dedicated entrance to the rooftop restaurant with a decorative spandrel panel
concealing the first floor slab behind. With the exception of the entrance to the
library, all bay windows and entrances would use dark bronze frames.
256. From the southeastern corner, to the middle of the southern elevation the
ground floors would be predominantly solid, concealing the loading bay and
serving area. With the exception of the upper floor windows, all bays would be
clad in dark bronze louvered panels, with a framing system to articulate large
chevron direction arrows. These shapes would also be in dark bronze, with the
arrows differentiated through a change in panel texture.
Upper floor elevations
257. Above the ground floor, the elevations to the middle portion of the building
would be set out over a 1.5m facade grid, and be clad in two types of aluminium
panel within a unitised aluminium system. The primary emphasis on all
facades is verticality, which would be expressed by light toned vertical
piers/fins. Composed of PPC aluminium, these fins would be given a cream
stone effect, with a matt finish and subtle sparkle, to imitate stone. These fins
would have a curved face and V shaped plan form. The benefits of this
profiling would be twofold, firstly increasing solar shading and secondly
providing greater depth, interest and articulation to the facades.
258. Sitting behind these fins, is the secondary horizontal façade element of dark
bronze spandrels in a matt finish. All corners of the building would be treated
with curves, which the bronze spandrels would adorn. While the details of
these features will be conditioned, the design intent is to create bands of soft
smooth corners, which in combination with the profiled fins would become two
of the defining architectural features of the building.
259. Importantly, above the base of the building, the proposed development
incorporates four façade types, that respond to their orientation. Each type
uses the curved fin, but at a different scale/proportion, to create a hierarchy of
facades across the building.
260. As described above, the main façade is spaced according to a 1.5m grid, with
slim fin widths which run the full height of the storey. For the terrace façade,
the fin width and their spacing would double to create a facade that feels more
open. On these elevations, the fins would break through and extend above the
horizontal spandrel line to reinforce the vertical emphasis of the building. The
façade of the ‘sweep’ would share the fin dimensions of the main façade, but
the spacing between them would half, to give this elevation more solidity, and
emphasize the dynamic character of the south-west elevation in prominent
views. Finally, the rooftop pavilions would be given the grandest order, being
triple the width and spacing of the main elevation, in addition to a lighter tone,
to clearly express its top and create a visual distinction with the floor below.
The articulation and detail given to these pavilions is considered successful in
crowing the top of the building, and creating an expressive and celebratory
movement in the townscape. Similarly, the corners of the building have been
kept simple, with no fins, so that their pleasing curved radiuses are readily
legible on approach.
261. With the exception of the northern façade, areas of glazing will also incorporate
fritting to ensure that, along with automated blinds, the proposed scheme
achieves the ambitious 40 W/m2 perimeter solar gain target. A study will be
undertaken to ascertain the precise locations of the facades which require this
treatment. Officers are satisfied that this would be acceptable in principle, and
would not negatively impact the overall appearance quality of the facades.
262. Terraces and their landscaping also form an integral feature of the architectural
design of the building and are present at every level. The planting design has
been developed alongside the key architectural moves to reinforce verticality
and break up the massing. In particular, the terraces would feature a significant
number of trees (c. 85), with variation in species, ranging in size from large
specimens which could reach 5-6m tall, to smaller specimens of 3-4m tall.
The proposed tree species have been selected according to their hardiness
and adaptability to a range of conditions, not least wind exposure and extreme
drought conditions. Planting beds have also been specially designed to ensure
they can accommodate enough root-ball space for trees to thrive while
balancing the overall size of the bed within the terrace. By virtue of the
proposed levels of tree planting and other planted areas, the proposal would
significantly increase the levels of urban greening within the area, though final
details on the planting specification, and maintenance of these areas will be
conditioned.
263. Terraces would be enclosed by simple clear frameless glass balustrades
(1.4m tall), with curved corners. Balustrades have been designed to be visually
unobtrusive, and not detract from the composition of the facades. Further
details of these will be secured via condition.
Public realm design
264. Proposals include landscaping enhancements to the southwestern corner of
the site, at Gunpowder Square, and the northeast corner of the site at the main
office entrance. Proposals would also result in the loss of city walkway, as the
route through the middle of the site would be removed. Enhancements to
Gunpowder Square would improve the quality of the pedestrian experience
along the predominant pedestrian desire line.
265. Working with the Libraries Team, the design aims to create a reinvigorated and
welcoming place, that supports greater biodiversity and provides a green foil
to the library. The strategy includes a series of planted areas on the east and
west edges of the square, with replacement trees, and would increase the
overall quality and quantity of planning into the ground. Connected tree pits
and larger soil depths would provide improved conditions for tree planting over
the existing condition, which is highly constrained and consequently the trees
have struggled. The shape of the beds would provide smaller intimate areas
within the landscape which would be integrated and defined by benches. The
proposals for Gunpowder Square will be delivered through a s278 agreement
by the City of London. Final details of the planting strategy will be agreed
through consultation with City Gardens to ensure the specification is
appropriate to the location and will thrive in these specific microclimatic
conditions.
266. In addition to ground level interventions - brass inscriptions inlays - further
design development will also include incidental play features, potentially in the
form of interactive art, to bring greater interest and interactivity to this civic area
for children. This strategy will be devised in conjunction with community
engagement, to ensure it makes a meaningful and enriching contribution to
placemaking.
267. All ground level hard surfaces will be York stone, to tie into the City of London
Public realm toolkit, and ensure the area feels fully public and integrates
successfully into the City’s wider public realm network.
268. Overall, officers consider that the organisation and layout of this area would
support the use of the library, and significantly enhance the character of the
public space. The higher levels of planting would also support local ecology,
through the provision of habitat. Feature seating which has been designed
to be inclusive, with different height seats, arm and backrests, and niches to
allow space for wheelchair users and pushchairs would also provide much-
needed additional seating within the area. The orientation of the seating would
also create social dwell spaces, where people can face one another and
interact, the space would have a positive relationship with the proposed library.
Furthermore, the adjacent context of the square is historic, and officers
consider that the proposals would have a positive synergy with the
neighbouring conservation area by providing an improved space set in and
amongst a network of human scale and enclosed routes and spaces on the
journey from Fleet Street to the application site.
269. Notwithstanding the approved drawings, the final details of the landscaping
including full planting specification, layout, hard and soft materials, furniture,
maintenance regime, and irrigation methods will be delivered through a S278
Agreement, in accordance with the City of London Technical Toolkit, to ensure
the design and materials are of high quality, and to ensure the landscape
thrives and is of acceptable design quality, and is fully inclusive. Officers
consider the design of Gunpowder Square would provide a dynamic,
characterful and inclusive public space where people can sit, rest or enjoy. The
planting would also significantly enhance the level of urban greening, within
this area of the city. The proposals would therefore enhance the overall quality
and character of this key pedestrian space, which was previously underutilised
and transitory.
270. While the proposals would not reprovide a route through the centre of the
building, as existing, officers do not consider this to be detrimental to
pedestrian movement, or the legibility of the area. The extensive contribution
of active frontage, and high quality landscaping around the site as would be
provided to offset this change, the upgrades to Gunpowder Square would
enhance the quality and function of the public realm on the pre-dominant
pedestrian desire line. Provision of attractive landscaping and seating would
provide pedestrians with visual interest and an opportunity to rest and dwell.
Conclusion on architecture and public realm design
271. Officers consider that the architectural design of the building would be
compatible with the existing context, being read as a well-layered piece of
design, which celebrates moments in the public realm. Officers consider that
the sculptural form of the building's massing, which breaks the building down
into a series of different elements is successful, and responsive to its context,
while also delivering a unique piece of architecture with its own identity and
well-articulated facades. Furthermore, the ground floors would be transformed
to be outward facing and visually permeable, encouraging positive relations
between the ground floor uses and the adjacent public realm, the base would
be an integral part of the arrival experience from all directions. The façade
treatments at ground floor level are well-suited to pedestrian desire lines and
sightlines, and particular care and attention has been paid to meet the needs
of pedestrians and cyclists. The prominent and attractive cycle hub entrance
would be accessible and visible to cyclists arriving at the site, providing high-
quality facilities that would promote active travel.
272. The proposals would also dramatically enhance the landscaping of the site,
providing much richer and more dynamic planting and greater opportunities
for sitting. The proposals would therefore enhance the overall quality and
character of this key pedestrian space, which was previously underutilised and
transitory.
273. The architecture and urban design proposals comply with Local Plan Policies
CS10, DM10.1, DM10.3, DM10.4, DM10.8 and DM19.1 emerging City Plan
Policies S1, S8, DE2-8, HL1, and London Plan Policies D3, D4 and D8,
paragraphs 130 and 132 of the NPPF and the City Public Realm SPD all
require high-quality public realm and increased urban greening.
274. Overall, it is considered that the proposal would make the best use of land,
following a design-led approach that optimises the site capacity to
accommodate employment growth and would increase the amount of high-
quality office space. The proposals align with the function of the City to
accommodate substantial growth in accordance with Local Plan Policies CS1:
Offices and London Plan Policies SD4, SD5 and E1.
275. Irrespective of the approved drawings, full details of the ground floor frontages,
design and materiality of the public realm improvements, and way-finding
strategy are reserved for condition to ensure these are well-detailed and are
useable. The development has had regard for Local Plan Policy DM 3.2 and
the Mayors Public London Charter promoting a safe, inclusive and welcoming
environment.
276. A high-quality signage strategy for the proposal would be required and would
be secured via condition.
Strategic Views
Policy context:
277. London Plan policies HC3 and HC4, Local Plan 2015 Policy CS13 and
emerging City Plan 2040 policies S12 and S13 all seek to protect and enhance
significant City and London views of important buildings, townscapes and
skylines. These policies seek to implement the Mayor’s London View
Management Framework (LVMF) SPG (the SPG), protect and enhance views
of historic City Landmarks and Skyline Features and secure an appropriate
setting and backdrop to the Tower of London.
278. A Built Heritage, Townscape and Visual Impact Assessment has been
prepared and submitted as part of the application documents.
279. For clarity, the application site is located in the west of the City, at considerable
distance from the World Heritage Site. Intervisibility between the two has been
tested in the TVIA, confirming that the proposal would have no visual
relationship with and would therefore have no impact upon the World Heritage
Site.
London View Management Framework (LVMF) Impacts
280. The LVMF designates pan-London strategic views deemed to contribute to the
Capital’s character and identity at a strategic level. Those relevant strategic
views where there would be a material impact are addressed here against
London Plan Policy HC4 and associated guidance in the SPG.
281. The site is located within the Wider Setting Consultation Area (WSCA) of LVMF
5A.2 Greenwich Park, and the proposal would breach the WSCA height
threshold, triggering qualitative assessment of its impact on the view.
282. Additionally, the WSCAs of LVMF 6A.1 Blackheath Point and 4A.1 Primrose
Hill pass very close to the application site. While the site does not fall directly
into 6A.1 or 4A.2, for completeness officers have assessed the impact of the
scheme on the edges of these viewing corridors, as these frame the
composition of the viewing planes. Officers have also assessed the impact of
the proposals on LVMF River Prospects.
View 5 (5A.2), London Panorama, Greenwich Park:
283. The impact would be perceived from Assessment Point 5A.2, at the eastern
extent of the panorama towards central London and St Paul’s Cathedral, which
is the sole Strategically Important Landmark (SIL), inclusive of the Protected
Vista. Other relevant identified landmarks include Tower Bridge, the
Monument, the Shard and the City Cluster. The proposal would breach the
Wider Setting Consultation Area (Background) of the Protected Vista.
284. The visual management guidance identifies the background of St Paul’s as
mostly unimpeded, with a clear silhouette afforded to the dome (above the
peristyle) and western towers, whilst the sky-etched silhouette is considered
crucial to the ability to recognise and appreciate the Cathedral (paragraph
142). In the baseline and cumulative scenarios, the proposal would be sited
south and west of the Cathedral, appreciated at a noticeable distance from the
Cathedral and be almost entirely shadowed by other tall intervening built
development of a similar total height, most notably 120 Fleet Street, which
would obscure all but the top two floors of the proposal. The proposals would
appear as a discreet, high-quality additional element to the existing nucleus of
tall buildings at New Street Square that are visible in this view.
285. The proposals would therefore form part of an established and coherent group
of tall buildings, which would not ‘crowd’ or create a ‘canyon effect’ to the wider
setting of the Cathedral and therefore not impact the viewer's ability to
appreciate the dome and upper parts of the western towers of St Paul’s
Cathedral or unacceptably impose on the landmark, all of which would still be
given appropriate context, reserving their setting and contribution to the special
characteristics of the view, in accordance with paragraphs 57, 58, 60, 61, 63,
146 and 147 of the SPG.
286. Overall, the proposal would not harm the characteristics or composition of the
strategic view and its landmark elements, including the ability to recognise and
appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL.
Wider LVMF panorama considerations:
287. As mentioned, the WSCAs of LVMF 6A.1 Blackheath Point and 4A.1 Primrose
Hill pass very close to the application site. For completeness, the proposal’s
impact on these is assessed below.
288. The Primrose Hill assessment point 4A.1, located at the summit of the hill,
allows the perception of considerable detail, including the principal buildings in
central London, principally in this case St Pauls Cathedral, and the Shard.
Views of the proposal would be virtually imperceptible by virtue of its location,
and commensurate height, within the existing consolidated cluster of tall
buildings which sit between St Pauls and the Shard. Overall the proposal would
preserve the composition of the view, and the viewer’s ability to recognise and
appreciate the salient features of St Paul’s in accordance with paragraph 132
of the SPG.
289. The Blackheath point panorama 6A.1 centres on the viewer's ability to
recognise and appreciate and St Pauls Cathedral and its western towers as
the sole SIL in the middle of the view. Officers consider that due to the
significant distance between, and the limited visibility of the proposals due to
the consented proposals at 120 Fleet Street which would block the majority of
this building from view, there would be no impact on the qualities or
composition of the protected vista and the ability to recognise and appreciate
the SIL in accordance with para 156 of the SPG.
River Prospects
LVMF 11A.1: London Bridge: The Upstream Pavement
290. St Paul’s Cathedral is the sole SIL, while other landmarks include the Cannon
Street Station towers, the Old Bailey and St Bride’s Church in a broad and
deep riparian composition. The visual management guidance identifies the
skyline presence of St Paul’s and the positive visual interaction it has with the
‘Wren-esque’ Cannon Street Station (paragraph 191).
291. In the baseline and cumulative scenarios, the proposal would not dilute this
dynamic, in accordance with paragraphs 193-4. The proposal, situated at a
discernible distance to the west of the Cathedral and of an appropriate height
and attractive form on the horizon, would be almost entirely screened by the
implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street, with only a small portion of the top
visible.
292. As such, the proposal would not visually dominate the Cathedral in accordance
with paragraphs 194 and 197, consolidating a small cluster of taller buildings
around New Street Square, and it would not obscure or detract from any
contributing landmark in the composition, in accordance with paragraph 195.
293. Overall, in the baseline and cumulative scenarios, the proposal would not harm
and would make a positive contribution to the characteristics and composition
of the strategic view and its landmark elements, including preserving the ability
to recognise and appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL.
LVMF 12A.1: Southwark Bridge: The Upstream Pavement
294. St Paul’s Cathedral is the sole SIL, whilst other landmarks include Millennium
Bridge and St Bride’s Church in a broad riparian composition.
295. The visual management guidance, paragraph 209, describes the broad
expanse of the River as dominated by St Paul’s. The proposals would largely
be obscured behind Faraday house and 120 Fleet Street, with only fleeting
elements of the proposed uppermost pavilions visible. As such, the proposal
would form part of an established and recessive backdrop populated by the
small cluster of tall buildings around New Street Square - perceived at some
distance from the Cathedral. In accordance with the guidance, the proposal
would not harm the viewer's ability to recognise and appreciate the Cathedral
or dominate it. Furthermore, the high-quality architecture would complement
its wider skyline setting, in accordance with paragraphs 211 and 214.
296. The proposal would not obscure or detract from a contributing landmark or
feature (in accordance with paragraph 212, although the site is not within the
foreground);by virtue of the intervening distance, the distinctive vertical
presence of St Bride’s steeple would be unchallenged.
297. LVMF view 12A.2 is orientated southwest, and the proposal would have no
additional impact.
298. Overall, the proposal would not harm the characteristics and composition of
the strategic view and its landmark elements, including preserving the ability
to recognise and appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL.
LVMF 13A.1: Millennium Bridge and Thames side at Tate Modern
299. St Paul’s Cathedral is the sole SIL, while wider landmarks and contributing
features are Millennium Bridge and several Wren church towers and spires
which contribute greatly to the wider setting of St Paul’s.
300. The visual management guidance identifies the dominance of the bridge and
St Paul’s, whereby the St Paul’s Heights has preserved an appreciation of the
Cathedral above cornice line, whilst some tall buildings, including the Barbican
Towers, compromise that backdrop (paragraph 225). It recognises how the
Heights has led to an unrelenting horizontal emphasis of those middle ground
buildings relived by the spires and towers of the City churches (paragraph
226).
301. The proposal would be sited just west of centre within the prospect, and as
such would not ‘crowd’ close to St Paul’s or undermine the visibility or
dominance of the Cathedral in accordance with paragraphs 227-9 of the visual
management guidance in the SPG. The proposal would not harm the
contribution of a landmark or contributing feature, preserving the historic
skyline and the juxtaposition of elements including river frontage and
landmarks, whilst allowing these to continue to be enjoyed in their context, in
accordance with paragraphs 68, 69 and 70 of the SPG.
302. The striking tiered form and silhouette, which would be seen beyond 120 Fleet
Street would add a high quality new architecture which, with its sculptural form
created by tiers of external terracing, would assist in relieving that ‘unrelenting
horizontality’ referred to in the SPG.
303. Overall, the proposal would not harm the characteristics and composition of
the strategic view and its landmark elements, including preserving an ability to
recognise and appreciate St Paul’s Cathedral as the SIL.
15B.2: Waterloo Bridge: The Downstream Pavement (with night time
southern end)
304. St Paul’s Cathedral is identified as the sole SIL in this iconic London view and
River Prospect, with other landmarks and contributing features including
Temple Gardens, St Bride’s and the Old Bailey. The river defines the
foreground, while the eye is dawn towards Temple Gardens, St Paul’s
Cathedral and the City Cluster.
305. The proposed development would not be visible from LVMF 15B.1 and would
emerge into view during the kinetic experience between 15B.1 and 15B.2.
Here it would rise above the foreground buildings enclosing the river in the
middle ground, and form part of a secondary layer of background townscape
composed of similarly scaled modern commercial buildings to the north of
Fleet Street. The sweeping and stepped façade of cascading terraces would
contribute a high-quality new piece of sculptural architecture to the view
306. Whilst the proposal would modestly consolidate it, the existing nucleus of tall
buildings around New Street Square is set at some distance away from the
Cathedral in this view and the proposal would not draw it closer to the
Cathedral, preserving the composition of the view, including the sky backdrop
of St Paul’s, avoiding a ‘canyon effect’ and would not dominating the SIL, in
accordance with the relevant visual management guidance at paragraph 264
of the SPG.
307. Historic England have identified that the proposal would have a harmful impact
on the setting and significance of the Strand and Temples Conservation Areas,
by virtue of the development’s presence in the view, which they considered to
draw attention away from these heritage assets, thereby harming the character
and appearance of the conservation areas and the ‘perception of the
significance’ of (unspecified) listed buildings.
308. Officers disagree with this conclusion. Paragraph 262 of the SPG requires
proposals to show how they contribute to the settings and spaces and buildings
immediately fronting the river.
309. The proposal would nestle into to the existing background of modern mid-rise
developments around New Street Square which already define the skyline of
this viewing experience. These are already read as recessive background
elements, separate from rather than competing with the Temples and Strand
CAs in the foreground.
310. The proposal’s distinctive green landscaped terraces, articulated with tall and
medium sized trees, would rise out of and complement the verdant foreground
distinctive of the Victoria Embankment, sloping away from the pre-eminent
foreground setting of the river, and complementing the verdant character of
the Temples.
311. As such, the proposal would comply with paragraph 262 of the SPG and would
preserve the settings of the Strand and Temples conservation areas, including
the juxtaposition between elements and the river frontage which would still be
enjoyed in their context, in accordance with paragraphs 68-70 of the SPG.
312. Further consideration of the impact on the heritage assets of the Temple is
given in the Heritage section of the report below.
313. Overall, the proposal would not harm and would make a neutral contribution to
the characteristics and composition of the strategic view and its landmark
elements, including the ability to recognise and appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL.
16A.1: The South Bank: outside Royal National Theatre
314. The view is principally focused on Somerset House and its immediate setting
as described in the SPG. Other landmarks include Waterloo Bridge and the
Fleche of the Royal Courts of Justice. St Paul’s Cathedral is the sole SIL in
this view, located at the furthest, easternmost periphery of this broad river
prospect.
315. The visual management guidance describes the dominance of the River in the
foreground, and has been positioned to capture the Grade I Listed Somerset
House as its principal focus. The view also captures Temple Gardens, and
remarks on the low profile both features display. It goes on to identify how, due
to the topography of rising ground, the background of this is backdropped by
buildings (paragraph 271). The verdant density of trees along the Embankment
are also identified as an important element in the view (paragraph 272).
316. It is considered that the proposal would preserve the pre-eminence of the open
prospect over the river and skyline presence of the Temples. It would comprise
an attractive part of the established backdrop of larger commercial/institutional
buildings transitioning in scale from that foreground to Fleet Street and the
more recent developments around New Street Square. Its attractive sweeping
form would offer a new high-quality piece of architecture with a skyline
presence that would complement the varied layering of the townscape from
here. Its position on the skyline in the centre of this view, combined with its
height and scale, will help integrate the adjacent 120 Fleet Street within the
background skyline, reinforcing the coherence of a group of similarly scaled
modern commercial buildings to the north of Fleet Street, all in accordance
with paragraph 69, 70, and 72of the SPG.
317. Sited at some considerable distance from the landmark, the proposal would
not dominate or be detrimental to the setting or skyline of Somerset House in
this view, in accordance with paragraph 274. Similarly sited at some distance
away, it is considered that the proposal would preserve the ability to recognise
and appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL, which would remain the pre-eminent
focus.
318. Overall, the proposal would not harm and would make a neutral contribution to
the characteristics and composition of the strategic view and its landmark
elements, including the ability to recognise and appreciate St Paul’s as the
Strategically Important Landmark (“SIL”).
16B.1 and 16B.2: The South Bank: Gabriel’s Wharf viewing platform
319. St Paul’s Cathedral is identified as the sole SIL, whilst other relevant elements
are St Bride’s Church and Temple Gardens.
320. Sited at some distance from the Cathedral in this view, and clearly belonging
to the existing nucleus of tall buildings at New Street Square, the proposal
would preserve the townscape setting of the Cathedral in accordance with
paragraph 280. It would preserve the ability to recognise and appreciate St
Paul’s as the SIL, which would remain the pre-eminent focus throughout the
viewing experience at and between the Assessment Points, and in
architectural treatment the proposal would be clearly read as a separate,
modern entity unrelated to and at some distance from the Cathedral, all in
accordance with paragraph 283 of the SPG.
321. Historic England have identified that the proposal would have a harmful impact
on the setting and significance of the Strand and Temples Conservation Areas,
by virtue of the development’s presence in the view, which they considered to
draw attention away from these heritage assets, thereby harming the character
and appearance of the conservation areas and the ‘perception of the
significance’ of (unspecified) listed buildings.
322. The visual management guidance describes the dominance of the river in the
foreground, with those buildings on the north side providing a rich and intricate
skyline; reference is made to the subtle transition of scale between the
Temples and the more recent commercial development on Fleet
Street/Ludgate (paragraph 278). Paragraph 282 of the SPG notes several
landmarks and historic buildings other than the Cathedral present in the view,
and that the ability to recognise these should be preserved or enhanced.
323. Officers disagree with Historic England’s conclusions and consider that the
proposal would preserve the pre-eminence of the open prospect over the river
and skyline presence of the Temples and other Victorian/Edwardian buildings
defining the Victoria Embankment. Furthermore, the development would form
part of and positively contribute to the established backdrop of larger
commercial/institutional buildings transitioning in scale from that foreground to
Fleet Street and the more recent developments around New Street Square.
324. The proposal’s attractive sweeping form and well articulated elevations would
offer a new high-quality piece of architecture with a skyline presence that would
complement the varied layering of the townscape from this view. Its position
on the skyline, combined with its height and scale, would help integrate the
adjacent 120 Fleet Street within the background skyline, reinforcing the
coherence of a group of similarly scaled modern commercial buildings to the
north of Fleet Street.
325. Overall, the proposal is considered to comply with the test in paragraph 282
and would preserve the settings of the Strand and Temples conservation
areas. It would not harm the characteristics and composition of the strategic
view and its landmark elements, including the ability to recognise and
appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL and Temples.
17B.2 and 7B.1: Golden Jubilee/Hungerford Bridge crossing the
Westminster Bank
326. St Paul’s is the sole SIL, while given the raised and broad panorama here there
are many landmarks and contributing features, including St Bride’s, the Royal
Courts of Justice and the Old Bailey, amongst others.
327. The SPG describes the River as defining the foreground and middle ground,
enlivened by Waterloo Bridge and the Embankment trees creating a significant
sense of horizontality. It identifies St Paul’s as rising above the general
townscape, including the City Cluster off to the right, while St Bride’s and Old
Bailey are identified as distinctive vertical elements seen against sky as are,
to the Barbican’s trio of towers.
328. The setting of St Paul’s, as the singular most important structure, would be
preserved in accordance with paragraph 301, the proposal being of an
appropriate height, set at some distance away from the Cathedral. It would
strengthen the sense of a smaller cluster of taller built development around
New Street Square, complementing the presence of 120 Fleet Street, forming
a secondary layer of mid-rise development towards the centre of the view. It
would have no impact on Somerset House, in accordance with paragraph 302.
329. The proposal would not obscure or detract from a landmark, discernible at
some distance from the distinct vertical skyline presence of St Bride’s, the Old
Bailey and Barbican Towers ensuring the landmarks and contributing features
would have their settings preserved, in accordance with paragraphs 68-70 of
the SPG.
330. Overall, the proposal would not harm and would make a positive contribution
to the characteristics and composition of the strategic view and its landmark
elements, including the ability to recognise and appreciate St Paul’s as the SIL.
18B.1 Westminster Bridge Downstream
331. The River dominates the foreground whilst in the middle ground the
prominence of Country Hall and the London Eye capture the view, alongside
the Shell Centre in the background. In the wider prospect, there is a consistent
formal and civic scale character to the buildings enclosing the meander of the
River as Westminster transitions to the City. This has a largely consistent but
lively skyline datum, relived by some more vertical built form, such as the
fleche of the Royal Courts.
332. The proposed high-quality architectural form, particularly with its sculpted
sweep of terracing, would provide a new attractive form which would contribute
interest to the distant skyline, creating a distinctive vertical inflection
appropriate to the wider scale of built form enclosing the River.
333. The proposal would relate well to the setting of those foreground and middle
ground landmarks and would contribute positively to the setting of heritage
assets, in accordance with paragraphs 323-24 of the visual management
guidance. It would respect and enhance the civic nature of those north bank
buildings and would not diminish their role and clarity, in accordance with
paragraph 325 of the SPG.
334. Overall, the proposal would not harm and would make a neutral contribution to
the characteristics and composition of the strategic view and its landmark
elements.
Summary of LVMF Impacts
335. The proposal would preserve the characteristics and composition of relevant
strategic views and their landmark elements. It would preserve the viewers
ability to recognise and appreciate St Paul’s Cathedral as the relevant
Strategically Important Landmark. It would ensure that the juxtaposition
between elements, including the river frontage and key landmarks, can be
appreciated in their wider London context. This is in accordance with Local
Plan Policy CS13(1), London Plan Policy HC4, emerging City Plan Policy 2040
S13 and guidance contained in the LVMF SPG.
City of London Strategic Views
336. The City of London Protected Views SPD identifies views of St. Paul’s
Cathedral, the Monument, the Tower of London World Heritage Site and other
historic landmarks and skyline features, which must be assessed in relation to
proposals for new built development. The proposed development site is
located within the western periphery of the City of London, and as such falls
outside of the St Pauls Heights policy area, and is located at a significant
distance from the Tower of London World Heritage Site Local setting study
area.
337. Kinetic views from the Southbank and the river bridges are identified in the
SPD. Heritage significance of relevant historic City landmarks is considered
below within the section on indirect impacts to heritage assets.
Monument
338. The Protected Views SPD identifies views of and approaches to the Monument
which are deemed important to the strategic character and identity of the City.
Views from the Monument:
339. The proposal would be outside the field of view scope of all the Monument
Views except for View 5. The Surveyor to the Fabric of St Paul’s Cathedral has
identified a minor level of harm to the Cathedral’s setting as experienced in
this view as a result of the proposed development.
View 5: North West to St Pauls Cathedral Impact
340. From here St Paul’s and St Bride’s Church are identified as the key features.
The visual management guidance at paragraphs 4.12 and 4.13 of the
Protected Views SPD identified other features in this panorama such as St
Mary le Bow, the cupola of the Old Bailey, the BT Tower and St Mary
Aldermanry. The skyline presence of these features would not be obscured or
detracted from by the proposal.
341. Paragraph 4.13 identifies the drum, peristyle and dome alongside the tops of
the western towers. At present the dome is on the whole seen above a horizon
datum as the pre-eminent element on the skyline. The drum, peristyle and
south west towers are, on the whole, shadowed by taller built development
around New Street Square, diminishing the presence of the Cathedral
silhouette on the skyline.
342. The proposal would be almost entirely screened by the implemented scheme
at 120 Fleet Street, with only the very uppermost floors slightly visible above.
Although visually and architecturally distinct from 120 Fleet Street, mitigating
any perception of coalescence, the proposals would slightly increase the
massing adjacent to, but not behind, the gilded finial and pineapple at the top
of the south-west tower of St Paul’s Cathedral. The setback top floors and their
shape would ensure the golden finial remains legible against open sky; the
visibility of the topmost storeys of the proposal near the finial would be so
recessive that, overall, officers consider that the proposals would result in no
additional adverse impact over the implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street.
343. As a composition, it is considered that the proposals would accord with
paragraphs 4.3 of the Protected Views SPD, in that the proposal would not
obstruct it, nor would it detract from the general open prospect and those
landmark elements as a result of appropriate bulk and massing.
344. Overall, officers consider the proposed development would protect this
significant local view from the Monument, in accordance with Local Plan Policy
CS 13 and emerging City Plan Policy S13 and guidance contained in the
Protected Views SPD.
Views of and Approaches to the Monument:
345. The proposal is not in the defined Immediate Setting of the Monument and
would have no impact on those identified views of/approaches to the
Monument as identified in the Protected Views SPD.
St Pauls Cathedral
St Pauls Heights and the Processional Approach:
346. The proposal is not located in the defined St Paul’s Heights Policy Area. The
St Pauls Heights policy seeks to preserve the foreground setting of the
Cathedral in strategic riparian views across the Thames from the South Bank
and London Bridges, as longstanding protection to secure an appropriate
setting of St Paul’s Cathedral in Local Views. As demonstrated by verified
views submitted within the THIVA, the viewing experience of St Pauls from
these locations would not be impacted, as a result of the proposals, given the
substantial distance between Hill House and the policy boundary, and the
secondary layer of townscape/built-form which falls in-between the site and
the Policy Area..
347. It would not be visible in views of the Cathedral on approach from Fleet Street
along the Processional Route, by virtue of the development site being located
approximately 112m from the street, and screened by Stonecutter Court
immediately to the south. The kinetic viewing experience of the Processional
Route would therefore be unchanged as a result of the proposal.
Cannon Street views:
348. Views of the Cathedral are highly prominent from Cannon Street. In this long
axial approach from the east, fine and clear views emerge of the South
Transept Portico, Apostles and Western Towers against clear sky, in addition
to the south-west tower, south elevation and dome.
349. Extensive views testing has been undertaken from multiple locations along
Cannon Steet to assess the impact of the proposal on the Cathedral. As
illustrated within View 15 and 15N of the THVIA, the scale of effect arising from
the proposed development would be negligible, since it would be almost
entirely concealed from view by the implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street,
with visibly limited to a ‘technical degree’ the line thickness of the wireline -
in regard to the roofline. This means that at this distance, even with
magnification, the proposal would be imperceptible to the human eye. As
such, the proposal would not harm the setting or significance of the Cathedral
in this viewing experience.
St Pauls Cathedral - Views From the Golden Gallery:
350. From the Golden Gallery of St Paul’s Cathedral, the proposal would be almost
entirely screened by the implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street, with slivers
of the top floor roof pavilions coming into view beyond 120 Fleet street. As
such, it would preserve the composition and character of these views, not
detract from the general open prospect of the viewing experience, and would
pay special attention to the roofscape, in accordance with the Protected Views
SPD.
Other publicly accessible elevated viewing areas - Views from:
Tate Modern:
351. From this viewing location, the development would be visible alongside other
tall buildings within the New Street Square area at a significant distance to the
west of St Pauls Cathedral. The proposed developed would be largely
screened by Peterborough Court, such that only the layered top floors of on
the southern elevation and the central sweeping volume would be visible.
Alongside the other buildings within the cluster, the development would
contribute to the varied skyline. It is considered the character and composition
of the viewing experience here would be preserved and enhanced.
One New Change:
352. From the public roof terrace, the proposal would entirely screened from view
behind the consented, and implemented, 120 Fleet Street, and as such would
have no impact on the essential character and compositional qualities of this
view, thereby ensuring it would be preserved and enhanced.
120 Fenchurch Street Public Garden:
353. Viewed from the western terrace, the proposal would be predominately
screened from view behind the consented, and implemented, 120 Fleet Street.
Only slight glimpses of the rooftop pavilions, and the north eastern corner
elevation would be visible beyond 120 Fleet Street, however these minor
viewing experiences would not be seen against the dome of St Pauls or its
lantern, and therefore would not result in any harm to the setting and
significance of the heritage asset.
City Landmarks and Skyline Features
354. The proposal would not affect views of the majority of City landmarks and
skyline features in accordance with CS 13 (2). Only two would potentially be
affected by the proposals, as below:
St Andrew Holborn and the City Temple
355. These would have a visual relationship with the proposal in views from
Charterhouse Street (view 24). On the right-hand side of this this view, and to
the right of St Andrews Church, the proposal would form part of the layered
backdrop predominantly obscured by mid-rise commercial budlings in the
midground, notably 6 and 1 New Street Square, which the proposal would sit
behind. Officers consider that the degree of encroachment into the background
of this view would be minimal, with the additional height of the proposal aligning
with the midpoint of the central bay of the tower of St Andrew. City Temple
would to the left-hand side of the view and unaffected by the proposals.
356. As such, the experience of St Andrew as a skyline feature would be
unchallenged by the proposals and preserved in accordance with the guidance
within the SPD. Further assessment of the indirect impact of the proposals on
these two listed buildings is found below.
Other Borough Strategic Views
WCC Draft Metropolitan Views SPD
357. Adopted Westminster City Plan 2019-2040 Policy 40(F) (Townscape and
Architecture) states that new development affecting strategic and local views
(including views of metropolitan importance) will contribute positively to their
characteristics, composition and significance and will remedy past damage to
these views where possible. Whilst in draft, the Metropolitan Views SPD (2007)
is understood to contain those local metropolitan views. Of the 45 identified,
the proposal would be prominent from only V18 Churches of St Clement
Danes and St Mary-Le-Strand.
358. The Metropolitan Views SPD describes how both churches dominate eastern
views along the Strand, from where the two towers make a ‘delightful and
lasting impression’. The SPD identifies a broad viewing experience zone and
viewing cone from the southern pavement east of Exeter Street, which extends
east/north East into the City of London. Extensive views testing has been
undertaken to assess the impact of the proposal on the viewing experience
identified in the SPD. View 17 of the townscape heritage and visual impact
assessment represents the viewing experience most representative of the
SPD description, with the sequence and composition of both towers legible
and encircled by sky. In this view, both towers remain clearly legible, with only
a fleeting glimpse of the proposal coming into view in the distant background.
The visibility would be limited to the top two floors of the building, behind the
pitched tourelle roof of the Royal Courts of Justice.
359. View 18, taken in winter, represents the most sensitive view to change as a
result of the proposals. In this view, the proposal would infill the sky space to
the south of St Clement Danes and be read receding away from the church’s
southern shoulder, as part of the distant background. The massing has been
carefully designed to step down in height to the south-west in a series of
landscaped terraces, and its southwestern elevation given a sculpted curved
form to break down its overall massing into a series of forms, adding interest
and texture to the background of the view. This is reinforced through the
architectural design, which defines the central ‘sweepwith cream-coloured
fins, visually dividing the south-west elevation into vertical elements.
360. Overall, it is considered that these prominent focal landmarks in this view
would remain visible and appreciable in accordance with the draft guidance.
The indirect impacts on the settings of the two churches as listed buildings is
discussed further below.
London Borough of Camden:
361. Other than those relevant LVMF pan-London views from Parliament Hill,
Primrose Hill and Kenwood, addressed elsewhere in this report, Camden have
not designated strategic local views of relevance to the CoL.
London Borough of Hackney:
362. Hackney has not identified any strategic local views of relevance to the CoL.
Conclusion on Strategic Views
363. The proposal has been sited amongst an established nucleus of tall buildings
around New Street Square which is an emerging Cluster (Holborn and Fleet
Valley) in the draft City Plan 2040, seeking to consolidate strategic growth in
areas with the least impact on pan-London and strategic views.
364. The proposal would preserve the characteristics and compositions of all
relevant LVMF and other strategic pan-London views.
365. It was also sited and designed to preserve strategic views of and from the
Monument and of the setting and backdrop to St Paul’s Cathedral, especially
from Cannon Street. It would preserve neighbouring borough views and would
preserve views of relevant City Landmarks and Skyline Features. It would also
preserve the experience from existing and emerging elevated public spaces
which are also important to the character of the City.
366. Following rigorous assessment, officers consider that the proposal would
preserve all relevant strategic views in accordance with City Plan policy CS13,
emerging City Plan 2040 policy S13, London Plan Policy HC3 and HC4 and
associated guidance in the LVMF SPG and Protected View SPD.
Heritage
Designated Heritage Assets - Direct Impact
367. The building is not listed or located within a Conservation Area. The proposals
would therefore not result in a direct impact on any heritage asset.
Non-Designated Heritage Asset (NDHA)
368. As part of the consultation process the Twentieth Century Society have raised
an objection to the proposed demolition of the building, and suggest Hill House
should be considered a non-designated heritage asset (NDHA).
369. A detailed assessment of the architectural and historic interest of the existing
building on the Site was undertaken to inform the proposed redevelopment of
the Site and as part of an application for the Certificate of Immunity from Listing
(COI). A COI was granted for Hill House on 20th October 2023 by Historic
England, confirming that the existing building is not of special architectural or
historic interest to meet the criteria for statutory listing.
370. Following this, the existing building has been assessed against the criteria
Historic England have suggested for selecting non- designated heritage
assets, contained in ‘Local Listing: Identifying and Conserving Local Heritage
Advice Note 7’. The criteria comprise: assets type; age; rarity; architectural
and artistic interest; group value; archaeological interest; historic interest; and
landmark status. The assessment is summarised below.
371. In terms of asset type, age, rarity and architectural interest, as a purpose built
commercial building in the late 1970s, Hill House is one of a number of
buildings of this type, and is not considered to be of any intrinsic design or
architectural merit. Furthermore, with the extensive redevelopment of the
immediate surroundings, it relates poorly to and holds no group value with any
of the neighbouring buildings, and it is not considered to relate positively to the
Fleet Street Conservation Area to the south of the Site. It also holds no
archaeological interest of past human activity, and little intrinsic historical
interest owing to its relatively recent construction and the absence of any
notable associations. Finally, as a result of its somewhat squat appearance
and back-street location, officers conclude that the building does not possess
landmark status.
372. Overall, Hill House is considered to have no architectural and historic value
and fails to satisfy the HE criteria for non-designated heritage asset status.
Designated Heritage Assets - Indirect Impact
St Pauls Cathedral (Grade I)
Heritage Significance
373. London’s and one of the Nation’s most famous landmarks, it was London’s first
Cathedral and one of the earliest sites of Christian worship in Britain, now
identified as one of London’s two Strategically Important Landmarks, being
also the seat of the Bishop of London, the mother Cathedral of the national
and international Anglican Church, a ceremonial centre and backdrop of Royal
and State ritual and pomp and the final resting place of figures central to the
national story, a place of national commemoration and celebration. It is the
masterpiece of seminal national figure and architect Sir Christopher Wren (with
input from other notable designers and craftspeople over time) and of the
distinct English Baroque-style. It was central to the adoption of classical
architecture in Britain, and symbolic of the restoration of London post Great
Fire as a major European political, cultural and economic capital.
374. It is of outstanding national and even international heritage significance. That
significance is architectural, historic, artistic, archaeological, evidential and
communal (social, commemorative, spiritual and symbolic). This significance
is inherent in the iconic architectural form and composition, and in its plan form,
fabric and those memorialising fixtures comprising statuette to mausoleums.
Contribution of Setting
375. In terms of setting, for hundreds of years it was the tallest building in London.
It was strategically sited atop Ludgate Hill, a rare topographical moment in the
City of London and one of its highest points, with a commanding position
overlooking the River Thames. Following the Great Rebuilding Act (1667),
Wren had little influence over even the immediate, never mind wider, setting.
This setting has substantially been altered over time, often with the setting of
the Cathedral at its heart, and to various degrees those elements together
make a substantial contribution to significance and an appreciate of it, in
particular the architectural, artistic, historic and communal significance. Those
contributing elements of significance are deemed, in descending order of
importance:
Those wider strategic pan-London riparian views from the Thames, its
embankments and bridges which are often iconic and London defining,
and where St Paul’s rises above the immediate surrounding townscape,
strategically sited atop Ludgate Hill, and can be seen alongside
contributing landmarks on the skyline, including the Wren churches. These
make a substantial contribution to significance and an appreciation of it.
The ancient processional route of Royal and State national significance
along the Strand/Fleet Street, a ‘national spine’ of pomp and parade, of
celebration and contemplation, along a route between the heart of
Government in Westminster and commerce in the City, where St Paul’s is
the pre-eminent culmination/destination of a picturesque sequential
townscape experience at the heart of London’s and the Nation’s identity.
This makes a substantial contribution to significance and an appreciation
of it.
Those wider pan-London views and approaches where the dome offers a
skyline presence in broad identity-defining London panoramas, for
example from those strategic views identified in the LVMF, including
Parliament Hill, Primrose Hill, Greenwich Park, Blackheath and Alexandra
Palace, amongst others, some of which are subject to local designations.
This include old and newer high level appreciations of the London skyline
which allow the Cathedral to be better understood as part of London’s
wider natural and cultural topography, including from the Monument and
higher level public viewing galleries such as the Sky Garden at 20
Fenchurch Street, One New Change and emerging viewing terraces in the
City Cluster. These make a significant to moderate contribution to
significance and an appreciation of it.
Those more immediate, often incidental, some more planned, townscape
appreciations, which have resulted ad-hoc and some active townscape
curation over the generations, in particular from St Peter’s Walk (south
transept axis), Cannon Street, the Paternoster Square development,
amongst others, where the Cathedral soars above and dominates its
immediate surrounding as the defining skyline presence. This make a
moderate/significant contribution to significance and an appreciation of it.
Impact
376. In terms of the wider riparian setting (setting element 1), from the river, its
embankments and bridges, the proposal would in no instance challenge the
pre-eminence of St Paul’s on the skyline, being of an appropriate scale and
set away from it. It would also not obscure or detract from a landmark which
contributes to the setting of St Paul’s in these views. These impacts are
covered in detail under the relevant strategic LVMF views at paragraphs 137
174. It is considered the wider riparian setting in pan-London views would be
preserved.
377. In terms of the Procession Route (setting element 2), by virtue of the proposals
location a significant distance north of Fleet Street, at no point would it obscure
or detract from the pre-eminence of the unfolding composition or on the skyline
presence of the Cathedral this kinetic viewing experience. This element of
setting and its contribution to significance would be preserved.
378. The proposal would be a little more evident in those wider pan-London (higher
level) experiences of St Paul’s (setting element 3) and the more locally
strategic townscape setting (setting element 4). This would manifest in views
from the Cannon Street approach, from the Monument Viewing Gallery and
from the Sky Garden at 20 Fenchurch Street.
379. In views from Cannon Street, the proposal would be fully screened from view
behind the silhouette of the implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street, and as
such would not result in any additional impact on the setting of the Cathedral
in this important approach. In terms of those pan-London views (setting
element 3), the proposal would not undermine an appreciation of St Paul’s
strategic wider skyline setting from London’s broad cityscape panoramas, as
discussed in the section above. Equally, from the Monument Viewing Gallery,
the proposal is not considered to result in any further erosion of the sky
silhouette of the Cathedral in views west.
380. The proposal would not be visible in townscape views around the close setting
of the Cathedral.
St Pauls Conclusion of Impact
381. The proposal would preserve the significance and setting of St Paul’s from
those identified local townscape views and higher-level pan-London views -
elements of setting which make a moderate to significant contribution to
heritage significance. Overall, the proposal would preserve the setting and
significance of St Pauls Cathedral and the ability to appreciate it.
St Brides Church (grade I)
Heritage Significance:
382. Church of 1671-8 by Sir Christopher Wren with spire of 1701-3, one of Wren’s
tallest and comprising five octagonal stages of diminishing height. The spire is
one of the most distinctive and memorable on the city’s skyline, appreciated
from within and outside of Fleet Street Conservation Area. The skyline
presence when viewed from the bridges and banks of the Thames makes a
significant contribution to significance, especially where the spire can be seen
as part of the romantic historic skyline around the Temples to Blackfriars and
in association with St Paul’s. The church was gutted in the Blitz and restored
by Godfrey Allen in 1957. The associated excavations by Professor Grimes in
1952-3 comprised the first complete archaeological investigation in England of
a parish church. They revealed that the site of the church had been in use
since the Roman period.
383. It is of outstanding national architectural/aesthetic, artistic, historical,
archaeological and to a lesser extent communal significance.
Contribution of Setting:
384. Elements of setting make a significant contribution to architectural and historic
significance, in particular an appreciation of it. In relative order of contribution,
it is considered that this derives from:
Pan-London broad riparian views from the River Thames, its embankments
and bridges, including strategic LVMF River Prospect views from Waterloo
Bridge, Gabriel’s Wharf, Hungerford Bridge Southwark Bridge and London
Bridge, where it can be appreciated as a landmark steeple atop the rising
banks of the Thames, denoting the processional route and seen in
complementary juxtaposition with Wren’s masterpiece, St Paul’s. These
make a significant contribution to architectural/aesthetic and historical
significance.
Local, often glimpsed, sudden and fleeting local views from Fleet Street, St
Bride’s Avenue, Bride’s Passage and Bride Lane allow for the full force of
Wren tower and steeple to be appreciated in an intimate townscape context.
This makes a moderate contribution to architectural and historic
significance, especially an appreciation of it.
The local topography and change in levels which allow for an appreciation
of the burial site and it marking a climb from the riverside making a modest
contribution to architectural/aesthetic, historical and archaeological
significance.
Impact:
385. At no point would the proposals interface and obscure an appreciation of the
distinctive steeple in those designated strategic LVMF River Prospects.
Similarly in kinetic views from the South Bank, there would be no direct
interface with St Bride’s. Sitting behind Peterborough Court, and extending in
this view to a similar height as 120 Fleet Street, the proposal would nestle into
a secondary townscape layer of tall commercial buildings, preserving the
silhouette of the distinctive steeple on the skyline.
386. Overall, the proposal would preserve the setting and significance of St Bride’s
Church and the ability to appreciate it.
Church of St Andrew Holborn (grade I)
Heritage Significance:
387. Church, formerly mid-fifteenth century, ruinous and dilapidated by the time of
the Great Fire which it escaped. Nevertheless, it was rebuilt to the design of
Sir Christopher Wren in 1686-7, preserving the fifteenth century tower which
Wren refaced in 1703-4. The building was damaged by bombing in the Blitz
and restored by Seeley and Paget. As well as these architects, the church has
associations with a number of important historical figures such as former Prime
Minister Benjamin Disraeli, who was baptised there in 1817, and James
Somerset, the former enslaved African who was central to the significant legal
ruling in 1772 that slavery lacked a firm foundation in English law.
388. Archaeological excavation has revealed evidence for Roman use of the site
and a timber church is documented on the site in 959.
389. It is of outstanding national architectural/aesthetic, artistic, historical,
archaeological and to a lesser extent communal significance.
Contribution of Setting:
390. Elements of setting make a significant contribution to the
architectural/aesthetic, artistic and historic significance. In relative order of
contribution, it is considered that this derives from:
Neighbouring historic buildings including Holborn Viaduct, Shoe Lane
Bridge and the City Temple (the latter grade II listed) and S.S. Teulon’s
grade II listed Court House, Rectory and Vestry Clerk’s complex of 1868-71.
These close elements of setting form a group and make a high contribution
to the significance of the church.
To the north, the tranche of historic townscape in the London Borough of
Camden, comprising Hatton Garden and Ely Place, makes a medium
contribution to the significance of the church.
Otherwise, the setting of the church, particularly to the south east and south,
is now characterised by large office developments which make no
contribution to significance.
Impact:
391. The proposal would affect the wider, neutral setting of the church to the south.
In short views from Charterhouse Street the top of the proposed development
would appear on the skyline above the existing modern buildings to the
southwest of the Church, in particular 1 New Street Square. The extent of
visibility above these is modest. The wider southern setting of the Church is
characterised by large footprint and tall commercial developments, with glass
and metal framed elevations, with which the proposal would have an affinity
and would be read, distinct from the church and the group of historic buildings
in the foreground. In longer views from the north, from Hatton Garden, there
would be no interface between the church and the proposal. Overall, the
historic form of the church would continue to be clearly legible against a
backdrop of modern architecture.
392. As such, the proposals would preserve the significance and setting of St
Andrew Holborn and the ability to appreciate it.
Church of St Dunstan in the West (grade I)
Heritage Significance:
393. Church dating from 1830-3 by John Shaw senior and has a Ketton stone
Gothic tower in the Gothic style and is surmounted by an octagonal stone
lantern. Occupying the site of a church first attested in c.1170, the building
incorporates monuments from the earlier church and statues and masonry
from the nearby Ludgate, demolished in 1760 for road widening, including of
Queen Elizabeth (c.1586) and King Lud and his Sons. The church’s date,
architectural form and surviving monuments are rare in a City context. So too
is the octagonal lantern with its delicate Gothic tracery. This is a significant
presence on the local Fleet Street skyline when viewed from east and west
forming part of the Processional Route from St Paul’s Cathedral to
Westminster Abbey and it is identified in the Protected Views SPD as a City
church considered to have presence on the wider skyline.
394. It is of outstanding national architectural/aesthetic, artistic, historic and to a
lesser extent communal significance.
Contribution of Setting:
395. Elements of setting make a significant contribution to the architectural and
historic significance. In relative order of contribution, it is considered that this
derives from:
Views on approach from the West, from the Strand, and from the east, along
Ludgate Hill, Ludgate Circus and Fleet Street. St Dunstan’s, with St Brides
and the Royal Courts of Justice are key connected landmarks and their lofty
spires are prominent above the varied eclectic Fleet Street townscape
experienced along Fleet Street as well as from the River. This wider setting
with other landmarks contributes to their overall architectural and historic
significance. This makes a significant contribution to significance.
Pan-London riparian views from the South Bank Queen’s Walk which it
contributes to that wider historic setting of the Temples and Fleet Street
making a moderate contribution to significance.
Fleeting glimpses in the courts and alleys north of Fleet Street making a
modest contribution to significance.
Impact:
396. The proposed development will not be visible in relation to the Church of St
Dunstan in the West, in local townscape settings, visibility being occluded by
the existing intervening townscape and the curve of Fleet Street.
397. Overall, the proposals would preserve the setting and significance of the
church and the ability to appreciate it.
Church of St Clement Dane (grade I)
Heritage Significance:
398. Church of 1680-82 by Sir Christopher Wren, reusing but refacing fifteenth
century masonry of the west tower, with a spire of 1719 by James Gibbs. The
building is therefore a work of two of the outstanding architects of the age. It
was heavily damaged by bombing in World War Two and restored by W A S
Lloyd in 1955. Upon re-consecration the church became the Central Church of
the Royal Air Force. It is of Portland Stone in Wren’s characteristic English
Baroque manner, with an elegant steeple with a skyline presence. Restored
interior with broad tunnel vault, galleries and groin vaulted aisles, the latter,
uniquely in a Wren church, being continued as ambulatory round east end with
further semi-domed apse added.
399. It is of outstanding architectural, artistic, historic and archaeological heritage
significance, on the whole contained in the external and internal physical
fabric, but with a substantial contribution from setting.
Contribution of Setting:
400. Elements of setting make a substantial contribution to the architectural and
historic significance. In relative order of contribution, it is considered that this
derives from:
An important architectural and historic landmark on the Processional Route
with a prominent central position on the Strand, where it is appreciated as
an important part of the ‘pompand ceremony of this route with a skyline
presence. This makes a substantial contribution to significance and an
appreciation of it.
Wider pan-London riparian skyline views from as far west as Westminster
Bridge and also from the South Bank and Waterloo Bridge. These make a
significant contribution to significance and an appreciation of it as part of
central London’s historic skyline.
Impact:
401. In longer views from the west along the Strand, where it is experienced serially
with St Mary Le Stand, the proposal would provide a subtle and layered
backdrop to the background setting of the church.
402. Historic England and City of Westminster Council have identified harm to the
significance of Church of St Clement Danes, by virtue of the proposal infilling
the skygap between it and the implemented scheme at 120 Fleet Street in
views eastward along the Strand, which would create a continuous built
backdrop in these views. Officers acknowledge this conclusion but disagree
as to the impact.
403. While officers acknowledge the proposal would fill in the sky gap in longer
views on approach from the west along the Processional Route of the Strand,
and appear fleetingly behind the spire in some views from the central
reservation, its form and massing is not considered to challenge or undermine
the principal architectural features of the church, namely its ornate tower and
steeple which would still be read clearly In both long and short views, the
proposal would be heavily screened by the large mature trees which line this
route, such that even when not leaf, the skygap would be largely obstructed in
these views.
404. The total height of the development would only marginally, and momentarily,
surpass the horizontal datum of the top stage of the steeple, and the massing
would sweep away from the church having been broken down into a series of
smaller elements. The elevations have been carefully detailed to be visually
recessive and provide vertical texture, to distinguish the two buildings from
each other, and ensure the Portland stone of the church spire would remain
prominent on the skyline in views along the Strand.
405. At closer range, due to the curvature of the road, the development would fall
behind and be screened by buildings on the north of Fleet Street, such that it
would have extremely limited intervisibility with the Church, demonstrating that
the level of impact is fleeting and quickly diminishing in the kinetic sequence
moving east.
406. The steeple’s skyline presence in those wider pan-London riparian strategic
views from the river, its embankments and relevant bridges, the second
element of setting contributing to significance, would be preserved. At no point
would the steeple be obscured, or detracted from, by a proposal set at some
distance from it in these views.
407. Overall, the proposal would preserve the setting and significance of St Clement
Dane and the ability to appreciate it.
Church of St Mary Le-Strand (grade I)
Heritage Significance:
408. Church, of 1714-17, by renowned Georgian architect and landscape designer,
James Gibbs, thought to reflect his experience in Rome, whilst paying tribute
to Wren. It is of Portland Stone and is symmetrically composed with a tower
and steeple rising in 3 diminishing open stages with aedicules in elegant
Corinthian order and distinctive Wren-like flaming urns. It has a main west
front, exceptionally situated on a central island commanding the vista west
along the Processional Route of Royal and State significance, and an
important part of an unfolding, sequential townscape setting of rare London
formality, but in the English Picturesque tradition.
409. Aisleless interior with the apse framed by superimposed orders of coupled
columns and coupled columns carrying balcony over west door. Panelled walls
with pilasters to upper register and coffered ceiling.
410. It is of outstanding architectural, historic, artistic and archaeological heritage
significance, on the main contained in the physical fabric of the exterior and
interior, but with a substantial contribution from setting.
Contribution of Setting:
411. Elements of setting make a substantial contribution to the architectural and
historic significance. In relative order of contribution, it is considered that this
derives from:
An important architectural and historic landmark on the Processional Route
with a prominent central position on the Strand, where it is appreciated as
an important part of the ‘pompand ceremony of this route with a skyline
presence. This makes a substantial contribution to significance and an
appreciation of it.
More limited glimpses the steeple from Waterloo Bridge and the Queen’s
Walk, in particular where this is seen in complementary architectural
juxtaposition with Somerset House in the foreground. This make a moderate
contribution to significance and an appreciation of it.
Impact:
412. Historic England and City of Westminster Council have identified harm to this
church. However, as with Church of St Clement Dane, the proposal would have
a transient impact on the kinetic approach towards the church from the
northern pavement of the Strand resulting in a transient, even fleeting,
appearance of the proposal below the shoulder height of the church.
413. It would appear at some distance as a backdrop feature to the church, which
would remain preeminent in the foreground. It would be read in context of the
unfolding layers of monumental institutions of state and commerce which
characterise the viewing experience of the Processional Route, where there is
interactions of the steeple with other skyline features such as the Deloite
Building (New Street Square) and the Royal Courts of Justice. At no point
would it challenge the steeple silhouette. As such, it is considered that this
principal contributing element of setting to significance would be preserved.
414. Those more limited glimpses of the steeple, including in association with
Somerset House, from the River, Waterloo Bridge and the South Bank, would
not be obscured or detracted from, preserving this element of settings
contribution to significance.
415. Overall, the proposal would preserve the setting and significance of St Mary
Le Strand and the ability to appreciate it.
Royal Courts of Justice - Grade I
Heritage Significance:
416. National courtroom buildings of 1874-1883, designed by George Edmund
Street and finished by Arthur E. Street and Sir Arthur Blomfield. High Victorian
Gothic Revival design, combining 13th century English and French
architectural styles. Principally in Portland stone ashlar with red bricks and
granite, marble, and red sandstone dressings. Slate roof. Widespread usage
of ironwork, both structural and decorative.
417. The building is four to five storeys and arranged across two principal blocks,
all the functions arranged around a central, rectangular hall. The list
description notes: ‘the lengthy southern front facing the Strand is divided into
several distinct parts and repeated motifs help to tie together the design into a
unified whole…Although there is an element of calculated asymmetry to the
overall design, there are symmetrical or near-symmetrical groupings. The most
striking is that which identifies the principal courtroom block and the entrance
to the central hall which is gradually stepped back from the street line.(List
Entry Number: 1264258).
418. The building is of very high architectural interest, ‘with a considerable presence
at the heart of London and the centre of the legal district occupied by the Inns
of Court; it is generally considered to be the foremost work of George Edmund
Street, one of Victorian England’s principal architects; its meticulous planning
is accompanied by considerable inventiveness in designing numerous different
interiors including courtrooms, corridors, staircases, libraries and the large and
impressive central hall, all of which retain the majority of their original fittings.
Historic interest: the building is a celebration of the reform of the legal system
in C19 England, by a raft of legislation which aligned the processes of Equity
and Common Law to create a fairer system of justice. Group value: with
numerous listed buildings on the Strand and Carey Street, notably the Church
of St Clement Danes, Strand (Grade I)’(List Entry Number: 1264258).
419. It is of outstanding national architectural/aesthetic, artistic, historical, and to a
lesser extent, communal significance.
Setting:
420. The setting of the Royal Courts of Justice is largely informed by its environs
on the Strand, with the main entrance to the buildings being from the south.
The buildings are within the Strand Conservation Area. There is an element of
group value with the other landmark historic buildings on the Strand, in
particular the two churches St Clement Danes and St Mary-le-Strand, which
form a group, in views along east to west and vice versa; and to a lesser extent,
the Church of St Dunstan in the West. The listed building’s heritage
significance and landmark quality is best appreciated, however, in close views
from The Strand. The scale of the Courts is similar to that of the Aldwych
buildings which inform the close setting to the west. The overall setting has a
strong group value of a late 19th and early 20th-century civic nature. The wider
setting of the Royal Courts is already informed by several architecturally
contrasting, more modern buildings of a greater height.
421. There is currently no visual or historic relationship with the Site. Existing tall
buildings located in proximity to the Site, in particular 6 New Street Square, are
visible in longer distance views of a small part of the roofline of the Royal
Courts from the west.
Impact:
422. The listed building is best appreciated in close views from the Strand where
visibility of the proposal will be negligible. It would however be visible in the
wider setting of the Royal Courts of Justice, as shown in View 20, where it will
be visible as a negligible and distant addition to the background skyline. It
would also be visible in the backdrop of a small part of the roofline of the Royal
Courts which is visible in views from the Strand (View 17, 19 and A17). In these
views the churches on the Strand form the primary focal landmarks, with a
strong skyline presence, whereas the Royal Courts are less prominent, and
largely obscured by the Church of St Clement Danes.
423. Taller buildings to the east, in particular 6 New Street Square and the emerging
120 Fleet Street, are already glimpsed in some views beyond the roofline of
the Royal Courts. The proposal would introduce a new building of a similar
scale to these tall buildings which characterise the commercial, 21st-century
character of the wider eastern setting of the Royal Courts. However,
intervisibility between the two would be minimal, and would not impact the
ability to appreciate the heritage significance of the Royal Courts.
424. Overall, the proposal would preserve the setting and significance of the listed
building and the ability to appreciate it.
Former Public Record Office (grade II*)
Heritage Significance:
425. The Public Record Office was built in 1891-1896 to designs by Sir John Taylor.
This building was an extension to an earlier building to the east on Fetter Lane,
1853-5 by Sir James Pennethorne. The Taylor addition to this building,
incorporated a 13th century archway of the former Rolls Chapel. The
Pennethorne building is in Bath stone, with ashlar dressings and lead roofs.
Taylor’s extension is in Portland stone, also with ashlar dressings. The earlier
building is of interest for its fireproof construction, with individual modular
document cells of wrought iron within shallow arched brick vaults with cast iron
girders. Both elevations are examples of a Perpendicular Gothic style. The
frontage on Chancery Lane is symmetrical, either side of a central archway. It
was the Public Record Office until 2003, today the building is a library for King’s
College London. The building is of high architectural and historic interest.
Setting:
426. The principal element of setting for The Public Record Office is informed by its
prominent position on Chancery Lane and Fetter Lane, where it is viewed as
a the pre-emanant building in the townscape. The significance of The Public
Record Office is best appreciated in views on approach from the east and west,
and from the interior of its southern courtyard garden, where it can be
experienced largely in isolation from its surrounding townscape. The close
setting to the north and east is informed by large commercial buildings, with
the Rolls Building to the north, and the taller modern New Street Square
buildings to the east, which make a neutral contribution to significance.
Impact:
427. The proposal would be slightly visible looking eastwards when emerging from
the western archway. In this oblique viewing experience of the Public Records
Office, the proposal may be glimpsed beyond the intervening tall buildings
which define the western edge of New Fetter Lane/Fetter Lane. However,
considering the alignment of West Harding Street; the screening of the two tall
buildings which it is flanked by; and the distance Hill House would be set
behind these buildings, glimpses of the proposal would be oblique, fleeting and
dissociated with the listed building. Due to this high level of screening, changes
to this setting would be negligible.
428. As such, the proposal would preserve the setting and significance of the listed
building.
Kings Bench Walk Group 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Kings Bench Walk (grade
I), 3 and 8 North Kings Bench Walk (grade II*), and 9-11 Kings Bench
Walk (grade II)
Heritage Significance:
429. These are a highly significant terrace of buildings within Temples Conservation
Area. They are part of a terrace that defines the east side of Kings Bench Walk,
and were built as chambers in the late 17th century. They are one of the most
complete groups of buildings of that date in London and have high aesthetic,
architectural and historic significance. Although there is a variety in the width,
height and roofs, they have a strong visual unity and uniformity of appearance
with a raised ground floor, central and prominent doorcase, strong cornice line
and brick parapet, hipped mansard roofs and a lower ground floor, constructed
of dark red and brown bricks with red dressings. Their significance is derived
from their special historic and architectural interest, and evidential values due
to their date, design and building, as they were constructed for, and still in use
as legal chambers. There is a distinctive wide York stone pavement to the front
of the terrace with a border of Purbeck setts and mature Plane trees. Kings
Bench Walk is an irregular oblong shape, now used for car parking, which has
a gentle slope down to the River Thames. It is bordered on the west side by 1-
5 Paper Buildings, Inner Temple Library and on the south side by Inner Temple
Garden.
Setting:
430. The principal elements of setting contributing to the significance of these listed
buildings are as follows:
Each of these individually listed building forms a complementary element of
setting with the other, making a significant contribution to significance.
The neighbouring buildings and spaces within the Temples immediately to
the west, including Nos. 1 & 2 Mitre Court Buildings, Paper Buildings, the
Francis Taylor Building, and the Inner Library which complement them in
aesthetic, style and scale, illustrate the development of the group and help
to define the sense of intimacy and enclosure prevailing across the Temple.
This makes a significant contribution to significance.
The open, verdant setting of Inner Temple Garden and the open, riparian
setting to the south, which contrast pleasingly with the framing buildings and
which with them generate that singular sense of place which prevails across
the Temple. This makes a significant contribution to significance.
The open sky setting framing the group, in particular when there is limited
influence of wider built development, accentuating the self-contained and
distinct integrity and authenticity of the ensemble. This makes a moderate
contribution to significance.
Impact:
431. In long-range views from the south and west from within the Temple, the
existing backdrop of this group, whilst largely of clear sky, is characterised by
fleeting glimpses of existing modern buildings which hint at, but not intrusively
so, the presence of the City beyond.
432. These buildings (existing and consented) are a range of distances from the
Temples, but all are clearly detached from the close setting of the buildings
and read as recessive, background elements which disappear in closer views
of the listed buildings. The proposal would have a similar impact. Its upper
levels would in places be visible above the roofline of the listed buildings, but
it would be seen fleetingly with the other existing modern rooftops and would
disappear from view in the closer views.
433. The careful sculpting of its south elevation, quiet materiality and façade
detailing would all further soften the appearance of the proposal in these views.
And in both views tested (view 21, looking across the gardens, and 22 looking
across the car park at King Bench Walk ) from within the Temple, the proposal
would be heavily screened from view by mature tree cover, even when not in
leaf, such that the development would be difficult to perceive.
434. As such, then, the proposal would form another layer in the backdrop already
characteristic of this element of the setting of the listed buildings. The proposal
would preserve the settings and significance of the listed buildings and the
ability to appreciate it.
Nos. 1-4 and 5 Paper Buildings (grade II)
Heritage Significance:
435. Chambers of 1848. Nos. 1-4 are in a plain, classical design while No. 5,
terminating the row to the south, is of a more striking Tudor style. The group
embody the rich, dignified mix of styles and materials of the Temples, tied
together by a consistent scale and dignified aesthetic. Accordingly, the
buildings have high architectural and historic interest.
Setting:
436. The principal elements of setting contributing to the significance of these listed
buildings are as follows:
The neighbouring buildings and spaces within the Temples immediately to
the west, north and east, including Nos. 1 & 2 Mitre Court Buildings, Paper
Buildings, the Francis Taylor Building, the Inner Library, Harecourt Buildings
and Temple Gardens which complement them in aesthetic, style and scale,
illustrate the development of the group and help to define the sense of
intimacy and enclosure prevailing across the Temple. This makes a
significant contribution to significance.
The open, verdant setting of Inner Temple Garden and the open, riparian
setting to the south, which contrast pleasingly with the framing buildings and
which with them generate that singular sense of place which prevails across
the Temple. This makes a significant contribution to significance.
The open sky setting framing the group, in particular when there is limited
influence of wider built development, accentuating the self-contained and
distinct integrity and authenticity of the ensemble. This makes a moderate
contribution to significance.
Impact:
437. There would be background distant views of the development rising above the
rooftops of the perimeter buildings, where the top quarter (approximately) of
the development would be visible. While the well-preserved roofline which is
predominantly experienced with a clear sky backdrop, officers do not consider
that the proposal would unduly challenge this way of appreciating the
buildings. The development would be experienced as a high-quality
architectural addition to the background skyline, with a tangible sense of
separation between it and the listed buildings. Furthermore, the extent of
intervisibility is limited to the western edge of the gardens. The proposal would
consequently fall out of view for the majority of vantage points, and therefore
preserve the overarching, significant qualities of the setting of the listed
buildings.
438. The proposal would preserve the setting and significance of these listed
buildings and the ability to appreciate it.
Inner Temple Garden (grade II Registered Historic Park and Garden)
Heritage Significance:
439. Inner Temple Garden and Middle Temple Garden have a medieval origin and
evolved from the 16th 20th centuries and play an important role in defining
the character of the Temples. The gardens are the largest private green space
in the City of London and include mature trees, shrubs, considered planting,
statuary and retain a quiet domestic character and are important for the setting
of surrounding listed buildings. The area is defined by its legal professions
which have evolved over centuries and continues to exist here. In brief, the
significance of the Registered Historic Park and Garden is derived from
successive landscape layouts, varied planting and lawned areas, and its
domestic gated quiet character representing historic and architectural values.
Setting:
440. The principal elements of setting contributing to the significance of this RHPG
are the arcadian but planned character of the registered landscape, in addition
to its connection to the open setting of the River. Of equal contribution, by
virtue of its juxtaposition, is the sense of enclosure derived from the cloister of
buildings which consistently define its edges. The tranquillity afforded by this
landscape also contributes to its experiential quality as rare sanctuary within
inner London, which also contributes to its significance.
Impact:
441. The potential impact on development has been assessed from the footpath in
the southwestern corner of the gardens. There would be glimpsed slivers of
the building rising above the foreground buildings of 1-5 Kings Bench Walk but
this would be discreet and largely experienced between trees from incidental
locations. The proposal however would be the largest built development to rise
above the roof line of 3-6 King Bench Walk, where its massing would be read
rising up from the roofline at the northern end of the terrace. However, the
development would be experienced at some distance away from the close
intimate setting of the terraces and garden, and as the appendix photography
demonstrates, views of the development would be limited to glimpses from
more central aspects within the gardens. Officers consider that the
development would not challenge or dominate the foreground or background
or alter the special, intimate, and tranquil, character of the designated heritage
asset.
442. There would be no harm to the wider setting or significance of the registered
park and garden and its heritage values would be preserved.
Dr Johnson’s House (grade I) and No. 5 Pemberton Row (grade II)
Heritage Significance:
Dr Johnson’s House
443. Late 17th century house, altered in the 18th century and rescued and restored
in 1911-1912 by Alfred Burr who opened it as a museum. A 3-storey building
with a basement and an attic; red brick with rubbed brick window surrounds
and platbands. Restored flush sash windows and a c.1775 front door with
fanlight above. Notably rented by the writer Dr Johnson from 1748 to 1759,
who compiled his famous Dictionary in the attic of the house. Damaged during
WWII but repaired and a new roof added.
444. The building has high architectural interest as an example of a substantial late
C17 house in the City of London with remarkably well-preserved interiors. It
has significant historic interest for the connection with Dr Johnson who
compiled his Dictionary in this house, and for the further historic connections
to his servant Francis Barber.
5 Pemberton Row
445. 5 Pemberton Row is a late 17th/early 18th century house of three storeys, with
a basement and attic, which has been much renovated. The ground floor is
stuccoed, with altered fenestration, although in keeping box sashes across the
front elevation; with a red tiled mansard roof behind a parapet with dormers. It
holds architectural and historic interest as a late 17th/early 18th century house
in the City, albeit much renovated.
Setting:
446. The setting of Dr Johnson’s House is primarily informed by its location at the
west end of Gough Square which is a surviving element of the historic
townscape network of squares and alleys to the north of Fleet Street. Gough
Square forms an intimate and close setting which enhances the ability to
appreciate the character and aesthetic value of the late 17th century house
within its historical urban setting. The close setting of Dr Johnson’s House
within the square, and intimate character of the space, is best appreciated in
the view westwards towards Dr Johnson’s House from within Gough Square.
This close setting of Gough Square is the principal element of setting which
contributes to significance.
447. The rear of the house, which addresses Pemberton Row alongside No.5, is
appreciated within the wider setting to Gough Square which is informed by
much larger-scale, commercial buildings to the north and east; Peterborough
Court is clearly visible in the backdrop of 9 Gough Square at the eastern end.
120 Fleet Street (currently under construction and part of the Future Baseline)
will also be visible in views east from the Square, and from Pemberton Row.
In this viewing experience, the secondary, north, elevation of Dr Johnson’s
House forms a group with the other brickwork elevations, including No. 5, of
similar scale and character; these elements of close setting make a modest
contribution to the significance of the two listed buildings. Otherwise, the
viewing experience is of the contrast between a portion of the low-rise, historic
City and the wider, modern City beyond. This aspect of setting makes a neutral
contribution to significance.
Impact:
448. The proposal would not be visible in key views of Dr Johnson’s House from
Gough Square.
449. In views looking east from Pemberton Row, and from within Gough Square
(away from Dr Johnson’s House), the proposal would be visible, and of a
consistent scale with the existing, and emerging, tall modern commercial
buildings to the north and east - Peterborough Court and 120 Fleet Street.
However, the presence of the proposal on the skyline would not be unduly
dominating, and would preserve the contrast between the modern City
buildings in the background and the close and intimate character of the
ensemble in the foreground.
450. Furthermore, the proposal would form a high-quality architectural addition to
the background skyline within the setting of these buildings, as it directly
responds to the smaller scale of the context with the massing falling away in
the south-western corner, and the architectural expression emphasising
layering through roof terraces which would be softened though extensive soft
landscaping.
451. Overall, the proposal would preserve the settings and significance of the two
listed buildings and the ability to appreciate it.
Wine Office Court Group (Nos 1-3 and 7, grade II)
Heritage Significance:
452. Victorian offices built from 1868-1870 by John S. Lee for Robert Burt and
Company, a printing company; initially until 1892 the first quarters of the Press
Association. Stock brick building over four storeys, with a three bay plan
although a narrower central bay and round headed arches above entrance. All
windows sashes with glazing bars. Lower floors with tripartite windows
separated by barley-sugar columns with tiny ionic capitals.
453. Historical interest for the association with the Press Association, the link with
which inspired the development of Fleet Street as the historic centre of the
British newspaper industry. Further architectural interest and aesthetic value
as a mid-19th century office building.
Setting:
454. The immediate neighbours of 7 Wine Office Court are large-scale modern
office buildings dating from the 20th century onwards. The element of its
setting which bears relevance to its historic significance, and the ability to
appreciate this significance, is its maintained location on Wine Office Court
and the character of this passageway as a narrow court/alley, typical of its
historic form within the City. Although this passageway has altered, and Wine
Office Court is now surrounded by more modern buildings and truncated from
the more historically representative southern end to the route, this continued
character does nonetheless allow for a historically representative view of the
building in its location. There is also an element of group value with the
buildings to the south, which are now separated by the open space which
connects to Hind Court.
Impact:
455. This group of listed buildings all primarily address Wine Office Court (east).
However, the proposed Development will be visible in views looking north
along the Wine Office Court, where it would be experienced as an additional
layer of modern commercial buildings, which truncate views north up the
passageway. The fabric and character that defines the setting of these
buildings, primarily a sense of compression and tightly enclosed streets, would
be preserved. Local views south along Wine Office Court will be unaltered by
the proposed development.
456. Furthermore, the massing of the building has been designed to respond to this
smaller scale, stepping down in the southwestern corner, in addition to its
elevations which would all feature terraces with high levels of, and high-quality,
soft landscaping. The proposal would therefore add additional visual interest
to this view north, and improve the skyline setting of the listed buildings.
457. There would be no harm to the wider setting or significance of these listed
buildings.
Victoria Embankment group (Hamilton House; Telephone House; No.9
Carmelite Street; Sion Hall; City of London School; and Unilever House,
grade II)
Heritage Significance
458. This dignified group of C19 buildings have strong architectural interest as a
well-detailed and executed series of elevations in a variety of styles and
employing a variety of materials to delightful effect; they have historic interest
for their associations with their original occupants (a mix ranging from
insurance firms to an ecclesiastical college to a school).
Setting:
459. They have strong group value (with the exception of Carmelite House) and
together (also with the Temples and Blackfriars Bridge) form a picturesque
composition with the river. These two elements of setting make a substantial
contribution to significance. Other elements make a neutral contribution.
Impact:
460. In views of the listed buildings from the South Bank, opposite, the tiered
massing and richly articulated south façade of the proposal would form an
unobtrusive background presence, read as a part of a recessive layer of
existing modern development in the background of these views. The pre-
eminence of the listed buildings within this setting would be unchallenged.
Accordingly, the proposal would preserve the settings and significance of
these listed buildings and the ability to appreciate it.
Conservation Areas
Fleet Street Conservation Area
Heritage Significance, Character and Appearance:
461. The character and appearance and heritage significance of the Fleet Street
Conservation Area is summarised in detail in the Character Summary and
Management Strategy SPD (2016), which is a material consideration. It
summaries that core significance and character stem from:
The focus of Fleet Street, a processional route between Westminster and St
Paul’s of Royal and State significance since the Middle Ages, and its
ceremonial grandeur and commercial bustle created in particular by views
of St Paul’s Cathedral, St Dunstan’s in the West and St Bride’s, some of the
City most notable ecclesiastical buildings.
The evocative, fine grain network of historic streets, courts, lanes and alleys
either side of Fleet Street, and their contrasting intimacy, and which have
developed over hundreds of years once developed outside the City walls.
The exceptional richness and variety of architecture of all ages and styles
and the contrast between them, ranging from domestic Georgian to
monumental 20th Century newspaper buildings.
The long association with the press industry and other literary figures such
as Dr Johnson and Oliver Goldsmith and of course medieval institutions,
namely the Knights Templar, the Whitefriars, the Inns of Court and the legal
sector.
462. The Conservation Area is of outstanding local and national architectural,
artistic, historical and archaeological significance, drawn principally from the
built form and fabric, and to a lesser but significant degree via setting.
Contribution of Setting:
463. Elements of setting make a significant contribution to significance, and views
and vistas deemed integral to that significance are identified in the SPD. The
main contribution comes via the below:
Those approaches and views along the Processional Route, both east and
west, towards the Strand and the Royal Courts of Justice to the west and St
Paul’s to the East (Note Views 1 and 2 in the SPD, for example). This makes
a significant contribution to significance and an appreciation of it.
Those sensitive strategic riparian broad prospects from the South Bank
Queen’s Walk which allow an appreciation of the wider skyline of the
Conservation Area in a wider London context, in particular as a picturesque
ensemble of national monuments and landmarks lining the Processional
Route with a skyline presence to London’s River. This makes a significant
contribution to significance and an appreciation of it.
Impact:
464. Most of the Conservation Area’s significance, character and appearance,
would remain ‘untouched’ and undiluted, given its tight-knit urban grain and
often intimate sense of enclosure, which limits the proposals visual influence
over the majority of it.
465. In terms of those approaches east and west along the Processional Route
(setting element 1), due to the location of the development to the north; the
intervening development to the south; and the width to height ratio of Fleet
Street, there would be no alteration to the experience of the route, and the
townscape which defines its southern edge. Furthermore, it would not obscure
or detract from a landmark/monument in either direction on this approach
which complements the wider setting of the Conservation Area. Where the
proposed development would be experienced from within the Conservation
area, in particular within Gough Square and looking north along Wine office
Court, the additional massing is not considered to dominate or overwhelm the
Conservation Area, whose arresting enclosure and strong, coherent and rich
historic context would remain pre-eminent and undiluted.
466. In terms of those wider riparian views from the South Bank (Queen’s Walk),
the proposal would, on the whole, not obscure, distract or detract from a some
of those skyline features of the Conservation Area, in particular St Dunstan in
the West and St Bride’s, allowing this expression of the Conservation Area to
still be read in the context of wider skyline monuments such as the Royal
Courts of Justice and St Paul’s Cathedral. It would form a complementary high-
quality architectural neighbour to St Bride’s, massed in a deferential manner
allowing the distinct vertical skyline presence of the church spire to be
preserved. It would take an appropriate place as part of an established
backdrop of a modern, taller development off Fleet Street and around New
Street Square, adding a high-quality new piece of modern architecture. This
element of setting which makes a significant contribution to significance would
be preserved.
467. Overall, the setting, character and appearance and significance of the Fleet
Street Conservation Area would be preserved.
Temples Conservation Area
Heritage Significance, Character and Appearance:
468. Of ancient origin, the Temples is perhaps the most distinctive City conservation
area and has a character that is not only unique to the City, but rarely found
elsewhere. It has a restrained, dignified, private and often tranquil character,
in pleasant contrast to the bustle of Fleet Street or the Embankment. It
comprises an exceptional collection of outstanding buildings as part of a lush
open landscape setting comprising the Inner and Middle Temples and the
Temple Church. To summarise the outstanding significance of the Temples
derives from:
It has a distinct and venerable legal quarter of ancient origin resulting in a
collection of outstanding authentic survivals from the 17th, 18th and 19th
Centuries comprising rare legal chambers, domestic quarters and buildings
associated with the lnns of Court.
An outstanding townscape of collegiate character comprising courts,
squares and streets, and strong sense of domestic human scale, of
complementary architectural styles and materials, all set in the verdant
setting provided by the Inner and Middle Temple Gardens.
Its connections with the Knights Templars and the focus on the Temple
Church, based on one of the holiest places in the Crusader world, the
Church of the Holy Sepulchre in Jerusalem, it is one of the oldest and most
significant ancient churches in the City.
Contribution of Setting:
469. Elements of setting make a significant contribution to significance and an
appreciation of it, in the form of environmental qualities, in particular views of
and through it, but also of wider intangible qualities. In relative order of
contribution, those elements comprise:
Strategic pan-London kinetic views from Hungerford and Waterloo Bridges
and the South Bank Queen’s Walk looking north and east, where it is seen
as part of the Victoria Embankment and as part of the wider skyline. These
make a significant contribution to significance and an appreciation of it.
Those views out of and through the Conservation Area of the sky, in
particular when there is limited influence of wider built development,
accentuating the self-contained and distinct integrity and authenticity of the
Conservation Area ensemble. These make a significant contribution to
significance.
Views into the Temples which act as ‘portals’ which transition between the
bustle of Fleet Street / the Embankment, accentuating the sharp contrasts
in character and appearance. The peaceful, restrained and often tranquil
intangible qualities of the public realm, and their contrast with the bustle of
the City around it, make a significant contribution to significance and an
appreciation of it.
Impact:
470. There would be no direct, tangible alteration or change to the physical asset,
whose ancient and rare historic fabric would be untouched. In most views from
within the intimate enclosure and tight-knit grain of the Conservation Area, the
proposals would be imperceptible.
471. Historic England contend that the proposal would dominate the skyline when
viewed from the South Bank, in particular from Waterloo Bridge (LVMF 15B.2)
and Gabriel’s Wharf (LVMF View 16B.1), and “draw attention away from these
heritage assets, thereby causing harm to the character and appearance of the
conservation areas and the perception of the significance of the (unspecified)
listed buildings”.
472. Officers disagree and find no conflict with the LVMF as discussed in the section
on Strategic Views above. In views from the Hungerford and Waterloo
Bridge’s, and the South Bank between Waterloo Bridge and Blackfriars Bridge,
via Gabriel’s Wharf, the proposal would be an appropriate backdrop skyline
feature, complementing, and reading part of, a collection of taller modern built
form in and around New Street Square. The open prospect across the breadth
of the River Thames and the arcadian riparian scene created by the enclosing
combination of the Victoria Embankment and Temple Gardens would remain
pre-eminent. Without undue prominence, the high-quality architecture and
tiered landscaped massing would assist the assimilation of the proposal into
this scene, whereas its silhouette would take its place as part of a high-quality
backdrop. It is considered that setting element 1, pan-London strategic riparian
views, would be preserved.
473. In terms of those views out of and through the Conservation Area (setting
element 2), for moments within the Gardens, and Kings Bench Walk, and
Victoria Embankment, the proposal would come into view. While there would
be a change within this element of setting, officers consider that this would be
consistent with the existing context where other modern developments can be
glimpsed over the rooflines of the terraced blocks, particularly the King’s Bench
Walk group. Overall, officers do not consider the proposal would detract or
dominate, and would be experienced as an incidental moment, preserving the
quiet enclosed and unique significance of Temples Conservation Area. It is
considered that setting element 2 would be preserved.
474. In terms of setting element 3, the experience of the transitionary portals and
the intangible qualities of the public realm in contrast with the surrounding
bustle of the modern City, it is considered that these would be unaffected and
thus preserved by the proposals.
475. Overall, it is considered that the proposal would preserve the setting, character
and appearance and significance of the Temples Conservation Area.
Strand Conservation Area (City of Westminster)
Heritage Significance, Character and Appearance:
476. The Strand Conservation Area incorporates the grand early 20th Century
project of improvements to the Strand and the creation of Aldwych and
Kingsway, a grand continental style half circus and boulevards defined by
formal and robust Portland Stone-faced classical architecture of a civic scale,
north towards Lincoln’s in Fields, whilst incorporating the ancient Strand,
Somerset House and part of the Victoria Embankment and the Royal Courts
of Justice to the east. It is of outstanding architectural, historic and artistic
heritage significance, considered to principally derives from:
The central ‘national spine’ comprising the Strand, an ancient
Processional Route of Royal and State significance, lined by its often
grand and formal architectures of institutions of state, cultural and
commercial significance, with a picturesque townscape with infolding
the vistas of important landmarks, including the Churches of St Mary Le
Strand, St Clement Dane and the Royal Courts of Justice, alongside
rich statute of national significance.
The Victoria Embankment and Waterloo Bridge as remarkable piece of
urban infrastructural and planning improvements and the iconic London
views they contain.
Somerset House as a seminal London and landmark of the River
Thames and one of the finest survivals of Georgian London.
The contrast between the larger formal architectural some of the that
humbler and more informal architectural from a variety of ages.
Contribution of Setting:
477. Elements of setting make a significant contribution to significance, in particular
an appreciation of it. In order of relative contribution these are considered:
Views into the Conservation Area from west and east in particular, where
the Strand itself forms an integral part of a ceremonial processional route
of Royal and State significance, part of an unfolding sequential
townscape national monuments and landmarks. This makes a significant
contribution to architectural and historic significance.
More incidental and formal views from the immediate streetscape on
approach from the south (the Embankment) and the north (Covent
Garden/Holborn). This makes a moderate contribution to architectural
and historic significance.
Those pan-London riparian views from the River Thames, its
embankments and bridges, including identified strategic LVMF views
from the South Bank, Gabriel’s Wharf, Waterloo, Hungerford and
Westminster Bridges (downstream). These make a moderate
contribution to architectural and historic significance.
Impact:
478. As discussed in the sections on St Mary Le Strand, St Clement Dane and the
Royal Courts of Justice, these landmark buildings form part of an emerging
skyline along the Processional Route. For the reasons established there, by
virtue of the proposed development’s diminishing massing, its contoured
architectural form its high quality vertically expressed elevations and its
position in the distant background, officers consider that it would amount to a
fleeting ‘moment’ of new development, and would not obscure or detract from
that picturesque townscape experience. Despite Historic England’s
identification of harm to this element of setting, for the reasons above, officers
disagree and conclude proposal would preserve the contribution of setting
element 1.
479. The proposal would have no influence on those more incidental or formal
localised townscape views through the Conservation Area and setting element
2’s contribution to significance would be preserved.
480. In terms of setting element 3, the skyline presence of the Strand Conservation
Area would appear at a significant distance to the west of the proposal and
would not be obscured or detracted from. For the reasons established under
the Strategic Views section, officers disagree with the view of Historic England
and conclude that the proposal would also not cause harm to those wider
riparian views from the Thames and its embankment, Waterloo, Hungerford or
Westminster Bridge. Overall, it is considered that setting element threes
contribution would be preserved.
481. Overall, it is considered the proposal would preserve the setting, character and
appearance and heritage significance of the Strand Conservation Area.
Whitefriars Conservation Area
Heritage Significance:
482. The heritage significance of Whitefriars Conservation Area is covered in detail
in the Character Summary and Management Strategy SPD (2016), which is a
material consideration. It summarises its significance as stemming from:
An impressive collection of consistently high quality late Victorian/Edwardian
commercial and institutional buildings on land reclaimed and
comprehensively planned by the Corporation resulting in a more regular grid
plan, a rare more formal townscape in a City context, in contrast to the more
organic, evolutionary Fleet Street environs which it abuts.
The setting of grand Victorian urban infrastructural, engineering and urban
planning interventions, namely Blackfriars Bridge, Victoria Embankment and
New Bridge Street.
An important wider context to the Temples and as foreground to St Paul’s
Cathedral from sensitive riparian views.
A varied assortment of land uses including the former Whitefriars friary
precincts, domestic tenements, industrial works and commercial HQs, in
addition to a historic association with the press and newspaper production.
483. The Conservation Area is of a high level of local and even national
architectural, artistic, historical and archaeological significance, drawn
principally from the built form and fabric of the Conservation Area and its
archaeology, and to a lesser but significant degree via setting.
Contribution of Setting:
484. Elements of setting make a substantial contribution to significance, manifesting
principally in views across and through the Conservation Area from the River,
its embankments and bridges. The main contribution derives from the following
in descending order of contribution:
Strategic pan-London riparian views from Hungerford and Waterloo Bridges
and from the South Bank Queen’s Walk comprising open river prospects
across the City skyline. These make a significant contribution to architectural
and historic significance, in particular and an appreciation of it.
Views from the immediate environs of the Temples and Fleet Street
Conservation Areas, in particular from the Victorian Embankment and south
from Fleet Street towards the River which allow for a more enriched
appreciation of a wider historic setting. These make a moderate contribution
to significance and an appreciation of it.
Impact:
485. The Conservation Area comprises land due south of the proposal, sharing no
direct visual interaction from inside the Conservation Area. The proposal would
not be visible in any identified view in the Conservation Area SPD.
486. The proposal would appear in the near wider setting as part of an established
backdrop to the Conservation Area from broad riparian river prospects from
the South Bank Queen’s Walk. From here Whitefriars and the adjoining
Temples Conservation Area command the foreground setting and scale of an
open prospect across the River. Their respective pre-eminent skylines would
be preserved on the whole. Many of the buildings that line the southern
boundary of the Whitefriars Conservation Area fronting the river, are grade II
listed and form a dignified group: Hamilton House; Telephone House; No.9
Carmelite Street; Sion Hall; City of London School; and Unilever House. While
of different periods and styles, each building contributes to a richly textured
townscape, with a distinctive roofscape, which gives this boundary of the
Conservation area its distinguished character and appearance. Where
glimpses of the development would be visible beyond the river front buildings,
the tiered massing and vertically articulated façade would be unobtrusive,
ensuring their pre-eminence within this setting would be unchallenged. Overall,
officer consider that the proposal would successfully integrate into the
established secondary layer of townscape which has emerged to the north of
Fleet Street, and that it would be experienced as a subservient element beyond
the riverfront buildings, and the background of the Conservation Area.
487. From Hungerford and Waterloo bridges, the proposal would assimilate with
that mediation of scale between the Embankment and those taller skyline
structures on raised land to the north of Fleet Street and would not dilute or
overwhelm the Conservation Area in the foreground. As such, setting element
1, wider riparian views, would be preserved.
488. In terms of setting element 2, both views south of Fleet Street, and along the
embankment would be undiluted given the density of intervening development,
and the close grain of the urban fabric which would restrict any views to the
proposed development. As such, it is considered setting element 2 would be
preserved.
489. Overall, the proposal would preserve the setting and character, appearance
and significance of the Whitefriars Conservation Area.
Other Designated Heritage Assets
490. In accordance with paragraph 200 of the NPPF, the assessment of heritage
impact has been extensively scoped, using digital modelling software to
identify heritage receptors through a zone of theoretical visibility. The impact
on these receptors was then checked in a 3D model as part of a desk-based
assessment and accurately detailed with verified photography and site visits
to illustrate the extent of visual influence (field evaluation).
491. As a result of this methodology, potential impacts of the proposal on the
settings of the above heritage assets have been identified and assessed.
492. In respect of other heritage assets, officers have scoped an extensive number.
The definition of setting is the extent to which an asset is ‘experienced,’ which
is not geographically set and can change over time, relating to more than just
a direct visual influence. Given the dense central London location, the site is
within the setting of an enormous number of heritage assets, and it would be
disproportionate to assess them all.
493. In particular, it is considered that the following were found to have no visual
relationship with the proposal and therefore were scoped out of the
assessment:
Temple Church - Grade I
Middle Temple Hall Grade I
Church of St Sepulchre Grade I
Church of St Martin Ludgate - Grade I
Church of St Andrew by the Wardrobe Grade I
The Daily Express building Grade II*
Caretakers Lodge Grade II
6 Bolt Court Grade II
146 Fleet Street Grade II
Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese PH - Grade II
143 and 144 Fleet Street - Grade II
The Daily Telegraph Building - Grade II
Mersey House - Grade II
8 Red Lion Court Grade II
5 and 6 Crane Court Grade II
Middle Temple Gardens Registered Park and Garden (RPG) Grade II
Conclusion on Heritage:
494. The proposals would preserve the significance (via change in the setting) of
heritage assets and an appreciation of it. As such, they would accord with
Local Plan policies CS12 and DM12.1, emerging City Plan 2040 policies S11
and HE1, London Plan policy HC1, having accounted for and paying special
regard to s.66 (1) of the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas)
Act 1990 and the relevant NPPF policies.
Archaeology
495. The City of London is considered an archaeologically sensitive area in its
entirety. In accordance with the City of London Local Plan 2015, all of the City
is considered to have archaeological potential, except where there is evidence
that archaeological remains have been lost due to deep basement construction
or other groundworks.
496. NPPF section 16 and the London Plan (2021 Policy HC1) make the
conservation of archaeological interest a material planning consideration.
497. An Archaeological desk-based assessment was submitted by the applicant.
The Greater London Archaeological Advisory Service (GLAAS) and the City
Archaeology Trust were consulted. The latter confirmed no comments.
498. The assessment concludes that, although the site ties within an area where
Roman remains have been found, only a low potential for post-medieval
remains is now present on the site. This is due to the presence of a double
basement across the majority of the site which would have removed all
archaeological remains of interest.
499. GLAAS responded to confirm that the works are unlikely to have a significant
effect on heritage assets of archaeological interest. GLAAS stated that the
assessment did not include an assessment of the impact on potential
archaeology of the public realm particularly Gunpowder Square however, the
public realm impacts are limited to tree pits and new services and
archaeological remains of interest are likely to be located c 1.5m below ground
level and therefore it is unlikely that the new development would have an
impact on significant archaeology. GLAAS confirmed no further assessment is
necessary and a condition has been recommended.
Public Access and Inclusivity
500. Developments should be designed and managed to provide for the access
needs of all communities, including the particular needs of disabled people as
required by policies CS10, DM10.1, DM10.5 and DM10.8 of the Local Plan,
policies S1 and S8 of the draft City Plan 2040 and policy D5 of the London
Plan. In particular, policy DM10.8 requires to achieve an environment that
meets the highest standards of accessibility and inclusive design in all
development (both new and refurbished), open spaces and streets.
501. Local Plan policy DM 10.8 requires “to achieve an environment that meets the
highest standards of accessibility and inclusive design in all developments
(both new and refurbished)”. A service provider also has an anticipatory duty
under the Act.
502. An access statement has been provided with the application, in addition to an
Equality Statement and Statement of Community Involvement.
503. The application is accompanied by an Access Strategy submitted as part of
the Design and Access Statement. The proposals were subject to review by
City of London Access Group (CoLAG).
504. London Plan policy D5 says that development should be ‘convenient and
welcoming with no disabling barriers, providing independent access without
additional undue effort, separation or special treatment’. The access
statement details points of entry, landings, door types, level thresholds and
the need for manifestation.
505. Consideration has been given to the points of arrival at the site and the main
office entrance amended following comments. An Access Management Plan
(AMP) to for visitors and building users on points of arrival and entrances would
be required and would be secured by condition.
506. Arrival at the site has been considered for a number of travel options. Inclusive
Mobility table 3.7 sets out the recommended limits for walking distance without
a rest and it is noted that a number of the points of arrival exceed these. It is
therefore welcome that an additional two blue badge spaces are proposed
near to entrances. Continuing provision of the three existing Blue Badge
spaces in the area during construction is important and it is recommended that
details are reserved of how this continuous provision will be secured.
507. The provision of places to store mobility scooters is welcome in principle and
should include charging points. Further details of this could be included within
an AMP.
508. The City Walkway provides an opportunity to cross the site at present but does
not have rest points and is not a welcoming, or intuitive route.
509. Wayfinding is of particular significance, including for the relocation of the library
and loss of familiarity which is particularly important for some people with
information &/or sensory processing differences (PAS 5.3.1, 5.4). However, it
is considered that the library entrance will be relocated but will be much more
prominent and legible in the public realm, than the existing, which is welcomed.
510. Pedestrian approaches to the various points of entry accommodate significant
changes in level, and have been the subject of discussion through the design
process. The significant level changes to be accommodated and wayfinding
and legibility needs to be given the highest priority both around, and across
the site. It is recommended that the wayfinding strategy tests scenarios from
points of arrival for a range of people, following the principle of at least ‘two
senses’ (BS 8300 (1) 5.2.3). Principal entrance points, in particular, need to be
clearly legible and it is noted that totems may not be accessible to all people.
This additional consideration of wayfinding for disabled people could form part
of details reserved for wayfinding and signage.
511. Materials throughout the development will be of great importance and this will
need particular consideration for circulation and reception areas, to avoid the
potential for sensory overload from acoustic or visual stimulus (PAS 6463),
details to be secured by condition.
512. The proposals for the Gunpowder Square public realm will include a mix of
both open and more intimate spaces, and maintain 2m pedestrian comfort
levels, which is welcomed. There have been discussions through the design
process regarding the use of contrasting strips within the hard landscaping
which are set counter to intuitive routes. There are concerns about the potential
to perceive these strips as barriers or holes (PAS 6463 note 7 and 12.6).
Barriers to the beds are currently shown as open at the bottom and of variable
height these should be consistent with AD K and detectable by people with
visual impairments. Details to be secured through condition.
513. Reception and lobby areas to both office and library space incorporate
‘bleacher’ seating. Space should be made to integrate wheelchair spaces
within the body of the seating and this is referenced as the intention for the
library. It should remain central to further stages of design development. Hand
and grab rails should also be provided. This should be provided through
condition details.
514. Reception facilities should be consistent with AD M(2): 3.6 and BS 8300 8.6.2
Routes from the entrance/lobbies should be logical, clearly defined and
unobstructed, with adequate and sufficient circulation space. Reception area
desks should be positioned away from the entrance to minimise noise, with
lowered counter sections, appropriate hearing enhancement systems and the
surface of the reception area should be slip resistant. Details should be
provided through condition.
515. London Plan D5, (B)5 states ‘in all developments where lifts are installed, as a
minimum, at least one lift per core (or more subject to capacity assessments)
should be a suitably sized fire evacuation lift suitable to be used to evacuate
people who require level access from the building’. 6.2.1 further states that
there should be an evacuation lift in addition to fire-fighting lifts. Proposals and
the access statement confirm that all lifts will be more than 1100x1400mm with
appropriately sized landings and back-up lifts are identified across the site in
case of failure. The lift size is not sufficient for users of larger mobility vehicles
and alternative provision should be identified through the AMP, particularly for
library visitors. It is recommended that details of lifts are reserved.
516. It is regrettable that visitors to the library will have to use stairs or a lift to access
many primary functions at mezzanine level as this separates people who need
step-free access and there is potential for queuing at busy times. The AMP
should identify how events will be managed to avoid this happening, and
maintenance for the platform lift to mezzanine level would be secured in the
Section 106.
517. Many platform lifts are not accessible for people with dexterity impairments or
who suffer from fatigue. BS8300 3.22 discourages them other than in
‘exceptional’ circumstances. New generation platform lifts which do not require
continuous pressure are currently proposed and which are more consistent
with standard passenger lift operations. The scheme would not be considered
inclusive without such provision. Therefore details for lifts have been
recommended by condition.
518. There are marked level changes across site and there are areas where ramps
are proposed instead of slopes. However, these will be consistent with AD M(2)
3.53 and AD(K)2.
519. Corridor widths and door openings are confirmed as consistent with AD M(2),
including sufficient door widths and passing places for wheelchairs and will be
subject to detailed design development.
520. Accessible WC (AWC) provision is otherwise provided for the various
functions. There are unisex cubicles only proposed on upper floors although
the government proposal for separate male and female toilets and public
buildings is noted. Ambulant unisex facilities are also included. The absence
of enlarged facilities is regrettable as these are useful to disabled people who
may need a larger space or have bags. Concerns were raised regarding the
distance to AWCs from the entrances although it is noted in the access
statement that there is no more than 40m travel distance, as consistent with
AD M(2) 5.10.h.
Cycle Provision
521. Cycle entrance for the building is via Wine Office Court. Cycle provision will be
consistent with the 5% of larger spaces recommended by London Plan Policy
T5B and London Cycling Design Standards 8.2.1. There are accessible
facilities proposed to support cyclists. Controlled entry points should be
sufficiently wide to accommodate larger bikes and be consistent with guidance
in BS 8300(1) 7.11 and BS 8300(2) 8.3/8.5.3
Changing Places
522. A Changing Places toilet was agreed during development of the proposals and
which will support the public functions of the library and help make it more
accessible to more people. There are few Changing Places facilities within the
City at present and, although not available on a 24 hour basis, this is a key
element of making the scheme more inclusive. Management and operation
should be covered in the AMP and would be secured via Section 106
obligation.
Public realm works
523. Where seating is proposed arm supports should be provided to give options
for left, or right hand side support, as well as options for seating with back
support. The areas of landscape have the potential to offer places for rest and
recovery, consistent with guidance in PAS 6463: Design for the Mind. Details
would be secured through condition.
Gym facilities
524. BS8300 2: 20.8.4 says that ‘Disabled people should have the same access to
all fitness and exercise areas, and types of equipment, as non disabled people’
and this should inform the provision of gym equipment/facilities. Details to be
provided in the AMP through recommended condition.
Public Access and Inclusivity Conclusion
525. Further design details and an Access Management Plan are proposed to be
secured via condition.
526. Overall, and subject to the imposition of conditions, the proposal would accord
with the access policies outlined above.
Highways and Transportation
Public Transport
527. The site has the highest level of public transport provision with a public
transport accessibility level (PTAL) of 6B. There are several stations within
walking distance: City Thameslink (260m), Chancery Lane (500m), Blackfriars
(500m), Farringdon (600m), St Pauls (640m) and Temple (730m). Together
these stations give access to a wide selection of London Underground (LU)
and National Rail services. These stations provide good connection to
destinations across all London.
528. The bus stops located on Farringdon Street, Holborn Viaduct, and Fleet Street
provide access to 10 routes. These stops would provide good access for uses
to travel to / from the site via bus as part of a primary or ‘final leg’ journey.
529. Cycleway 6 (C6) runs approximately 150m east of the site along Farringdon
Street and the site is located close to 4 cycle hire docking stations. The site is
therefore well located to encourage cycling to / from the site.
Trip generation
530. Within the Transport Assessment (TA) a trip generation forecast has been
conducted for the site which identifies the net change in trips that would result
from the proposed development. The assessment has used TRICS travel data
from similar land uses within Greater London.
531. The trip generation assessment considers the AM and PM peak hours but does
not consider the MID peak hour. The trip generation assessment identifies that
the proposed development as a whole would generate 976 trips during the AM
peak (8:00-9:00) and 1,156 trips during the PM peak (17:00-18:00). When
considered against the existing site and associated trip generation (also
calculated via TRICS), this is an increase of +635 trips during the AM peak
and +786 trips during the PM peak.
532. The restaurant trip rates rely on a singular TRICS site owing to a lack of
representative sites within the TRICS database. It is acknowledged that this
limitation is unavoidable, and the trip rates applied are accepted. No downward
adjustment of ‘linked trips’ commonly associated with retail uses has been
made and is therefore considered a robust approach.
533. The mode shares presented for the site would appear to underestimate the
likely mode share for cyclists (4.1% for office and 1.9% for retail). Whilst this
low cycle mode share is not agreed, it is insignificant when considered against
the assessments of other modes, as a lower cycle mode share would inflate
all other modes proportionally and therefore represents a ‘worst-case’
assessment for these other modes (footways / public transport).
534. Given the accessibility of the site in relation to local public transport services
and when considering the projected mode share of trips, it is considered that
this additional level of activity could be absorbed by the existing Transport
network, subject to appropriate mitigation and improvements to local footway
conditions.
Public Footpath, Public Realm Alteration and Access
535. Local Plan Policy DM 16.2 states that: “The loss of a pedestrian route will
normally only be permitted where an alternative public pedestrian route of at
least an equivalent standard is provided having regard to:
the extent to which the route provides for current and all reasonably
foreseeable future demands placed upon it, including at peak periods;
the shortest practicable routes between relevant points.
536. The proposal will result in the loss of City Walkway through the site. However,
as noted elsewhere within this report, the existing route through the building is
of limited benefit, it begins and terminates mid-block and does not logically
follow the pedestrian desire lines. The existing route is also of limited quality,
with a lack of overlooking (natural passive surveillance) and lighting, which
makes the current route unattractive.
537. To offset the loss in principle of this functional route, enhancements to
Gunpowder Square have been proposed, to create much-improved public
realm park, subject to S278 Agreement, along the key pedestrian desire line
between New Street Square and Fleet Street. It is considered by officers that
this trade-off is acceptable.
538. The outline of the building is proposed to change as part of this application and
a Pedestrian Comfort Level (PCL) assessment has been undertaken to assess
the forecasted impacts of the proposals on pedestrian comfort in cognition of
the proposed public realm improvements. The PCL assessment refers to a
previous 2022 study undertaken by Momentum, which investigated the
pedestrian impacts of the proposed amendment of the existing City Walkway.
This previous study identified that there would be no discernible impact on
pedestrian comfort levels as a result of the proposals, with comfort levels
ranging from B to A+.
539. The proposed development is forecasted to generate an uplift of 2,962 two-
way daily trips beyond the levels originally forecasted by the 2022 study
(4,317); equivalent to an increase of 69%.
540. The 2022 study identified that the lunchtime peak period was the busiest period
on the surrounding streets. The applicant has undertaken an updated PCL
assessment of this lunchtime period as part of the TA. The footways assessed
and considered most relevant are those surrounding the Site and include Little
New Street (south footway), Shoe Lane (west footway), and Printer Street
(east footway) where the new entrances are located for the library and gym /
auditorium space. Wine Office Court was not assessed in these updated
scenario tests as it was recognised within the 2022 study as having a comfort
level of A+ in both existing and future scenarios.
541. The results presented by the applicant indicate that there is anticipated to be
no change in the pedestrian comfort level of the assessed footways along Little
New Street (comfort level of ‘A’) and Shoe Lane (comfort level ‘A-‘). There will
be a slight reduction in the pedestrian comfort level for Printer Street from an
‘A’ to an ‘A-‘, which is considered immaterial and is still within an acceptable
and comfortable range. However Officers consider that footways should be
considered in more detail as part of the proposed Section 278 works including
updated pedestrian counts should be undertaken.
542. The results of the PCL assessment should be considered in addition to the
more holistic public realm design improvements that would be delivered by the
scheme. The removal of the existing City Walkway, in combination with the
public realm and landscape strategy of the proposed development, will result
in a positive and beneficial impact on pedestrians and users of the space,
which would also include users not directly associated with the proposed
development.
Car Parking
543. The proposed development will be car-free and the existing car parking area
converted to create space for cycle parking. As a result, all vehicle trips
generated by the development will be associated with delivery and servicing
or disabled drivers.
Disabled Car Parking
544. Allocated space within the site has not at this point been made for the provision
of disabled motor vehicle parking. It is acknowledged that local disabled
parking is available on the local highway as mentioned in the submitted
Transport Assessment. There is one existing disabled parking space located
to the front of the site on Little New Street. It is proposed by the applicant that
two further disabled parking spaces could be provided on Little New Street,
adjacent to the existing bay. The applicant has also committed to providing
these spaces with Electric Vehicle charging capabilities. Officers consider this
acceptable and the final provisions would be subject to the S278 process and
agreed through discussions at the relevant time with CoL Highways.
Servicing
545. It is proposed to provide an on-site service yard at the south-eastern corner of
the site, with access from Shoe Lane. The service yard would be provided at-
grade and has been designed to provide space for simultaneous delivery
activity within 2 loading bays. Sufficient manoeuvring space is provided to
enable entry and exit from the servicing yard in forward gear by vehicles
including a 7.5 T Box Van, the CoL 7.5 m refuse vehicles and a 10m electric
refuse vehicle, which form part of the existing waste management teams’
vehicle fleet (as demonstrated by the Swept Path Analysis provided).
546. This is a significant improvement from the existing site provision, whereby
larger vehicles have insufficient space to enter and exit the site in forward gear
(resulting in reversing manoeuvres from the highway).
547. It is forecasted by the applicant that the development would generate a
demand of 103-104 deliveries per day, which would be an increase in
deliveries to the site of 68-69 deliveries per day. Of these 104 servicing trips,
it is estimated that approximately 96 would be associated with the office
element, 6 would be associated with the retail element, and 2 would be
associated with the library / gym uses.
548. To mitigate the impacts associated with the forecasted servicing demand, the
applicant has committed to consolidate deliveries. A consolidation reduction
factor of 50% has been applied, which would result in 49 deliveries per day (or
a net increase of 14 trips when compared to the existing scenario). It is worth
noting that this moderate increase in servicing trips would be off-set by the
removal of the existing car park.
549. The Applicant commits to restricting servicing activity between the peak
network hours of 07:00-10:00, 12:00-14:00 and 16:00-19:00. On the basis of
deliveries being undertaken during daytime hours only (i.e. 05:00-07:00,
10:00-12:00, 14:00-16:00 and 19:00-22:00), there would be 9 servicing hours
across the day. Applying a vehicle dwell time assumption of 20 minutes per
delivery, the two loading bays provided have a theoretical capacity for 54
deliveries by vehicles per day. This theoretical servicing capacity does not
however include for cargo bike deliveries, which would be permitted to occur
within the restricted peak periods and would serve to provide additional
servicing capacity.
550. The applicant commits to the production of a detailed Delivery and Servicing
Plan (DSP) to be secured by condition / obligation. The detailed DSP will set
in place the specific management tools that would be employed by Facilities
Management to ensure servicing is suitably managed to ensure no
unnecessary on-street servicing occurs. The DSP also presents the
opportunity to promote and action consolidation at the development, as well
as promoting green servicing options such as last mile cargo cycle logistics,
and electric servicing vehicle use.
551. The development with the production of a detailed DSP meet London Plan
policy T4 and Local Plan Policy 16.1 requirements and are considered
acceptable.
Cycle Parking
552. London Plan Policy T5 (Cycling) requires cycle parking be provided at least in
accordance with the minimum requirements set out within the plan. Policy T5
(Cycling) requires cycle parking to be designed and laid out in accordance with
the guidance contained in the London Cycling Design Standards and that
developments should cater for larger cycles, including adapted cycles for
disabled people.
553. The proposed development will deliver a minimum of 750 long-stay cycle
parking spaces at basement 2 level, accessible from a wide staircase with
cycle channels enabling two-way movement, as well as suitably sized lifts. This
meets London Plan standards. The cycle provision will comprise:
5% Accessible cycle parking spaces;
3% Sheffield stand spaces;
10% Folding cycle lockers; and
82% Two-tier cycle stands.
554. The proposals will deliver 113 short-stay cycle parking spaces as a minimum,
meeting London Plan standards, as well as the reprovision of the existing 24
cycle parking spaces located on Wine Office Court. The short-stay cycle
parking will be provided both internally within the building and externally to
complement the existing provision on Wine Office Court. The internal short-
stay cycle parking comprises 50 spaces at upper ground floor level for use by
visitors, which offers a sheltered, secure and managed facility. The 50 internal
short-stay spaces will be divided between 16 Sheffield stand spaces and 34
two-tier stand spaces. The remaining additional external short stay spaces
would total 63.
555. The applicant commits to the production of a full Travel Plan (to be secured by
condition / obligation) which would encourage the uptake of cycling as a mode
of travel to / from the site.
Travel Plans
556. The City is an extremely busy area, and this development would lead to a large
increase in numbers traveling to and from the site with an expected uplift in
jobs of over 2,000 people.
557. In this instance we would seek to mitigate the impact on this development by
requesting a Workplace Travel Plan be put in place, this will not be required to
cover the gym / library areas of the site as the proposals for these elements
do not meet the thresholds to be required. Travel Plans are an effective tool
for managing visitors, volunteers and employees at a site by helping to
promote sustainable transport and raising awareness of their benefits.
558. If planning permission is granted a Workplace Travel Plan would need to be
secured as a section 106 planning obligation in order to meet London Plan
policy T4 and Local Plan Policy 16.1. The travel plan would need to be
approved by the CoL prior to completion of the proposed works. This would
include a requirement for a Travel Plan Co-ordinator to be appointed no less
than 3 months before occupation.
559. Transport for London encourages applicants to use the TRICS database for
trip generation predictions. We will require the applicant to undertake a TRICS
after study and provide TfL and the CoL with the results on completion of the
development. We will seek to secure the necessary after surveys and results
by Section 106 agreement as part of the Travel Plan review and monitoring
process.
Management of Construction Impacts on the Public Highway in the local area
560. The applicant has submitted an Outline Construction Logistics Plan (CLP)
which indicates that the construction programme would last for approximately
45 months with an indicative start date of February 2026. It is envisaged by
the applicant that a temporary loading bay pit lane arrangement will be
provided on Little New Street adjacent to the Site to enable construction works.
561. It is noted that the Principal Contractor for the proposals has not yet been
appointed and so all information provided in the outline documents is indicative
in nature (as is common practice for outline planning documents).
562. No vehicle movement forecasts are provided by the applicant at this stage. It
is however expected that the proposals would generate a significant amount
of demolition and construction traffic owing to the works required. As a result,
the proposed works could have a significant impact on the operation of the
public highway in the local area if the impacts are not managed effectively. The
primary concern is public safety it must be ensured that construction traffic
does not create (or add to existing) traffic congestion or impact on the road
safety or amenity of other highway users. The proposal is also likely to lead to
a variety of amenity issues for local people (e.g. noise, vibration, air quality).
563. A preliminary Construction Logistic Plan (CLP) has been submitted in support
of the planning application. This provides useful information to describe the
proposed works and how they would be undertaken. It also provides useful
information to describe how the impacts associated with the construction
period would be mitigated. It lacks detail but is a good example of what is
required at this stage in the process. A more detailed CLP should be prepared
once a Principal Contractor has been appointed, which will need to be in line
with Transport for London’s Construction Logistics Plan Guidance.
564. This should consider the following points:
Construction vehicle routes to and from the site will need to make the most
efficient use of the highway network in the Central London Area. Such
routes will require discussion with CoL Highways.
The proposed works are likely to generate a significant amount of workers
on the site at any given time. It would be expected that the Principal
Contractor to prepare travel planning guidance to encourage workers to
use sustainable transport instead of private motor vehicles.
Various highways licences would need to be obtained from the CoL prior
to works commencing on site (e.g. temporary parking bay suspensions,
scaffolding licence, hoarding licence, crane licence etc).
Traffic congestion is already a significant problem in the CoL, particularly
during morning and afternoon/evening peak periods, therefore it is
expected construction vehicle movements to be scheduled to avoid 0800
to 0930 and 1600 to 1830 hours on Monday to Friday.
Details will be required to describe how pedestrian and cyclist safety will
be maintained, including any proposed alternative routes (if necessary),
and any Banksman arrangements.
The site would be registered with the Considerate Constructors
Scheme. It would be expected for the proposed works to be undertaken
in accordance with the best practice guidelines in TfL’s Standard for
Construction Logistics and Cyclist Safety (CLOCS) scheme.
565. The CoL needs to ensure that the development can be implemented without
being detrimental to amenity or the safe and efficient operation of the highway
network in the local area. Therefore, if planning permission is granted a CLP
should be secured via condition to ensure the construction and demolition of
the site is in accordance with The London Plan Policy T7 and DM16.1 of the
Local Plan. This would provide a mechanism to manage / mitigate the impacts
which the proposed development would have on the local area. The CLP
would need to be approved by the CoL prior to works commencing on site.
Highways Boundary
566. Alterations to the highways boundary have not been identified at this stage.
567. The applicant identifies proposed Hostile Vehicle Mitigations measures on the
public highway however it is questioned whether these are required on security
grounds. The principle of obstructing the highway is resisted unless can be
justified and would be considered further as part of a Section 278 Agreement.
Over Sailing and Basement Alterations
568. Undersailing and oversailing of structures has not been identified at this stage
and therefore it is assumed that there are no requirements for the introduction
of (or changes to) any under / over sailing licenses.
S278 Agreement
569. All works on the public highway shall be undertaken by the City’s Term
Contractor.
570. The applicant is required to enter into a Section 278/38 Agreement of the
Highways Act 1980, prior to the occupation of the site for the following works,
but not limited to:
Repaving of all the adjacent footways in Little New Street, Pinter Street,
Gunpowder Square, Wine Office Court and Shoe Lane
Resurfacing of the carriageways at the locations
Reinstatement of Road Markings
Installation of all the public realm works within the public highway, as per
the planning approval, including, implementation of landscaping, trees,
planters, planting, seating, relocation of the existing cannon in Gunpowder
Square, installation of public art and any other associated works
Improvements to drainage
Improvements to lighting
Improvements to safety per ATZ observations received for the application
Removal of bollards
Further analysis for footways as part of the proposed Section 278 works
including updated pedestrian counts should be undertaken.
571. The applicant has proposed planters with balustrade to accommodate the
changes in levels between Shoe Lane and Wine Office Court. The details of
its construction will be addressed during the detailed design of the S278 project
and subject to feasibility.
572. The implementation of the additional disabled bays is subject to public
consultation.
573. The applicant is required to submit the details of the threshold levels at the
highways boundaries, prior to the commencement of construction works.
574. The applicant is required to submit a condition survey of the adjacent highways
prior to the commencement of any construction works.
575. Any part of the proposed development requiring works to the public highway
following construction works will be secured through planning to repair any
damage to transport infrastructure, landscaping and to reinstate all affected
transport network links, road and footway surfaces.
576. Should planning permission be granted the following S106 planning
obligations and conditions, along with a S278/38 which would need to be
secured:
A condition to secure a Construction Logistic Plan (CLP). The Section 106
agreement shall state that the CLP shall be approved prior to any works
starting on site and the approved plan shall be followed, unless otherwise
agreed with the Highway Authority. It should also restrict HGV movement
to and from the site to with in the hours of 9:30 to 16:30 Monday to Friday,
8 till 13:00 Saturdays and fully restrict movement on Sundays and Bank
Holidays unless agreed with the CoL in advance.
A Section 106 planning obligation to secure a Workplace Travel Plan (TP)
for the development. The Section 106 agreement shall state that the TP
shall be approved prior to the first occupation of the site and the approved
plan shall be followed, unless otherwise agreed with the Highway
Authority. The Section 106 agreement shall require the applicant to
undertake a TRICs after survey and to provide TfL and CoL with a copy of
the results as part of the travel plan review and monitoring process.
A S278/38 to secure a financial contribution to cover the cost of public
highway and public realm improvement works in the general vicinity of the
site. These works would include but are not limited to enhancements to
the public highway around the site on Little New Street, Pinter Street,
Gunpowder Square, Wine Office Court and Shoe Lane.
A condition requiring the provision of 750 long stay cycle parking spaces,
113 short stay cycle parking for the entire development, designed to
London Cycle Design Standards and the ongoing retention of these
facilities, details of which will need to be submitted and approved, and
approval should be reserved by condition.
A Section 106 planning obligation to secure a Delivery and Servicing Plan
(DSP). The Section 106 agreement shall state that the DSP shall be
approved prior to the first occupation of the site and the approved plan
shall be followed, unless otherwise agreed with the Highway Authority. A
daily servicing vehicle cap should be applied to the proposals, limiting the
daily maximum to 49 vehicles.
Response to TfL Comments
577. Many of the comments offered by TfL have been addressed within this report.
For clarity, the key items are discussed further below.
578. Concerns raised by TfL regarding the trip generation methodology adopted are
not agreed for the following reasons:
The majority of retail has been accounted for in full (823sqm) and just
320sqm of office / retail / café has been ‘excluded’. On the basis that this
equates to more than 50% of the total potential retail provision, it is
considered that this approach adequately captures the trip generation of the
proposed retail, given that a significant portion will, in reality, form ‘linked’ or
‘pass-by’ trips.
It is agreed that trips to the gym would largely be linked or pass-by trips as
part of existing network trips (or linked to the proposed office use).
The library use would be a (reduced) replacement of an existing use.
579. The applicant has committed to providing EV charging capabilities for the on-
street disabled bays proposed.
580. The cycle parking proposals algin with London Plan requirements and LCDS
compliant cycle parking would be secured by condition.
581. A financial contribution towards cycle hire facilities is considered a reasonable
request and should be discussed as part of the Section 106.
582. Conditions would be secured linked to comments made with respect to the
DSP, CLP, and Cycle Promotion Plan.
Transport conclusion
583. The proposals are acceptable in transport terms subject to the necessary
conditions and obligations as discussed above along with a S278/38
agreements.
Environmental Impact of Proposals on Surrounding Area
584. Local Plan policy DM10.1 requires the design of development and materials
used should ensure that unacceptable wind impacts at street level and in the
public realm be avoided, and to avoid intrusive solar glare effects and to
minimise light pollution. Policy 10.7 is to resist development which will
noticeably reduce daylight and sunlight to nearby dwellings and open spaces.
Draft City Plan 2040 Strategic Policy S8 and Policy DE2 requires development
to optimise microclimatic conditions addressing solar glare, daylight and
sunlight, wind conditions and thermal comfort.
Daylight, Sunlight and Overshadowing
585. Policy D6(d) of the London Plan states that the design of development should
provide sufficient daylight and sunlight to surrounding housing that is
appropriate for its context.
586. Local Plan Policy DM10.7 ‘Daylight and Sunlight’ seeks to resist development
which would reduce noticeably the daylight and sunlight available to nearby
dwellings and open spaces to unacceptable levels, taking account of the
Building Research Establishment (BRE) guidelines.
587. Draft City Plan Policy DE7 states that development proposals will be required
to demonstrate that the daylight and sunlight available to nearby dwellings and
open spaces is appropriate for its context and provides acceptable living
standards taking account of the Building Research Establishment’s guidelines.
588. Paragraph 3.10.41 of the Local Plan indicates that BRE guidelines will be
applied consistent with BRE advice that ideal daylight and sunlight conditions
may not be practicable in densely developed city centre locations. Policy HS3
of the Draft City Plan states when considering on the amenity of existing
residents, the Corporation will take into account the cumulative effect of
development proposals.
589. Local Plan Strategic Policy CS10 seeks to ensure that buildings are
appropriate to the character of the City and the setting and amenities of
surrounding buildings and spaces.
590. The BRE guidelines “Site layout planning for daylight and sunlight - A guide to
good practice(2022) present the following methodologies for measuring the
impact of development on the daylight and sunlight received by nearby existing
dwellings and any existing non-domestic buildings where the occupants have
a reasonable expectation of natural light:
Daylight: Impacts to daylight are measured using the Vertical Sky
Component (VSC) method: a measure of the amount of sky visible from
a centre point of a window; and the No Sky Line (NSL) method, which
measures the distribution of daylight within a room. The BRE advises that
this measurement should be used to assess daylight within living rooms,
dining rooms and kitchens; bedrooms should also be analysed although
they are considered less important. The BRE Guide states that diffuse
daylighting of an existing building may be adversely affected if either the
VSC measure or the daylight distribution (NSL) measure is not satisfied.
Sunlight: Impacts to sunlight are measured using Annual Probable
Sunlight Hours (APSH) for all main living rooms in dwellings if they have
a window facing within 90 degrees of due south. The guidelines consider
kitchens and bedrooms to be less important, but that care should be
taken to not block too much sun from these rooms.
Interpreting results
591. In undertaking assessments, a judgement can be made as to the level of
impact on affected windows and rooms. Where there is proportionately a less
than 20% change (in VSC, NSL or APSH) the effect is judged as to not be
noticeable. Between 20-30% it is judged to be minor adverse, 30-40%
moderate adverse and over 40% major adverse. All these figures will be
impacted by factors such as existing levels of daylight and sunlight and on-site
conditions. It is for the Local Planning Authority to decide whether any losses
result in a reduction in amenity which would or would not be acceptable.
592. A Daylight, Sunlight and Overshadowing Assessment has been submitted to
consider the potential effect on the daylight and sunlight amenity within existing
neighbouring residential properties, as well as overshadowing to relevant
existing neighbouring amenity space. These assessments have been
undertaken in accordance with the BRE Guidelines (2022).
593. An independent review was undertaken by GIA consultants.
594. The potential daylight and sunlight impacts have been assessed on the
following existing neighbouring properties;
Pemberton House (residential);
Dr Johnson’s House, 17 Gough Square (museum);
16 St Johnson’s Court (The Curator’s Cottage) (residential);
7 Wine Office Court (residential);
3 Wine Office Court (residential);
2 Wine Office Court (residential);
1-23 Bolt Court (residential); and
148 Fleet Street (residential).
595. Included within the existing baseline condition are two neighbouring sites
(currently under construction) to the east of the Site at Stonecutters Court (ref:
18/00878/FULMAJ) and 120 Fleet Street (ref: 21/00538/FULEIA) therefore this
baseline condition provides the ‘worst-case’ in terms of the baseline levels of
light received by the key properties being assessed.
596. The following properties fully meet BRE criteria for daylight and sunlight
assessment:
Dr Johnson’s House - 17 Gough Square;
16 Johnsons Court(The Curator’s Cottage);
3 Wine Office Court;
2 Wine Office Court; and
148 Fleet Street.
597. Therefore the results for Pemberton House, 7 Wine Office Court and 1-23 Bolt
Court are discussed further below.
598. A further Climate Based Daylight Modelling (CBDM) was undertaken for
Pemberton House.
599. Daylight has been assessed for both Vertical Sky Component (VSC) and No
Sky Line (NSL), these are complementary assessments for daylight: VSC is
the measure of daylight hitting a window, NSL assesses the proportion of a
room in which the sky can be seen from the working plane. Daylighting will be
adversely affected if either the VSC of the NSL guidelines are not met.
600. The BRE criteria state that a window may be adversely affected if the VSC
measured at the centre of a window is less than 27% and less than 0.8 times
its former value (i.e. experiences a 20% or more reduction.) In terms of NSL,
a room may be adversely affected if the daylight distribution (NSL) is reduced
beyond 0.8 times its existing area (20% or more reduction).
Pemberton House
601. This residential building is located immediately to the west of the Site, and
separated only by Gunpowder Square. City records show 39 properties at this
address.
602. Of the 163 windows assessed serving 89 rooms, the majority of windows (94)
would meet BRE criteria when assessed against the VSC daylight
methodology, and the 69 windows that would not meet criteria which would
comprise:
The majority of windows would experience minor impacts with a total of 34
windows experiencing a VSC alteration between 20.1% - 30%,
A total of 24 windows would experience more moderate alterations
between 30.1% - 40%,
The remaining 11 windows would experience major VSC alterations in
excess of 40%.
603. Of the 35 windows experiencing moderate and major impacts, 16 windows
appear to serve bedrooms, which are recognised as having a lower
requirement for light compared to other uses. The BRE Guidelines note that
“… bedrooms should also be analysed although they are less important”. In
addition, half of these rooms are served by three windows each therefore are
considered to receive additional light.
604. The 19 windows remaining experiencing moderate to major impacts, these
appear to serve nine living spaces, all of which are multi-glazed (aside from
one kitchen) having two or three windows and therefore are considered to
receive additional light. In addition, of these nine living spaces, five experience
moderate impacts to windows with two of these rooms served by windows with
minor impacts. Although these 19 living spaces are not BRE-compliant, this is
already the case in the existing condition due to the surrounding levels of
existing obstruction. In addition, the absolute changes in the VSCs recorded
for these living room windows are considered small (between c. 1.5%-6%, avg.
3%), which translate into high percentage changes due to the low existing
values. This applies for all the windows which do not comply with BRE, as the
absolute alterations would be considered to be small (between c. 1% and 6%,
avg. 2.6%).
605. For NSL, 69 of the 89 (78%) rooms meet criteria for this assessment, and for
the 20 rooms which did not meet BRE, these comprise:
Nine rooms would experience NSL alterations between 20.1%-29.9%
Four rooms would experience alterations between 30.1%-39.9%
The remaining seven rooms experience NSL alterations in excess of 40%
however four of these consist of bedrooms which are considered less
sensitive for the assessment.
606. The east elevation of Pemberton House has a very narrow separation distance
from the Site, therefore it is considered that any significant development on
Site would result in greater impacts to daylight and many windows have low
daylight levels in the existing scenarios. However, it is noted in the assessment
that the apartments served by the windows in this façade are all dual-aspect.
607. The CBDM results demonstrate that many of the single-aspect habitable
rooms within Pemberton House were already below the suggested lux target
for their respective uses in the existing scenario. Therefore it is considered that
there is unlikely to be a material change in quality of light within the rooms.
608. Pemberton House is the only neighbouring property that has windows
orientated within 90⁰ due south of the Site and relevant for sunlight
assessment. A total of 61 out of 65 (94%) windows meeting BRE criteria for
annual sunlight. The four affected windows have low existing annual sunlight
levels between 6%-7% (against a BRE target value of 25%) which are further
reduced to between 0%-1%. The impacted windows serve rooms that are
multi-aspect.
609. All windows assessed will meet BRE criteria for winter sunlight.
610. Considering the impacts against the contextual factors summarised above, the
impacts to and retained levels of daylight and sunlight are commensurate of
what would be experienced within a dense urban environment.
7 Wine Office Court
611. A residential property directly to the south-west of the Site. City records show
six properties at this address.
612. A total of 21 windows have been assessed against the VSC daylight
methodology, 17 of which will meet BRE criteria for this assessment (81%).
The four windows, affecting three rooms, experience minor VSC alterations
between 20.1%-30%. All four windows have low existing VSC levels between
2.57% and 3.12% (against a BRE target value of 27%) with that absolute VSC
value reducing no more than 1% in the proposed scenario. In addition, two of
the three rooms are served by two windows therefore considered to receive
additional light, with one of these other windows as BRE compliant.
613. For NSL, one room on the fourth floor will experience a minor NSL alteration
of 23.98% (against a BRE target value of 20%). The remaining three rooms
located on basement level (identified as a bedroom), third floor and fourth floor
experience more moderate NSL alterations between 32.32% and 34.92%.
However it is considered that the rooms have low existing NSL values between
6.3% and 14.7% which are reduced to between 4.1% and 9.8% in the
proposed scenario.
614. There are no windows within 7 Wine Office Court that face within 90 due south
of the development site relevant for sunlight assessment.
615. Therefore, given that the impacted windows and rooms have low existing
levels of daylight and alterations are considered disproportionate to the actual
impact, the impacts are considered acceptable.
1-12 Bolt Court
616. All windows meet BRE criteria for VSC. One room falls short of guidance for
NSL, experiencing a minor alteration of 24.49% (against a BRE target value of
20%) however it is noted that the windows for the VSC are BRE compliant for
this room.
617. The affected window serving this space is setback within eaves of the roof,
therefore blinkered by the projection of the roof all along one side which would
limit the available light.
618. There are no windows within 1-23 Bolt Court that face within 90⁰ due south of
the development site relevant for sunlight assessment.
619. Given that all of the windows assessed against the VSC daylight methodology
fully meet BRE criteria and one room experiences a minor alteration to NSL,
the impacts are considered acceptable.
Overshadowing
620. Overshadowing of amenity spaces is measured using sunlight hours on the
ground (SHOG). The BRE guidelines recommends that the availability of
sunlight should be checked for open spaces including residential gardens and
public amenity spaces.
621. The assessment considers seven separate amenity areas to the west of the
Site in the existing scenario. The assessment shows that sunlight received will
satisfy the BRE guidance for all existing amenity areas considered. Therefore
these spaces experience no change in the proposed scenario. Therefore the
potential effect on overshadowing from the proposed development is
considered acceptable.
Daylight, sunlight and overshadowing conclusion
622. With regard to impacts on daylight and sunlight to nearby residential
properties, for Pemberton House, 7 Wine Office Court and 1-23 Bolt Court,
these would experience Minor to Major Adverse effects. Despite failures
against the BRE guidelines, it is not considered that the proposal would result
in an unacceptable impact on the existing use of the properties in the context
of the location of the site in a dense urban area. In addition, an independent
review was undertaken for the results that concluded that the results are not
considered unacceptable in the urban context. As such, the impacts are
considered to be such that to cause the proposals to conflict with Local Plan
Policy DM10.7 and Policy DE7 of the draft City Plan 2040.
Solar Glare
623. Policy D8 of the London Plan, Local Plan policy DM10.1 and draft City Plan
2040 policies DE7 and DE2 require development to avoid intrusive solar glare
impacts and to mitigate adverse solar glare effects on surrounding buildings
and public realm.
624. A Solar Glare Assessment has been submitted. It states that occurrences of
solar glare at angles beyond 30 degrees would be of little significance in most
situations and if the angle between the driver’s line of view and the reflected
sun is less than 10 degrees, solar glare could be a significant issue.
625. Eleven viewpoints were tested. The analysis states that the likelihood of
experiencing solar glare throughout the year is relatively minimal, and even in
cases where it does occur, it is at angles greater than 30 degrees
626. Therefore the solar glare impacts of the development are considered to be
acceptable.
Overlooking, Privacy, Outlook and Overbearing Impact
627. Policy DM 21.3 of the Local Plan requires all development to be designed to
avoid overlooking and seek to protect the privacy to adjacent residential
occupiers. The same is reiterated in Policy HS3 of the draft City Plan.
628. The site is located in close proximity to residential units. The south and west
elevations are next to residential units at Pemberton House. Comments
received from the public at highlighted concerns with overlooking to residential
properties.
629. The applicant has confirmed that there would be no new overlooking or direct
sightlines created and has proposed design measures to address this issue
including curved fins, setting the terraces at an angle to residential windows
and for the facade that opens onto the terraces to be set back further than the
existing building line thereby increasing the separation distance. In addition,
the applicant has confirmed that the development would maintain the same
existing floorplate misalignment with Pemberton House.
630. It is considered that the windows on this elevation would directly overlook onto
the nearby residential units and it is therefore considered reasonable that a
condition is imposed for details to be submitted for these windows and nearby
office terraces to prevent privacy and overlooking issues.
631. Therefore subject to conditions, it is not considered that the development
would result in a greater overbearing impact or unacceptable level of loss of
outlook to nearby residential properties.
Wind Microclimate
632. Policies DM10.1 of the Local Plan 2015, Policy S8 of the draft City Plan 2040
and Policy D8 of the London Plan seek to optimise wind conditions in and
around development sites. The design of development should avoid
unacceptable wind conditions.
633. Wind tunnel testing has taken place to predict the local wind environment
associated with the completed development and the resulting pedestrian
comfort within and immediately surrounding the site. In addition,
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) simulation and analysis has been caried
out in accordance with the City of London’s Planning Advice Note, Wind
Microclimatic Guidelines for Developments in the City of London.
634. Wind conditions are compared with the intended pedestrian use of the various
locations, including carriageways, footways and building entrances. The
assessment uses the wind comfort criteria, referred to as the City Lawson
Criteria in the Planning Advice Note, Wind Microclimate Guidelines for
Developments in the City of London, being 5 Comfort Categories defining
suitable conditions for frequent sitting, occasional sitting, standing, walking and
uncomfortable.
635. A separate safety criterion is also applied to ascertain if there are any safety
risks to pedestrians or cyclists.
636. Assessments have been carried out for both the windiest season and the
summers seasons.
637. In considering significance and the need for mitigation measures, if resulting
on-site wind condition are identified as being unsafe or unsuitable in terms of
the intended pedestrian use then mitigation is required. For off-site
measurement locations, mitigation is required in the case that conditions
become unsafe or unsuitable for the intended use as result of development. If
wind conditions become windier but remain in a category suitable for intended
use, or if there is negligible or beneficial effect, wind mitigation is not required.
638. The wind tunnel and CFD results broadly give the same assessment results.
Where there is variance, this would be by one category and in either category
the condition would remain suitable to use. Variance occurs as the two
methods use different tools to predict the wind microclimate; the purpose of
the two assessment is to give the broadest picture and to ensure that in either
test the conditions are acceptable.
CFD Analysis
639. For the computational analysis, four scenarios have been tested:
1. Existing site with existing surrounding buildings;
2. Proposed development with existing surrounding buildings;
3. Proposed development with the cumulative schemes;
4. Proposed development with proposed landscaping and existing
surrounding buildings.
CFD Scenario 1
640. For scenario ‘1’, or the ‘baseline’ condition, the existing site with existing
surrounds the conditions in assessment are shown as suitable for frequent
sitting, occasional sitting and standing around the site with walking conditions
to the north-east.
641. All thoroughfares and pedestrian crossings are suitable for walking or calmer
during windiest season. Off-site entrances are suitable for either frequent
sitting, occasional sitting or standing in windiest season.
642. For amenity spaces near to site:
New Street Square benches - these are suitable for mixture of occasional
sitting and standing in summer, which is considered to range between
suitable and one category windier than the target condition.
Gough Square benches these are suitable for frequent sitting in summer,
meeting the target condition.
For the benches identified at 1 New Street Square, 120 Fleet Street,
Stonecutter Street benches these are suitable for standing in summer,
which is one category windier than target condition.
643. For terraces serving a mix of uses of residential and commercial near to the
site:
120 Fleet Street this is suitable for a mixture of standing and walking in
summer. This is one to two categories windier than the target condition,
however has been tested in the absence of any landscaping or mitigation
measures.
Stonecutter Court this is suitable for a mixture of occasional sitting and
standing in summer which satisfies the target condition.
1 New Street Square this is suitable for a mixture of occasional sitting and
standing in summer, meeting the target condition.
Plumtree Court these is suitable for standing in summer. This is one
category windier than the target condition, however this has been tested in
the absence of any landscaping or mitigation measures on this terrace.
3A New Street Square - this is suitable for occasional sitting in summer
which satisfies the target condition.
Pemberton House this is suitable for a mix of frequent sitting and
occasional sitting in summer which satisfies the target condition.
Boswell House this is suitable for frequent sitting in summer which satisfies
the target condition.
644. There are no instances of strong winds around the existing site.
645. Therefore, in the existing condition there are some areas which show windier
categories (standing) than targeted for these areas.
CFD Scenario 2
646. For Scenario ‘2’ tests the proposed development which existing surrounding
buildings. From the baseline condition, the addition of the proposed
development would slightly increase the windiness on Little New Street to
north of site however would also decrease the windiest on Shoe Lane and
Stonecutter Court to the north-east of the site.
647. All thoroughfares and pedestrian crossings are considered suitable for walking
or calmer during the windiest season which satisfies the target condition.
648. For on Site entrances, conditions are suitable for either frequent sitting,
occasional sitting or standing in the windiest season. This satisfies the target
condition. For off-site entrances, conditions are suitable for either frequent
sitting, occasional sitting or standing in the windiest season. This satisfies the
target condition.
649. For amenity spaces near to site:
For onsite benches proposed for the main entrance lobby these are
suitable for frequent sitting or in summer, and for Gunpowder Square are
suitable for mixture of frequent sitting and occasional sitting which satisfies
target condition. For the proposed benches next to auditorium / gym use are
suitable for standing in summer which is one category windier than the target
condition, with mitigation proposed by the applicant, discussed further in the
report.
New Street Square benches are suitable for a mixture of occasional sitting
and standing in summer. This ranges between suitable and one category
windier than the target condition, but is consistent with the baseline
conditions therefore not considered attributable to the proposed
development.
Gough Square benches are suitable for frequent sitting in summer. This
satisfies the target condition.
For the benches identified at 1 New Street Square, 120 Fleet Street,
Stonecutter Street benches these are suitable for occasional sitting in
summer which satisfies the target condition, having been a category too
windy in the baseline, and is a beneficial impact of the proposed
development.
650. For 120 Fleet Street, there is a small area shown to the north of building on
the western elevation for uncomfortable conditions shown in the windiest
season only. This is shown on the façade of the proposed retail unit to the side
of the entrance. The consultant states there is a highly localised region of red
“uncomfortable” conditions does not extend more than 500mm from the wall of
120 Fleet Street, so is not of sufficient extent to impact the pedestrian
experience in this area and is therefore considered negligible. This region was
picked up in the CFD analysis, but was not picked up by the wind tunnel testing
due to being such a localised region that it fell between probe locations.
Therefore subject to condition and s106 obligation, this is considered
acceptable.
651. For terraces servicing a mix of uses on-site and for residential and commercial
near to the site:
On site:
- All proposed terraces up to level 14 are suitable for a mixture of frequent
sitting, occasional sitting and standing in summer (with the regions which
are suitable for standing not so extensive as to impact the general
usability of the terrace). This satisfies the target condition.
- Conditions for the level 15 and 16 terraces are suitable for a mixture of
occasional sitting, standing and walking in summer. The regions which
are suitable for walking are a category windier than the target condition,
and sufficiently extensive that they would impact the usability of the
terrace. Mitigation is discussed further in report.
- Conditions for the level 17 terrace are suitable for a mixture of standing
and walking in summer. This is one to two categories windier than the
target condition. Mitigation is discussed further in the report.
- Conditions for the level 18 terrace are suitable for a mixture of occasional
sitting and standing in summer. This satisfies the target condition.
Off site:
- 120 Fleet Street suitable for a mixture of standing and walking in
summer. This is one to two categories windier than the target condition,
however is consistent with the baseline conditions so is not considered
to be attributable to the proposed development.
- Stonecutter Court suitable for a mixture of occasional sitting and
standing in summer. This satisfies the target condition.
- 1 New Street Square - is suitable for a mix of occasional sitting and
standing in summer. This satisfies the target condition.
- Plumtree Court this is suitable for standing in summer. This is one
category windier than the target condition, however is considered
consistent with the baseline conditions therefore not attributable to the
proposed development.
- 3A New Street Square is suitable for occasional sitting in summer. This
satisfies the target condition.
- Pemberton House is suitable for a mix of frequent sitting and
occasional sitting in summer. This satisfies the target condition.
- Boswell House is suitable for frequent sitting in summer. This satisfies
the target condition.
652. There are no instances of strong winds around the proposed development and
the surrounding area.
CFD Scenario 3
653. The comfort levels recorded are not materially different to those for
Configuration 2 (proposed development with Existing Surrounds). This applies
to all thoroughfares, on-site entrances, off-site entrances, on-site benches, off-
site benches, proposed amenity terraces and off-site amenity terraces.
654. There are no instances of strong winds around the proposed development and
nearby surrounding area.
CFD Scenario 4
655. This scenario has tested the proposed landscaping with the proposed
development. The proposed landscaping has only been tested with the
existing surrounds, as there are no material differences between conditions
with existing and cumulative surrounds, so the impact of the landscaping will
be consistent for either existing or cumulative.
656. For ground floor amenity spaces near to site:
On-Site
- The proposed benches by the flexible gym/ auditorium entrance are
suitable for occasional sitting in summer. This now satisfies the target
condition.
657. For amenity (Terraces) spaces near to site:
On-Site
- Conditions for the level 15 and 16 terraces are suitable for a mixture of
frequent sitting, occasional sitting and standing in summer. There is a
highly localised region of walking on the level 16 terrace, however this is
not considered sufficiently extensive to impact the usability of the terrace.
These terraces would now satisfy the target condition.
- Conditions for the level 17 terrace are suitable for a mixture of occasional
sitting and standing in summer. This now satisfies the target condition for
a mixed use terrace. It should be noted that level 17 is proposed to
include a restaurant, and as such there may also be a requirement for
spill-out seating on this terrace. If so, the target condition would be
frequent sitting. This could be achieved by the inclusion of screening
(oriented radially across the terrace) adjacent to any spill out seating
areas. The precise design and location of these screens would be
dependent on the detailed design of the terrace.
658. There are no instances of strong winds around the proposed development and
the surrounding area.
CFD Analysis Conclusion
659. No wind safety risks were identified associated with the proposed
development.
660. Conditions will be either suitable for the intended use or no windier for the
baseline conditions, without landscaping or mitigation measures, for all
thoroughfares, building entrances (both proposed and existing off-site),
existing off-site amenity (both ground level and elevated terraces), the
proposed benches by the main entrance lobby, the proposed benches in
Gunpowder Square, and the majority of the proposed elevated terraces (up to
level 14, plus level 18).
661. Baseline conditions which are unsuitable will be made suitable by the
proposed development for existing benches adjacent to 1 New Street Square
and 120 Fleet Street, and on Stonecutter Street.
662. Conditions for the proposed level 15 and 16 terraces would have regions which
are not suitable when tested without the proposed landscaping, however would
be made suitable by the inclusion of the proposed landscaping scheme.
663. The inclusion of cumulative schemes will not have a material impact on
conditions for either the site or surrounding area, including all thoroughfares,
entrances and amenity spaces.
664. Conditions for the proposed level 17 terrace would not be suitable when tested
without the proposed landscaping, but would be made suitable for use as a
mixed-amenity terrace by the inclusion of the proposed landscaping scheme.
The assessment states that should spill-out restaurant seating be required in
detailed design, it is recommended that screening is incorporated into the
terrace design at that stage. This could be secured by an appropriately worded
detailed landscaping condition.
665. Conditions for the proposed bench outside the flexible gym/auditorium
entrance would be a category windier than the target without the proposed
landscaping, however would be made suitable with the inclusion of the
proposed landscaping scheme.
666. For 120 Fleet Street, there is a small area shown to the north of building on
the western elevation for uncomfortable conditions shown in the windiest
season only. This is shown on the façade of the proposed retail unit to the side
of the entrance. The consultant states there is a highly localised region of red
“uncomfortable” conditions does not extend more than 500mm from the wall of
120 Fleet Street, so is not of sufficient extent to impact the pedestrian
experience in this area and is therefore considered negligible. This region was
picked up in the CFD analysis, but was not picked up by the wind tunnel testing
due to being such a localised region that it fell between probe locations.
667. Therefore subject to condition and s106 obligation, this is considered
acceptable.
Wind Tunnel Analysis
668. Wind tunnel tests were conducted on a 1:300 scale model of the proposed
development. Measurements were taken at up to 260 locations for 36 wind
directions, in 10° increments. For the Wind Tunnel testing, five scenarios have
been tested:
1. Existing site with existing surrounding buildings;
2. Proposed development with existing surrounding buildings;
3. Proposed development with cumulative surrounding buildings;
4. Proposed development with existing surrounding buildings with existing and
proposed landscaping;
5. Proposed development with cumulative surrounding buildings and existing
and proposed landscaping.
669. There would be no occurrences of strong winds at ground level and elevated
levels within the configurations tested.
Wind Tunnel Scenario 1 (existing conditions)
670. For Pedestrian Comfort, the baseline scenario indicates that wind conditions
around the Site range from suitable for frequent sitting to walking use during
the windiest season. Windier walking use conditions occur at the intersection
of Shoe Lane, Stonecutter Street, St Bride Street and Little New Street. During
the summer season, wind conditions are calmer, due to the lower wind speeds
and frequency associated with this period of the year. The wind microclimate
is generally calm on-Site and in the nearby surrounding area due to the
Existing Site being similar in height to that of the nearby surrounding buildings,
which provide beneficial shelter.
671. For Pedestrian thoroughfares on-Site and in the nearby surrounding area
would have wind conditions ranging from frequent sitting to walking use during
the windiest season.
672. For Entrances on-Site and in the nearby surrounding area would have wind
conditions ranging from frequent sitting to walking use in the windiest season.
673. For existing ground level seating areas have wind conditions ranging from
frequent sitting to standing use during the summer season.
674. For off-Site roof level amenity spaces have wind conditions ranging from
frequent sitting to standing use during the summer season.
675. Off-Site roof level seating areas have occasional sitting use wind conditions
during the summer season.
676. There are no areas on-Site or in the nearby surrounding area that have
instances of strong winds exceeding the 15m/s safety threshold for more than
0.022% of the time annually.
Wind Tunnel Scenario 2 (Proposed development with existing surrounding
buildings)
677. For Pedestrian Comfort, with the introduction of the proposed development,
wind conditions would range from frequent sitting to walking use during the
windiest season. The proposed development would provide shelter from the
prevailing south-westerly winds to the nearby surrounding mis-rise buildings,
reducing windiness at the intersection of Shoe Lane, Stonecutter Street, St
Bride Street and Little New Street.
678. For Pedestrian thoroughfares on-Site and in the nearby surrounding areas
would have wind conditions ranging from frequent sitting to walking use during
the windiest season, suitable for the intended use and mitigation measures
would not be required.
679. For Entrances on-Site and in the nearby surrounding areas would have wind
conditions ranging from frequent sitting to standing use during the windiest
season, suitable for the intended use and mitigation measures would not be
required.
680. For Ground Level Amenity Seating, the majority of proposed ground level
seating (benches) would have wind conditions suitable for frequent sitting or
occasional sitting use during the summer season. This would be suitable for
the intended use. One bench location by the entrance to the gym/auditorium
would have standing use wind conditions during the summer season, which
would be one category windier than suitable and mitigation measures would
be required.
681. Off-Site ground level seating areas would have wind conditions ranging from
being suitable for frequent sitting to standing use during the summer season.
Windier than desired standing use wind conditions would occur in the baseline
scenario and it is not considered this would be a result of the introduction of
the proposed development.
682. For Roof Level Amenity - all locations on the terraces of the proposed
development are designated as mixed use, as seating configurations had not
been decided at the time of wind tunnel testing. Terrace locations on the
proposed development would have wind conditions ranging from frequent
sitting to standing use during the summer season. Standing use conditions
would be one category windier than suitable for amenity terrace use.
Therefore, mitigation measures would be required.
683. For Off-Site roof level amenity spaces, these have wind conditions ranging
from frequent sitting to standing use during the summer season. The
introduction of the proposed development would increase windiness at
terraces to the north of the Site. However, no seating areas have been
identified.
684. Off-Site roof level seating areas, these have occasional sitting use wind
conditions during the summer season, suitable for the intended use and
mitigation measures would not be required.
685. There would be no locations on-Site or in the nearby surrounding area of the
Site that have instances of strong winds exceeding the 15m/s safety threshold
for more than 0.022% of the time annually.
Wind Tunnel Scenario 3 (Proposed development with cumulative surrounding
buildings)
686. This configuration includes the Thavies Inn House (21/00885/FULMAJ)
cumulative development that has been identified within 450m of the proposed
development.
687. For Pedestrian Comfort, due to the location of the cumulative scheme being to
the north-west of the proposed development, i.e., not in the prevailing wind
direction, it would have little effect on the wind microclimate on-Site and in the
nearby surrounding area at and around the proposed development. Overall,
with wind conditions being materially the same as those reported in
Configuration 2.
688. Consistent with Configuration 2, there would be no instances of strong winds
exceeding the 15m/s safety threshold for more than 0.022% of the time
annually.
Wind Tunnel Scenario 4 (Proposed development with existing surrounding
buildings with existing and proposed landscaping)
689. For Pedestrian Comfort, overall the introduction of the proposed and existing
landscaping would result in calmer wind conditions across the Site. All ground
level locations would now have wind conditions suitable for the intended use
or similar to those reported in the baseline scenario (Configuration 1).
690. for Ground Level Amenity the introduction of landscaping at the ground level
would result in calmer wind conditions at the seating by the gym/auditorium
entrance, with occasional sitting use wind conditions during the summer
season, suitable for the intended use. No further mitigation would be required.
691. For Roof Level Amenity At the terrace levels, the introduction of landscaping
would lead to an overall reduction in windiness. Locations with standing use
conditions in the summer season in Configuration 2 would no longer persist.
However, there would be four with standing use conditions during the summer
season. Mitigation measures to achieve calmer conditions at these locations
have been recommended.
692. There would be no ground or elevated level locations on-Site or in the nearby
surrounding area of the Site which would have instances of strong winds
exceeding the 15m/s safety threshold for more than 0.022% of the time
annually.
Wind Tunnel Scenario 5 (Proposed development with cumulative surrounding
buildings and existing and proposed landscaping)
693. For Pedestrian Comfort, wind conditions would not materially change from
those reported in Configuration 4.
694. There would be no ground or elevated level locations on-Site and in the nearby
surrounding area of the Site which would have instances of strong winds
exceeding the 15m/s safety threshold for more than 0.022% of the time
annually.
Wind Tunnel mitigation measures
695. Seating areas on terraces on the proposed development should be located in
areas with wind conditions suitable for frequent sitting or occasional sitting use.
Outdoor dining areas, or seating where long-term sitting is expected should be
located in areas with frequent sitting use conditions. Benches or seating where
short-term sitting is expected can be located in areas with frequent sitting or
occasional sitting use conditions.
696. Therefore, mitigation would be required on the higher-level terraces to achieve
sitting use conditions if they are expected to be used for seating.
697. Overall, the majority of ground and elevated levels on-Site and in the nearby
surrounding area would have suitable wind conditions for the intended uses.
However, the elevated terraces of the proposed development would have wind
conditions windier than desired for amenity use (locations on terraces 16 and
17). Mitigation measures have been suggested in the report to help improve
conditions to be more suitable for the desired amenity uses, which are based
on RWDI’s experience of similar schemes:
Increase balustrade height to 2-2.5m tall at Level 16 and 17 terraces;
A number of 2m tall, 50% porous screens spread across the Level 16
and 17 terraces, perpendicular to the façade of the building;
1.2m tall dense planting/hedging/screening around Level 17 restaurant
seating areas (fixed or moveable);
Additional 3m tall trees (deciduous or evergreen) in acceptable areas on
Level 16 and 17 terraces; and/or
At least 50% porous pergola structure to cover Level 17 restaurant
seating area, with porous or solid side screens integrated.
698. Based on RWDI’s previous experience, with these mitigation measures in
place it is expected that wind conditions would be suitable for the desired
amenity uses.
Wind Microclimate Conclusion
699. Conditions in and around the site fulfil the wind safety criteria after the
introduction of the proposed development and are also comfortable for
intended uses, with some exceptions at terraces and balconies and wind
mitigation is recommended, which should make conditions acceptable.
700. Overall, the wind microclimate impact of the proposed development is
considered acceptable. A Wind Audit would be secured in the S106 Agreement
which would require a post-completion audit to assess and compare the results
in the Wind Tunnel test against the result of wind speed assessment carried
out in the vicinity of the site over a specified period, to identify if the completed
development has material adverse effects not identified in the wind tunnel tests
and CFD.
701. It is considered that the microclimate in and around the site, with regard to
wind conditions, would be acceptable in accordance with London Plan Policy
D8, Local Plan Policy DM10.1 and draft City Plan policies S8 and DE2, and
the guidance contained in the Planning Advice Note, Wind Microclimate
Guidelines for Developments in the City of London.
Thermal Comfort Assessment
702. London Plan Policy D8 and D9 and the emerging City Plan 2040 Policy S8
indicate that development proposals should ensure that microclimatic
considerations, including temperature and wind, should be taken into account
in order to encourage people to spend time in a place and that the
environmental impacts of tall buildings - wind, daylight, sunlight penetration
and temperature conditions around the building and neighbourhood- must be
carefully considered and not compromise comfort and the enjoyment of open
spaces and seeks to optimise micro-climatic conditions, addressing solar
glare, daylight and sunlight, wind conditions and thermal comfort and
delivering improvements in air quality and open space. Strategic Policy S15
indicates that buildings and the public realm must be designed to be adaptable
to future climate conditions and resilient to more frequent extreme weather
events. The Thermal Comfort Guidelines for Developments in the City of
London was published in December 2020 which sets out how the thermal
comfort assessment should be carried out.
703. In accordance with the City of London Thermal Comfort Guidelines an outdoor
thermal comfort assessment has been prepared. The technique involves
merging the effects of wind, air temperature, humidity and solar radiation data
at a seasonal level to gain a holistic understanding of Thermal Comfort and
how a microclimatic character of a place actually feels to the public. The
assessment quantifies the thermal comfort conditions within and around the
Site, by comparing the predicted felt temperature values and frequency of
occurrence.
704. The Universal Thermal Climate Index (UTCI) categories have been modified
for the City of London developments. The usage categories for thermal comfort
is set out below and is used to define the categorization of a given location:
705. Three configurations have been assessed including the following.
Configuration 1: existing site with existing surroundings (the baseline);
Configuration 2: proposed development with existing surrounding;
Configuration 3: proposed development with cumulative consented
schemes in the surrounding
Configuration 4: the proposed development with proposed landscaping and
existing surrounding buildings.
706. The following consented schemes are considered sufficiently advanced to be
included in the baseline surrounds (configurations 1 and 2):
120 Fleet Street (21/00538/FULEIA)
Stonecutter Court (18/00878/FULMAJ)
100 And 108 Fetter Lane (21/00534/FULMAJ)
Land Bounded By Fleet Street, Salisbury Court, Salisbury Square,
Primrose Hill & Whitefriars Street (20/00997/FULEIA)
61 - 65 Holborn Viaduct (21/00781/FULMAJ)
14-21 Holborn Viaduct (21/00755/FULMAJ)
Morley House (17/00165/FULMAJ)
707. Thavies Inn House 3 - 4 Holborn Circus (21/00885/FULMAJ) has also been
included in the cumulative surrounds (Configuration 3).
708. Conditions will be either suitable for the intended use or no worse than the
baseline conditions, without landscaping or mitigation measures, for all
building entrances (both proposed and existing off-site), existing off-site
amenity (both ground level and elevated terraces), the proposed benches by
the main office lobby, the proposed benches in Gunpowder Square, and the
majority of the proposed elevated terraces (up to level 14).
709. Baseline conditions which are unsuitable will be made suitable by the
proposed development for existing benches adjacent to 1 New Street Square.
710. Conditions for the proposed bench outside the flexible gym/auditorium
entrance would be a category above the target without the proposed
landscaping, however would be made suitable for the inclusion of the proposed
landscaping scheme.
711. The proposed level 15 to 18 terraces would have regions which are suitable
for short-term use (which is a category above the target condition). The extent
of these regions is reduced by the inclusion of the proposed landscaping, and
the entirety of the terraces would have over 90% acceptable thermal comfort
levels from April to October inclusive.
712. The inclusion of cumulative schemes will not have a material impact on
conditions.
Thermal Comfort Conclusion
713. The simulations indicate that thermal comfort conditions are suitable for their
intended uses.
714. It is considered that the thermal comfort in and around the site, would be
acceptable in accordance with London Plan Policy D8 and Policy D9 and
emerging City Plan policies S8 and S12, and the guidance contained in the
Thermal Comfort Guidelines for Development in the City of London.
Light Pollution
715. Local Plan Policy DM15.7 and draft City Plan 2040 policy DE8 requires that
development should incorporate measures to reduce light spillage particularly
where it would impact adversely on neighbouring occupiers, the wider public
realm and biodiversity.
716. The Lighting SPD 2023, requires that a Lighting Strategy and Lighting Concept
are submitted at application stage. A Lighting Strategy has been submitted
with the application. It is noted that this application was submitted prior to the
adoption of the Lighting SPD and therefore the full documents do not
accompany the application. To ensure that appropriate lighting levels are
achieved externally and internally and to mitigate impacts of public realm and
nearby residential properties, it is considered pertinent that a condition for the
submission of relevant details of a Lighting Concept and Technical Lighting
Design are submitted for approval and must include mitigation for impacts to
nearby residential uses. This will have to be submitted prior to the relevant
works for the building and the details shall accord with the requirements as set
out in the Lighting SPD, including but not limited to details of all external lighting
and internal lighting visible from the public realm or which could impact to
residential amenity and the environment.
717. The Environmental Impact Assessment states there are sensitive receptors at
Pemberton House including bedrooms which face towards the Site. An
assessment of the likely significant light intrusion effects of the proposed
development was therefore undertaken using computer modelling software to
establish how the predicted levels of light intrusion from the proposed
development at these nearby bedroom windows.
718. The assessment states that the temporary lighting used on the Site during the
demolition and construction works will have fewer effects compared to the
completed proposed development.
719. The applicant confirmed that measures to minimise light spill and glare will be
adopted during the works where required, including use of baffles / shields,
directional lighting and advanced notice / prior notification of works that will
require construction lighting in proximity to sensitive receptors and post-
installation checks, to ensure that any temporary lighting is suitably controlled
and that these measures will be included in the Construction Environmental
Management Plan.
720. Overall, the assessment found that light intrusion effects arising from the
proposed development are of moderate to major adverse significance.
However the assessment assumed a ‘typical’ lighting design and also
assumed that all lights are switched on at the same time and no blinds or
shading devices are installed. It also assumed that all lights remain on after
11pm.
721. Therefore the assessment states that this represents a reasonable worst case
scenario and the effects are likely to be materially lower in reality when one
takes into account of a mitigation scheme that would be deployed as part of
good building management practices.
722. The applicant states that the lighting will be designed wherever possible to
comply with the Institute of Lighting Professionals Guidelines and to reduce
the potential effects on residents of Pemberton House, such that the likely
effect of the proposed development after mitigation will likely be minor adverse
and therefore not significant.
723. A condition is recommended to ensure that impacts to residents and other
sensitive receptors are mitigated including compliance with the Lighting SPD.
Air quality
724. Local Plan 2015 policy CS15 seeks to ensure that developments positively
address air quality. Policy DE1 of the draft City Plan 2040 states that London
Plan carbon emissions and air quality requirements should be met on sites and
policy HL2 requires all development to be at least Air Quality Neutral,
developers will be expected to install non-combustion energy technology
where available, construction and deconstruction must minimise air quality
impacts and all combustion flues should terminate above the roof height of the
tallest part of the development. The requirements to positively address air
quality and be air quality neutral are supported by policy SI of the London Plan.
725. This report presents the findings of the assessment, which addresses the
potential air quality impacts during both the construction and operational
stages of the proposed development. The assessment states the proposed
development is air quality neutral.
726. A qualitative assessment of construction phase impacts has been carried out.
There is a Medium risk of dust soiling and Low risk of fugitive PM10 emissions
during the demolition, earthworks, construction and trackout phases. Through
good site practice, the implementation of suitable mitigation measures, the
impact of dust and PM10 releases will be minimised. The assessment states
that the residual effect of the construction phase on air quality is therefore not
considered significant.
727. A qualitative assessment of odour emissions has been carried out to consider
potential emissions from the Restaurant. A small source of odour potential with
a highly effective pathway was identified. The risk of odour exposure for the
existing receptors in the vicinity of the Site was found to be Low risk.
728. As the road traffic generated by the proposed development does not breach
the threshold detailed in the IAQM and EPUK Air Quality Planning Guidance
(See Table 3.7) and there is no on-site combustion plant proposed for the
provision of heating and hot water, detailed dispersion modelling was scoped
out of the assessment.
729. The proposed development incorporates Air Source Heat Pumps providing
heating and cooling, water-to-water heat pumps providing DHW, with heat
recovery, and photovoltaics on the roof. While the sustainability report states
the proposed development is an all-electric scheme and does not incorporate
any on-site combustion plant such as combined heat and power (CHP) and
boilers, it does however include a back-up diesel fired generator for life-safety
purposes.
730. The Air Quality Impact Assessment states that the back up emergency
generator is excluded from specified generator controls of the Medium
Combustion Plant Directive (MCPD), however as it has a capacity of over 1MW
it will require a MCP permit by the appropriate deadline.
731. The City’s Air Quality Officer has raised no objection subject to conditions
including for generators, combustion flues, and Non-Road Mobile Machinery
Register.
732. In light of the above and subject to conditions, the proposed development
would accord with Local plan policy CS15, policies HL2 and DE1 of the draft
City Plan 2040 and SI 1 of the London Plan which all seek to improve air
quality.
Noise and Vibration
733. Local Plan 2015 policy DM15.7, and London Plan policies D13 and D14 require
developers to consider the impact of their developments on the noise
environment. It should be ensured that operational noise does not adversely
affect neighbours and that any noise from plant should be at least 10dBa below
background noise levels.
734. An Acoustic Assessment has been submitted which provides an outline
assessment of the impact of noise and vibration from the mechanical plant on
the surrounding area. The assessment also includes an assessment of
breakout noise from the proposed uses.
735. Generally, in City redevelopment schemes, most noise and vibration issues
occur during demolition and early construction phases. Noise and vibration
mitigation, including control over working hours, types of equipment used,
would be in included in Schemes of protective works for Demolition and
Construction Logistics Plan to be approved by condition. Concerns have been
raised from the nearby residents regarding noise and dust during construction.
736. The Environmental Health team have been consulted and have recommended
conditions to ensure that the residential amenity of the neighbouring occupiers
is preserved.
737. Subject to the proposed conditions, the proposals would comply with London
Plan Policy D13 and D14, Local Plan Policy DM15.7 and draft City Plan 2040
Policy HL3.
Health Impact Assessment
738. Policy HL9 of the draft City Plan 2040 requires major developments to submit
a Healthy City Plan Checklist to assess potential health impacts resulting from
proposed developments.
739. Policy GG3 pf the London Plan states thatTo improve Londoners’ health and
reduce health inequalities, those involved in planning and development must:
assess the potential impacts of development proposals and Development
Plans on the mental and physical health and wellbeing of communities, in order
to mitigate any potential negative impacts, maximise potential positive impacts,
and help reduce health inequalities, for example through the use of Health
Impact Assessments”.
740. The applicants have submitted a Health Impact Assessment (HIA) assessing
whether effects identified in other relevant technical assessments submitted
as part of the application would result in health effects.
741. In evaluating the health impacts of the proposed development, the HIA has
addressed the 42 questions raised by the CoL HIA checklist.
742. In summary, positive health impacts namely relate to:
Provision of new jobs associated with an increase in commercial floorspace,
supporting local employment opportunities
Enhancements to public realm creating a safer and more accessible
environment.
Location of the Site is able to support active and public transport use.
Enhancement to the existing library to provide a new offering to residents
and visitors, along with benefits to local organisations who can utilise
meeting spaces and resources of the library.
Emphasis on sustainable development during both the construction and
operation of the building.
Being a car-free development, minimising vehicles travelling to the Site and
reducing emissions to improve local air quality
Considerations of inclusive design principles.
743. Across the 42 questions, 10 criteria were considered to not be relevant to the
proposed development. Of the remaining 32 criteria, the proposed
development is anticipated to have the following health impacts: 29 positive
impacts; 3 neutral impacts; and no negative impact (with a neutral residual
impact following mitigation measures).
744. It is considered that any potential negative impacts would need to be mitigated
during the demolition, construction and operational phases, for example by
employment of a scheme for protecting nearby residents from noise, dust and
other environmental effects to mitigate dust emissions and address any
adverse amenity impacts arising from demolition and construction. It is
therefore considered that the impacts would be mitigated so far as possible by
the requirements of relevant conditions and S106 obligations.
745. Overall, it is considered that the development seeks to improve the health and
addresses health inequalities. The residual impact would be acceptable, and
the proposals would comply with London Plan policy GG3 and draft City Plan
2040 policy S1.
Safety and Security
746. The application is supported by a Security Needs Assessment. Through the
assessment the specific risks to the proposal have been identified and security
improvements have been recommended.
747. The security risk profile of the proposed development is aligned to that of
similar mixed retail and commercial office development within the CoL. This
assessment did not ascertain any information which suggested that the
Applicant’s assets specifically, or the immediate area surrounding the Site is
being targeted by any particular group although the risk profile of the area will
ultimately be influenced by future users, occupants and tenants.
748. This report also outlines a list of security recommendations to mitigate the
threats outlined by the security consultant.
749. Further details of the overall security strategy will be required by condition and
a Cultural Management Plan secured by S106.
750. The City Police were consulted and confirmed they have met with the security
consultant and the Architect on this project and provided feedback to them.
751. The proposal includes terraces at all levels from level 1. The terraces have
been designed in line with the City of London Corporation Precenting Suicides
in High Rise Buildings and Structures planning advice note. The balustrading
of the office terraces is at least 1400 mm which levels 17 and 18 increased to
at least 1800mm. However the wind assessment makes further
recommendations to mitigate impacts including an increase balustrade height
to 2-2.5m tall at Level 16 and 17 terraces.
752. In addition, the proposed terrace planters are mainly located at the edge of the
terraces where there are sheer drop which acts as a deterrent from accessing
the edge of the building. The tapering form of the building means that the
majority of the accessible terrace balustrading is guarding a single storey
change in level. The applicant has confirmed that the planters are set a
minimum of 600mm from the balustrade so that these would not provide a step
up to the balustrade and maintain a suitable zone for maintenance access.
753. Further detail regarding suicide prevention would be secured via condition.
754. The proposal, subject to conditions and S106 obligations is considered to be
in accordance with policy DM3.2 and draft City Plan strategic policy S2 and
policies SA1 and SA3.
Fire Statement
755. A Fire Statement has been submitted outlining the fire safety strategy for the
building.
756. The City District Surveyor’s office has reviewed the submitted fire statement
and has raised no objections.
757. It is considered that the statement adequately covers the relevant fire aspects
of the design and is in accordance with policies D5 and D12 of the London
Plan. The Fire Statement is therefore adequate for the planning stage.
Land contamination
758. Policy DM 15.8 of the Local Plan states that “Where development involves
ground works or the creation of open spaces, developers will be expected to
carry out a detailed site investigation to establish whether the site is
contaminated and to determine the potential for pollution of the water
environment or harm to human health and non-human receptors. Suitable
mitigation must be identified to remediate any contaminated land and prevent
potential adverse impacts of the development on human and non-human
receptors, land or water quality.The same requirements are also set out in
Policy HL4 of the City Plan.
759. The application supported by a Phase 1 Contamination Report and a
preliminary qualitative risk assessment and conceptual site model has been
produced for the Site, which indicates a low to low/moderate risk to the
identified receptors. The below ground works required as part of the proposed
redevelopment of the Site are anticipated to be minimal and related to ground
investigation only.
760. The report recommends for this ground investigation including a borehole
survey within the existing basement footprint (including validation of the
existing foundations), and trial pitting in external areas where soft landscaping
is proposed to allow sampling and chemical testing of the shallow soils. The
findings of the ground investigation should be presented in a Geotechnical and
Geoenvironmental Interpretative Report (GGIR), to inform a subsequent
Detailed Foundation Settlement Analysis, which should assess the feasibility
and predicted ground movements resulting from the development works.
761. A Preliminary UXO (Unexploded Ordnance) Risk Assessment for the Site
indicates a high risk, and therefore further assessment is recommended, in the
form of a Detailed UXO Risk Assessment. This assessment would be required
prior to completion of the borehole survey (not needed for the trial pits) to
determine whether special UXO supervision of the borehole drilling is required;
or whether the basement already extends beyond maximum bomb penetration
depth (in which case, no further UXO risk-mitigation measures would be
required). This is secured by condition.
762. The Environmental Health Officer has been consulted and has suggested the
imposition of a condition to submit an investigation and risk assessment to
establish if the site is contaminated and to determine the potential for pollution
prior to any works except demolition. Where remediation is required this would
have to completed and a verification report to be submitted to the Local
Planning Authority for approval.
763. Therefore subject to conditions, this is considered acceptable.
Planning Obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy
764. The proposed development would require planning obligations to be secured
in a Section 106 agreement to mitigate the impact of the development to make
it acceptable in planning terms. Contributions would be used to improve the
City’s environment and facilities. The proposal would also result in payment of
the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) to help fund the provision of
infrastructure in the City of London.
765. These contributions would be in accordance with Supplementary Planning
Documents (SPDs) adopted by the Mayor of London and the City.
766. On the 1
st
of April 2019 the Mayoral CIL 2 (MCIL2) superseded the Mayor of
London’s CIL and associated section 106 planning obligations charging
schedule. Therefore, the Mayor will be collecting funding for Crossrail 1 and
Crossrail 2 under the provisions of the Community Infrastructure Levy
regulations 2010 (as amended).
767. CIL contributions and City of London Planning obligations are set out below.
MCIL2 Calculation
Liability in
accordance with
the Mayor of
London’s policies
Contribution
(excl.
indexation)
Forwarded to the
Mayor
City’s charge for
administration
and monitoring
MCIL2 payable
£5,512,352.84
£5,291,858.73
£220,494.11
City CIL and S106 Planning Obligations
Liability in accordance
with the City of London’s
policies
Contribution
(excl. indexation)
Available for
allocation
Retained for
administration
and
monitoring
City CIL
£2,426,017.50
£2,304,716.63
£121,300.88
City Planning Obligations
Affordable Housing
£1,617,345.00
£1,601,171.55
£16,173.45
Local, Training, Skills and
Job Brokerage
£970,407
£960,702.93
£9,704.07
Carbon Reduction Shortfall
(as designed)
Not indexed
£443,175.00
£443,175.00
£0
Section 278 (Evaluation and
Design Fee)
Not indexed
£100,000.00
£100,000.00
£0
Area-Specific Security
Mitigation
Not indexed
£323,469.00
£320,234.31
£3,234.69
S106 Monitoring Charge
(additional Heads of Terms)
£6,250.00
£0.00
£6,250.00
Total liability in
accordance with the City
of London’s policies
£5,886,663.50
£5,730,000.42
£156,663.09
City Planning Obligations
768. The obligations set out below are required in accordance with the CoL’s
Planning Obligations SPD 2021. They are necessary to make the application
acceptable in planning terms, directly related to the development and fairly and
reasonably related in scale and kind to the development to meet the tests
under regulation 122 of The Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations 2010
and government policy.
Heads of terms
Affordable Housing Contribution - £1,601,171.55 (exc. Indexation)
Local, Training, Skills and Job Brokerage Contribution - £960,702.93 (exc.
Indexation)
Carbon Reduction Shortfall (as designed) - £443,175.00
Section 278 (Evaluation and Design Fee) - £100,000.00
Area-Specific Security Mitigation - £320,234.31 (exc. Indexation)
S106 Monitoring Charge - £35,362.21 (exc. Indexation)
Highway Reparation and other Highways obligations
Local Procurement Strategy
Employment and Skills Plan (Demolition and Construction)
Delivery and Servicing Management Plan (including Consolidation)
Travel and Cycle Promotion Plan
Cycle Hire Contribution - £220,000 (exc. Indexation)
Cultural, Public Realm and Visitor Management Plan
Construction Monitoring Costs (£53,820 for First Year of development and
£46,460 for subsequent years)
‘Be Seen’ Energy Performance Monitoring
Utility Connections to the Development
S278 Agreement (CoL)
Legible London Contribution (£45,000)
City Walkway Rescindment Arrangements
Public Realm Improvements and Access Arrangements
Relocation of Shoe Lane Library
New Shoe Lane Library Management Plan
Decanting Strategy and Lease Arrangements
Affordable Workspace, Roof Terrace and Cultural Benefits
Implementation Strategy
Affordable Workspace Management Plan
Affordable Workspace Contribution £90,000 (exc. Indexation)
Auditorium Management Plan or Gym Management Plan
Lift and Changing Places Toilet Maintenance Contribution / Maintenance
Changing Places Toilet Management Plan
Roof Terrace Management Plan
Wind Audit Assessment
Tree planting
Shoe Lane Library Fallback financial security sum to include:
o Officer and other associated external staff time from the date of
completion of this agreement to the date the Permanent New Library is
open to the public for all officer time spent dealing with the relocation of
the library,
o Contact with suppliers to determine early termination costs,
disconnection and connection fees, new lease or service agreements
and any new equipment cost including internet, phone, cable, utilities,
parking, copy machine lease, cleaning, security, vending and other
services,
o Interior design,
o Project management costs,
o Removal company costs of packing, transporting, storage and
unpacking of stock, furniture, and any other items necessary for the
function of the library,
o preparation of inventories, specifications, and updates,
o Marketing and notifications of each move,
o Signage,
o Consultant costs,
o Moving insurance,
o Legal expenses,
o Identification cost for a suitable new building (as agreed with the City of
London) and associated costs of planning permission, architects,
agents, lease agreements, utility connection costs and other relevant
matters
o Rent and fit out costs for the period of the lease.
769. The scope of the s278 agreement may include, but is not limited to (subject to
evaluation and design work):
Further analysis for footways as part of the proposed Section 278 works
including updated pedestrian counts should be undertaken.
Gunpowder Square
Provision of planters, seating, landscaping and tree planting
Reconstruction of the surface/paving
Re-location and re-provision of the existing cannon
Provision of benches, seating and cycle stands
Removal of redundant bollards
Provision of lighting
Provision of public art and heritage interpretation
Highways drainage works feasibility study and survey of the
ground works and details for the locations and species for trees
in Gunpowder Square to ensure that the new trees are
deliverable, and to provide at least four trees in Gunpowder
Square of species with large canopy and additional trees subject
to feasibility, to be agreed with City Gardens Teams including 20
year commuted sum for tree maintenance.
Wine Office Court
Provision of Cycle stands
Ramp & access arrangements (maintained by the developer for
the lifespan of the development)
Provision of lighting
Reinstatement of paved areas
Removal of redundant bollards
Shoe Lane
Reinstatement of paved areas
Removal of redundant bollards
Little New Street
Relocation of blue badge parking bays (subject to evaluation and
design)
Reinstatement of paved areas
All locations
Installation of all the public realm works within the public highway,
as per the planning approval, including implementation of
landscaping, trees, planters, planting, seating, installation of
public art and any other associated works
Repaving of footways
Resurfacing of the carriageways at the locations
Reinstatement of Road Markings
Improvements to drainage
Improvements to lighting
Improvements to safety per ATZ observations received for the
application
Removal of bollards
Further analysis for footways as part of the proposed Section 278
works including updated pedestrian counts should be undertaken.
770. The applicant has proposed planters with balustrade to accommodate the
changes in levels between Shoe Lane and Wine Office Court. The details of
its construction will be addressed during the detailed design of the S278 project
and subject to feasibility.
771. And any other associated highway works deemed necessary to integrate
highways arrangements.
Monitoring and Administrative Costs
772. A 10-year repayment period would be required whereby any unallocated sums
would be returned to the applicant 10 years after practical completion of the
development. Some funds may be set aside for future maintenance purposes.
773. The applicant will pay the City of London’s legal costs and the City Planning
Officer’s administration costs incurred in the negotiation, execution and
monitoring of the legal agreement and strategies.
774. It is requested that delegated authority is given to officers to continue to
negotiate and agree the terms of the proposed obligations as necessary and
enter into the S106 and S278 agreements.
The Public Sector Equality Duty (section 149 of the Equality Act 2010)
775. The City, as a public authority must, in the exercise of its functions, have due
regard to the need to:
Eliminate discrimination, harassment, victimisation and any other conduct
that is prohibited by or under this Act;
Advance equality of opportunity between persons who share a relevant
protected characteristic and persons who do not share it;
Foster good relations between persons who share a relevant protected
characteristic and persons who do not share it.
776. The characteristics protected by the Equality Act are age, disability, gender,
reassignment, pregnancy and maternity, race, religion or beliefs, sex and
sexual orientation.
777. It is the view of officers that a decision to grant permission, subject to a
conditions and section 106 obligations, would remove or minimise
disadvantages suffered by persons who suffer from a disability and in
particular mobility impairment by providing enhanced and accessible public
realm. The provision of an enhanced library and public realm, affordable
workspace, and free access to the rooftop for the library and community groups
would advance equality of opportunity.
Human Rights Act 1998
778. It is unlawful for the City, as a public authority, to act in a way which is
incompatible with a Convention right (being the rights set out in the European
Convention on Human Rights (“ECHR”)).
779. Insofar as the grant of planning permission will result in interference with the
right to private and family life (Article 8 of the ECHR) including by causing harm
to the residential amenity of those living in nearby residential properties, it is
the view of officers that such interference is necessary in order to secure the
benefits of the scheme and therefore necessary in the interests of the
economic well-being of the country, and proportionate. Although it is
recognised that the development would have some impact on the amenities of
the nearby residents, by way of loss of light and noise and disturbance during
constructions, it is not considered that the proposal would result in
unacceptable impact on the existing use of nearby residential properties to an
extent that would warrant refusal of the application on those grounds. As such,
the extent of harm is not considered to be unacceptable and does not cause
the proposals to conflict with Local Plan Policy DM10.7 and Policies DE7 and
DE8 of the draft City Plan 2040. It is considered that the public benefits of the
scheme, including the provision of additional office floorspace within the
proposed development, meeting Local Plan ambitions for further office
floorspace contributing to the City’s primary business and professional
services function, and the provision of a community/cultural offer and
affordable workspace outweighs the adverse impacts on nearby residential
properties and that such impact is necessary in the interests of the economic
well-being of the country and is proportionate.
780. Insofar as the grant of planning permission will result in interference with
property rights (Article 1 Protocol 1) including by interference arising through
impact on daylight and sunlight or other impact on adjoining properties, it is the
view of officers that such interference, in these circumstances, is in the public
interest and proportionate.
Conclusions and Overall Planning Balance
781. The proposal has been assessed in accordance with the relevant statutory
duties and having regard to the Development Plan and other relevant policies
and guidance, SPDs and SPGs and relevant advice including the NPPF, the
draft Local Plan and considering all other material considerations.
782. The scheme would provide a total of 58,411sq.m GEA floorspace, comprising
44,105sq.m of office floorspace providing a significant amount of flexible
Grade A office floorspace, an uplift on the site of both quality and quantity of
office floorspace. Therefore, the proposed development would support the
strategic objectives of the development plan and the emerging City Plan. The
economic benefits of the proposed development would be material and would
weigh in favour of the proposed development.
783. The proposed development would also provide retail uses at the site with
enhanced active retail frontage Therefore, the proposal would support the
main function of the City and the aims of the development plan to support
mixed commercial uses within the office-led development at ground floor to
activate street spaces, which would contribute to the City’s economy and
character and also provide support for the businesses, workers and residents.
784. A total of 49 responses from the public were received. This comprised four
objections and two neutral comments which raised residential amenity impacts
including for overlooking, daylight and the construction period. Officers have
considered these issues and recommended conditions and Section 106
obligations to mitigate impacts. A total of 43 responses supporting the
proposals were received, these all state: “I am writing to share my support for
the Hill House proposals” with some responses also highlighting support for
the rooftop restaurant, new public realm and library proposals.
785. The proposed development would deliver a high quality, energy efficient
development that is on track to achieve “outstanding” BREEAM assessment
ratings for all uses, in compliance with London Plan policy SI 2, Local Plan
policy CS15 as well as Draft City Plan 2040 policy DE1. The proposals cannot
meet the London Plan target of 35% operational carbon emission savings
compared to a Part L 2021 compliant scheme which the GLA acknowledges
will initially be difficult to achieve for commercial schemes. However, the
proposed energy efficiency and MEP strategy would perform highly, with an
innovative façade system that would provide both operational and embodied
carbon efficiency and an additional opportunity to use timber for internal
elements.
786. The assessment of options, carried out in compliance with the Carbon Options
Guidance 2023, confirmed that although the preferred proposal would result in
the highest whole life-cycle carbon emissions out of the 4 options, none of the
other options would be able to deliver the holistic sustainability benefits that
would complement the repositioning of the emerging Fleet Valley area into a
vibrant, healthy and sustainable new part of the City. The planning stage whole
life-cycle carbon emissions are calculated to reach close to the GLA’s
Aspirational Benchmark, and opportunities to maximise the reuse of
deconstruction materials from the site and from other reuse sources have been
identified to mitigate impacts of redevelopment. The proposal therefore would
satisfy the GLA’s circular economy principles and London Plan policy SI 7,
Local Plan policy CS15 and DM17.2, and Draft City Plan 2040 policy CE1. The
building design responds well to climate change resilience by reducing solar
gain, saving water resources and various opportunities for urban greening and
biodiversity and complies with London Plan Policies G5 SI 4, SI 5 and SI 13,
Local Plan policies DM18.1, DM18.2, CS19, DM19.2, and Draft City Plan 2040
polices S14, OS1, OS2, OS3, S15, CR1, CR3.
787. The proposal will result in the loss of City Walkway through the site. Policy DM
16.2 resists the loss of pedestrian routes unless an alternative public
pedestrian route of at least an equivalent standard is provided. An alternative
route is not proposed by the applicant and therefore there is considered to be
some non-compliance with part ‘2’ of this policy. However additional public
realm space is to be re-provided around the periphery of the building as part
of an enhanced public realm.
788. The pedestrian comfort results indicate that there is to be no change in the
pedestrian comfort level of the assessed footways at Little New Street and
Shoe Lane and there will be a slight reduction in the pedestrian comfort level
for Printer Street from an ‘A’ to an ‘A-‘, which is considered immaterial and is
still within an acceptable and comfortable range. Overall, the public realm
works will result in a positive and beneficial impact on pedestrians and users
of the space, which would include users not directly associated with the
proposed development. However Officers consider that footways should be
considered in more detail as part of the proposed Section 278 works including
updated pedestrian counts should be undertaken.
789. The proposal would deliver 750 long stay cycle parking spaces and a minimum
of 113 short stay spaces, which is London Plan compliant. This is in addition
to the reprovision of the existing 24 cycle parking spaces located on Wine
Office Court. Therefore the provision is considered to be adequate and
improved external short stay parking would be provided.
790. The transport proposals are considered acceptable subject to conditions and
section 106 obligations including Construction Logistics Details to mitigate
impacts to nearby uses and residents. The works to public highway would be
secured through a Section 278 agreement.
791. The Twentieth Century Society objected to the proposals on heritage grounds.
Historic England responded to the consultation raising concerns on heritage
grounds and identifying harm to heritage assets. In addition, St Paul’s
Cathedral responded to identify harm to heritage assets.
792. The City’s long-term, plan-led approach to tall buildings is to cluster them to
minimise heritage impacts and maximise good growth. As such, the adopted
Local Plan seeks to consolidate tall buildings into a singular, coherent City
Cluster (Local Plan policies CS7 and CS14 (1)), an approach carried forward
in the emerging City Plan 2040 with the addition of a smaller proposed Cluster
in the Holborn and Fleet Valley area at Policy S12 and S21.
793. The application site falls outside the ‘Eastern Cluster/City Cluster’ policy areas
in the adopted Local Plan and emerging City Plan Policy CS7, but does fall
within the proposed Holborn and Fleet Valley Cluster in the emerging City Plan
Policy S12. At 94.80m AOD, the proposal would exceed the highest of the
contours of the proposed Cluster (90m AOD) by 4.8m and there would
therefore be a degree of conflict with emerging policy S12 (3) of the 2040 Plan.
The emerging 2040 City Plan has not yet gone through Regulation 19
consultation and as set out is considered to be a material consideration
afforded limited weight.
794. It is considered the proposal would conform to the City’s plan-led approach as
the site is in an area effectively identified by the 2015 Local Plan as appropriate
for a tall building and within the emerging City Plan 2040 Policy S12 and
notwithstanding the degree of conflict identified with emerging City Plan 2040
policy S12 (3) with regards to height. The proposal is considered to comply
with London Plan policy D9 (C) and (D).
795. Officers consider that the architectural design of the building would be
compatible with the existing context, being read as a well-layered piece of
design, which celebrates moments in the public realm. Officers consider that
the sculptural form of the building's massing, which breaks the building down
into a series of different elements is successful, and responsive to its context,
while also delivering a unique piece of architecture with its own identity and
well-articulated facades.
796. Overall, it is considered that the proposal would make the best use of land,
following a design-led approach that optimises the site capacity to
accommodate employment growth and would increase the amount of high-
quality office space. The proposals align with the function of the City to
accommodate substantial growth in accordance with Local Plan Policies CS1:
Offices and London Plan Policies SD4, SD5 and E1.
797. The architecture and urban design proposals comply with Local Plan Policies
CS10 and DM10.1, DM19.1 emerging City Plan Policy S8, DE2, HL1, DE3,
and London Plan Policy D3 and D8, paragraphs 130 and 132 of the NPPF and
the City Public Realm SPD all require high-quality public realm and increased
urban greening.
798. Officers consider that the proposal would preserve all relevant strategic views
in accordance with London Plan Policy CS13, City Plan policy S13 London
Plan Policy HC4 and associated guidance in the LVMF SPG and Protected
View SPD. The proposal would not harm the characteristics and composition
of relevant strategic views and their landmark elements.
799. The proposals would preserve the significance (via change in the setting) of
heritage assets and an appreciation of it. As such, they would accord with
Local Plan policies CS12 and DM12.1, emerging City Plan 2040 policies S11
and HE1, London Plan policy HC1, having accounted for and paying special
regard to s.66 (1) of the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas)
Act 1990 and the relevant NPPF policies.
800. Two wind assessments were undertaken: a Computational Fluid Dynamics
(CFD) and Wind Tunnel. No wind safety risks were identified associated with
the proposed development. In both assessments, there would be no locations
on-Site or in the nearby surrounding area that would have instances of strong
winds exceeding the 15m/s safety threshold for more than 0.022% of the time
annually.
801. For the wind tunnel, with the inclusion of the proposed development the
majority of locations would have wind conditions suitable for the intended use.
Bench seating by the gym/auditorium entrance and higher-level terrace
locations would have wind conditions one category windier than suitable. With
the existing and proposed landscaping in place, all ground level locations
would have suitable wind conditions for the intended use and no mitigation
would be required. On the terrace levels the majority of areas would have
suitable wind conditions for terrace use. However, a number of locations would
have wind conditions windier than suitable for amenity use. Mitigation
measures have been suggested and with these mitigation measures in place
it is expected that wind conditions would be suitable for the desired amenity
uses.
802. The CFD found that conditions will be either suitable for the intended use or
no windier for the baseline conditions, without landscaping or mitigation
measures, for all thoroughfares, building entrances (both proposed and
existing off-site), existing off-site amenity (both ground level and elevated
terraces), the proposed benches by the main entrance lobby, the proposed
benches in Gunpowder Square, and the majority of the proposed elevated
terraces (up to level 14, plus level 18). The baseline conditions which are
unsuitable will be made suitable by the proposed development for existing
benches adjacent to 1 New Street Square and 120 Fleet Street, and on
Stonecutter Street. This is a beneficial impact of the proposed development.
Conditions for the proposed level 15 and 16 terraces would have regions which
are not suitable when tested without the proposed landscaping, but would be
made suitable by the inclusion of the proposed landscaping scheme.
Conditions for the proposed level 17 terrace would not be suitable when tested
without the proposed landscaping, but would be made suitable for use as a
mixed-amenity terrace by the inclusion of the proposed landscaping scheme.
Should spill-out restaurant seating be required in detailed design, it is
recommended that screening is incorporated into the terrace design at that
stage. This could be secured by an appropriately worded detailed landscaping
condition. Conditions for the proposed bench outside the flexible
gym/auditorium entrance would be a category windier than the target without
the proposed landscaping, but would be made suitable with the inclusion of
the proposed landscaping scheme.
803. For the CFD, at 120 Fleet Street, there is a small area shown to the north of
building on the western elevation for uncomfortable conditions shown in the
windiest season only. This is shown on the façade of the proposed retail unit
to the side of the entrance. The consultant states there is a highly localised
region of red “uncomfortable” conditions does not extend more than 500mm
from the wall of 120 Fleet Street, so is not of sufficient extent to impact the
pedestrian experience in this area and is therefore considered negligible. This
region was picked up in the CFD analysis, but was not picked up by the wind
tunnel testing due to being such a localised region that it fell between probe
locations.
804. Therefore subject to condition and s106 obligation, the wind microclimate
impacts are considered acceptable.
805. With regard to impacts on daylight and sunlight to nearby residential
properties, these would experience minor to major adverse effects. Despite
failures against the BRE guidelines, it is not considered that the proposal would
result in an unacceptable impact on the existing use of the properties in the
context of the location of the site in a dense urban area. In addition, an
independent review was undertaken for the results that concluded that the
results are not considered unacceptable in the urban context. As such, the
impacts are considered to be such that to cause the proposals to conflict with
Local Plan Policy DM10.7 and Policy DE7 of the draft City Plan 2040.
806. It is considered that the thermal comfort in and around the site, would be
acceptable in accordance with London Plan Policy D8 and Policy D9 and
emerging City Plan policies S8 and S12, and the guidance contained in the
Thermal Comfort Guidelines for Development in the City of London.
807. A Solar Glare Assessment has been submitted. It states that occurrences of
solar glare at angles beyond 30 degrees would be of little significance in most
situations and if the angle between the driver’s line of view and the reflected
sun is less than 10 degrees, solar glare could be a significant issue. The
analysis states that the likelihood of experiencing solar glare throughout the
year is relatively minimal, and even in cases where it does occur, it is at angles
greater than 30 degrees. Therefore impacts are considered acceptable.
808. Local Plan Policy DM15.7 and draft City Plan 2040 policy DE8 requires that
development should incorporate measures to reduce light spillage particularly
where it would impact adversely on neighbouring occupiers. An assessment
of lighting impacts was undertaken by the applicant and identifies sensitive
receptors at Pemberton House including bedrooms which face towards the
Site. An assessment of the likely significant light intrusion effects of the
proposed development are of moderate to major adverse significance.
However the assessment assumed a ‘typical’ lighting design and also
assumed that all lights are switched on at the same time and no blinds or
shading devices are installed. It also assumed that all lights remain on after
11pm. Therefore the assessment states that this represents a reasonable
worst case scenario and the effects are likely to be materially lower in reality
when one takes into account of a mitigation scheme that would be deployed
as part of good building management practices.
809. The applicant states that the lighting will be designed to reduce the potential
effects on residents of Pemberton House, such that the likely effect of the
proposed development after mitigation will likely be minor adverse and
therefore not significant. Conditions are recommended to ensure that impacts
to residents and other sensitive receptors are mitigated including compliance
with the Lighting SPD. Subject to detailed design and conditions, the impacts
are considered acceptable.
810. There are a range of benefits associated with the proposal which includes the
delivery of:
An enhanced library offer with potential to generate income from meeting
rooms;
Potential for affordable workspace at the site to be managed by the library
to generate income;
Exclusive managed use of the level 18 amenity space and rooftop for
library use and for community events;
A Changing Places Toilet;
A flexible gym/ auditorium use with offer for discounted use for qualifying
groups and users;
Public realm improvements including an enhanced Gunpowder Square;
Provision of public art.
811. The principle of high-quality Grade A office, flexible retail and gym/auditorium
floorspace are acceptable and would be secured through condition.
812. It is considered that the proposal would make the best use of land, following a
design-led approach that optimises the site’s capacity to accommodate growth
and attractive office space, in accordance with the Local and London Plan
Policies.
813. It is considered the proposal would constitute Good Growth by design in
accordance with Local Plan Policies CS 10 and DM 10.1, emerging City Plan
Policy S8 and DE2 and London Plan D3, the policies contained in the NPPF
and guidance in the National Design Guide, contextualised by the London Plan
Good Growth objectives, GG1-6. The proposals would also align with the
mandate of Destination City by improving the public realm and creating a new
sense of place in this corner of the City of London.
814. Overall, the proposal would optimise the use of land to deliver a transformative
new mixed-use destination for the area. It would result in a diverse mix of use,
with curated and programmed publicly accessible spaces, both internal and
external, and an improved library for the City. It would deliver an enhanced
public realm, enhancing convenience, comfort and attractiveness in a manner
which optimises active travel and the City’s public realm objectives.
815. The improvements to the public realm represent good place making and there
would be gains qualitatively compliant with the NPPF design policies, London
Plan policies, Local Plan policies, Draft City Plan policies, the City Public
Realm SPD.
816. Objections have been received from nearby residents, objecting mainly on the
grounds of noise, disturbance, dust, impact to residential amenity, overlooking,
and loss of daylight and sunlight. This report has considered these impacts,
including any requisite mitigation which would be secured by conditions and
S106 obligations.
817. Negative impacts during construction would be controlled as far as possible by
the implementation of Schemes of protective works for demolition and
construction and a Construction Logistics Plan and good site practices
embodied therein. It is recognised that there are inevitable, albeit temporary
consequences of development in a tight-knit urban environment. Post
construction, compliance with planning conditions and S106 obligations would
minimise any adverse impacts.
818. The scheme would provide benefits through CIL for improvements to the public
realm, housing and other local facilities and measures. That payment of CIL is
a local finance consideration which weighs in favour of the scheme. In addition
to general planning obligations there would be site specific measures secured
in the S106 Agreement.
819. Although there is some non-compliance with parts of heritage and pedestrian
movement policies, it is the view of Officers that as the proposal complies with
the Development Plan when considered as a whole and as material planning
considerations weigh in favour of the scheme, planning permission should be
granted as set out in the recommendation and the Schedule attached.
820. It is the view of officers that as a matter of planning judgement, and in particular
as the effect of the proposal will be to advance Local Plan Strategic Objective
1, and as policy CS1 complied with, and as London Plan policy E1, are
complied with, and no harm has been identified to result in non-compliance
with the Policies of the Local Plan, the emerging City Plan or the London, it is
considered that the development would be acceptable and in compliance with
the development plan when considered as a whole.
821. It is the view of Officers that as the proposal complies with the Development
Plan when considered as a whole and as material planning considerations
weigh in favour of the scheme, planning permission should be granted as set
out in the recommendation and the Schedule attached.
SCHEDULE
APPLICATION: 23/01102/FULMAJ
Hill House, 1 Little New Street Square
Description: Demolition of existing building above ground with retention of
existing basement and piles/ foundations and erection of a mixed use
office building comprising two basement levels, lower ground, upper
ground and upper ground mezzanine plus 18 upper storeys for the
provision of office space (Use Class E), gym/auditorium (Use Class E),
flexible office, café/retail (Use Class E), reprovision of existing library (Use
Class F1), flexible library/office (Use Class F1/E) and restaurant (Use
Class E), discontinuance of the City Walkway (Little New Street To Wine
Office Court), enhanced and enlarged public realm, hard and soft
landscaping, highway works, and associated enabling works.
CONDITIONS
1 The development hereby permitted shall be begun before the expiration
of three years from the date of this permission.
REASON: To ensure compliance with the terms of Section 91 of the
Town and Country Planning Act 1990.
2 (a) Prior to demolition of the development: full details of the pre-
demolition audit in accordance with section 4.6 of the GLA’s adopted
Circular Economy Statement guidance shall be submitted to and
approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority, that demonstrates
that the development is designed to meet the relevant targets set out in
the GLA Circular Economy Statement Guidance. In addition, the audit
shall include a strategy to recycle the various concrete elements from
deconstruction on site following in depth surveys of the structure and
quality. The development shall be carried out in accordance with the
approved details and operated & managed in accordance with the
approved details throughout the lifecycle of the development.
(b) Prior to the commencement of the development (excluding
demolition), after RIBA Stage 4, an update to the approved detailed
Circular Economy Statement to reaffirm the proposed strategy, to include
a site waste management plan, shall be submitted to and approved in
writing the Local Planning Authority, that demonstrates that the
Statement has been prepared in accordance with the GLA Circular
Economy Guidance and that the development is designed to meet the
relevant targets set out in the GLA Circular Economy Guidance. The end-
of-life strategy of the statement should include the approach to storing
detailed building information relating to the structure and materials of the
new building. The development shall be carried out in accordance with
the approved details and operated & managed in accordance with the
approved details throughout the lifecycle of the development.
REASON : To ensure that the Local Planning Authority may be satisfied
with the detail of the proposed development so that it reduces the
demand for redevelopment, encourages re-use and reduces waste in
accordance with the following policies in the Development Plans and
draft Development Plans: London Plan; D3, SI 7, SI 8 - Local Plan; CS
17, DM 17.2 - Draft City Plan 2040: S16.These details are required prior
to construction work commencing in order to establish the extent of
recycling and minimised waste from the time that construction start.
3 Prior to the commencement of the development, excluding demolition,
after RIBA stage 4, an update to the approved detailed Whole Life-Cycle
Carbon Assessment, to include confirmation of high level recycled
contents of steel and aluminium and cement replacement products, shall
be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority,
demonstrating that the whole life-cycle carbon emissions of the
development are on track to achieve at least the GLA’s Standard
Benchmark and setting out further opportunities to achieve the GLA's
Aspirational Benchmark that are defined in the GLA's Whole Life-Cycle
Assessment Guidance. The assessment should include details of
measures to reduce carbon emissions throughout the whole life-cycle of
the development and provide calculations in line with the Mayor of
London's guidance on Whole Life-Cycle Carbon Assessments, and the
development shall be carried out in accordance with the approved details
and operated and managed in accordance with the approved
assessment for the life-cycle of the development.
REASON: To ensure that the Local Planning Authority may be satisfied
with the detail of the proposed development so that it maximises the
reduction of carbon emissions of the development throughout the whole
life cycle of the development in accordance with the following policies in
the Development Plan and draft Development Plans: London Plan: D3,
SI 2, SI 7 - Local Plan: CS 17, DM 15.2, DM 17.2 - Draft City Plan 2040:
CE 1. These details are required prior to demolition and construction
work commencing in order to be able to account for embodied carbon
emissions resulting from the demolition and construction phase
(including recycling and reuse of materials) of the development.
3 Prior to the commencement of the development, excluding demolition,
details of the façade system confirming the detailed design in relation to
reducing the embodied carbon impact and waste across all life-cycle
stages that would result from the proposed facade type, materials,
construction method and replacement cycles, is required to be submitted
to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The
development shall be carried out in accordance with the approved
drawings.
REASON: To demonstrate that embodied carbon emissions have been
minimised and that the development is sustainable in accordance with
the e Local Plan policies: CS15, DM15.1, DM15.2 and Draft City Plan
2040 policies DE1 and CE1.
4 Prior to the commencement of the development, excluding demolition, a
Climate Change Resilience Sustainability Statement (CCRSS) shall be
submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority, that
demonstrates that the development is resilient and adaptable to
predicted climate conditions during the lifetime of the development. The
CCRSS shall include details of the climate risks that the development
faces (including flood, heat stress, water stress, natural capital, pests
and diseases) and the climate resilience solutions for addressing such
risks. The CCRSS will demonstrate that the potential for resilience and
adaptation measures (including but not limited to solar shading to
prevent solar gain; high thermal mass of building fabric to moderate
temperature fluctuations; cool roofs to prevent overheating; urban
greening; rainwater attenuation and drainage; flood risk mitigation;
biodiversity protection; passive ventilation and heat recovery and air
quality assessment to ensure building services do not contribute to
worsening photochemical smog) has been considered and appropriate
measures incorporated in the design of the building. The CCRSS shall
also demonstrate how the development will be operated and managed
to ensure the identified measures are maintained for the life of the
development. The development shall be carried out in accordance with
the approved CCRSS and operated & managed in accordance with the
approved CCRSS for the life of the development.
REASON: To comply with Local Plan Policy DM 15.5 for Climate change
resilience and adaptation.
5 Before any piling or construction of basements is commenced a scheme
for the provision of sewer vents within the building shall be submitted to
and approved in writing by the local planning authority. Unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the local planning authority the agreed scheme for
the provision of sewer vents shall be implemented and brought into
operation before the development is occupied and shall be so maintained
for the life of the building.
REASON: To vent sewerage odour from (or substantially from) the
development hereby permitted and mitigate any adverse air pollution or
environmental conditions in order to protect the amenity of the area in
accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan: DMl0.1. These
details are required prior to piling or construction work commencing in
order that any changes to satisfy this condition are incorporated into the
development before the design is too advanced to make changes.
7 Prior to the commencement of the development, details of the rainwater
harvesting and greywater collection systems that can be included into
the detailed design, to include the location of tanks and areas/locations
of use for the collected water, shall be submitted to and approved in
writing by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To assist the environmental sustainability of the development
and its resilience and adaptation to climate change in accordance with
the following policies of the Local Plan: CS15, DM15.1, DM15.5.
8 Prior to the commencement of the development, excluding demolition,
an Ecological Management Plan shall be submitted to the Local Planning
Authority to provide details on the proposed ecological enhancement
actions in relation to habitat creations and management.
REASON: To comply with Local Plan Policy DM 19.2 Biodiversity and
urban greening and Draft City Plan 2040 policy OS3 Biodiversity.
9 Prior to the commencement of the development, the developer/
construction contractor shall sign up to the Non-Road Mobile Machinery
Register. The development shall be carried out in accordance with the
Mayor of London Control of Dust and Emissions during Construction and
Demolition SPG July 2014 (Or any subsequent iterations) to ensure
appropriate plant is used and that the emissions standards detailed in
the SPG are met. An inventory of all NRMM used on site shall be
maintained and provided to the Local Planning Authority upon request to
demonstrate compliance with the regulations.
REASON: To reduce the emissions of construction and demolition in
accordance with the Mayor of London Control of Dust and Emissions
during Construction and Demolition SPG July 2014 (or any updates
thereof), Local Plan Policy DM15.6 and London Plan Policy SI1D.
Compliance is required to be prior to commencement due to the potential
impact at the beginning of the construction.
10 No work except demolition to basement slab level shall take place until
an investigation and risk assessment has been undertaken to establish
if the site is contaminated and to determine the potential for pollution in
accordance with the requirements of DEFRA and the Environment
Agency's 'Model Procedures for the Management of Land
Contamination, CLR 11'.
Where remediation is necessary a detailed remediation scheme to bring
the site to a condition suitable for the intended use by removing
unacceptable risks to human health, buildings and other property and to
the natural and historical environment must be submitted to and
approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. Unless otherwise
agreed in writing by the Local Planning Authority the remediation scheme
must ensure that the site will not qualify as contaminated land under Part
2A of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 in relation to the intended
use of the land after remediation.
Following completion of measures identified in the approved remediation
scheme a verification report must be submitted to and approved in writing
of the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To ensure that risks from land contamination to the future
users of the land and neighbouring land are minimised, together with
those to controlled waters, property and ecological systems, and to
ensure that the development can be carried out safely without
unacceptable risks to workers, neighbours and other offsite receptors in
accordance with the Local Plan DM15.8. These details are required prior
to commencement in order that any changes to satisfy this condition are
incorporated into the development before the design is too advanced to
make changes.
11 Construction works shall not begin until a Construction Logistics Plan to
manage all freight vehicle movements to and from the site during
construction of the development has been submitted to and approved in
writing by the Local Planning Authority. The Construction Logistics Plan
shall be completed in accordance with the Mayor of London's
Construction Logistics Plan Guidance dated July 2017, and shall
specifically address the safety of vulnerable road users through
compliance with the Construction Logistics and Community Safety
(CLOCS) Standard. The Plan must demonstrate how Work Related
Road Risk is to be managed. The development shall not be carried out
otherwise than in accordance with the approved Construction Logistics
Plan or any approved amendments thereto as may be agreed in writing
by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To ensure that construction works do not have an adverse
impact on public safety and the transport network in accordance with
London Plan Policy 6.14 and the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.6, DM16.1. These details are required prior to construction work
commencing in order that the impact on the transport network is
minimised from the time that construction starts.
12 Demolition works shall not begin until a Deconstruction Logistics Plan to
manage all freight vehicle movements to and from the site during
deconstruction of the existing building(s) has been submitted to and
approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The Deconstruction
Logistics Plan shall be completed in accordance with the Mayor of
London's Construction Logistics Plan Guidance dated July 2017 and
shall specifically address the safety of vulnerable road users through
compliance with the Construction Logistics and Community Safety
(CLOCS) Standard. The Plan must demonstrate how Work Related
Road Risk is to be managed. The demolition shall not be carried out
otherwise than in accordance with the approved Deconstruction
Logistics Plan or any approved amendments thereto as may be agreed
in writing by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To ensure that demolition works do not have an adverse
impact on public safety and the transport network in accordance with
London Plan Policy 6.14 and the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.6, DM16.1. These details are required prior to demolition work
commencing in order that the impact on the transport network is
minimised from the time that demolition starts.
13 Construction works shall not begin until a Construction Logistics Plan to
manage all freight vehicle movements to and from the site during
construction of the development has been submitted to and approved in
writing by the Local Planning Authority. The Construction Logistics Plan
shall be completed in accordance with the Mayor of London's
Construction Logistics Plan Guidance dated July 2017 and shall
specifically address the safety of vulnerable road users through
compliance with the Construction Logistics and Community Safety
(CLOCS) Standard. The Plan must demonstrate how Work Related
Road Risk is to be managed. This should include restriction of HGV
movement to and from the site to with in the hours of 9:30 to 16:30
Monday to Friday, 8 till 13:00 Saturdays and fully restrict movement on
Sundays and Bank Holidays. The development shall not be carried out
otherwise than in accordance with the approved Construction Logistics
Plan or any approved amendments thereto as may be agreed in writing
by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To ensure that construction works do not have an adverse
impact on public safety and the transport network in accordance with
London Plan Policy 6.14 and the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.6, DM16.1. These details are required prior to construction work
commencing in order that the impact on the transport network is
minimised from the time that construction starts.
14 Prior to the commencement of works including demolition, a site
condition survey of the adjacent highways and other land at the perimeter
of the site shall be carried out and details must be submitted to and
approved in writing by the local planning authority. Proposed finished
floor levels at basement and threshold ground floor (threshold review)
levels in relation to the existing Ordnance Datum levels of the adjoining
streets and open spaces, must be submitted and agreed with the
Highways Authority. The development shall be carried out in accordance
with the approved levels unless otherwise agreed in writing by the local
planning authority.
REASON: To ensure continuity between the level of existing streets and
the finished floor levels in the proposed building and to ensure a
satisfactory treatment at ground level in accordance with the following
policies of the Local Plan: DM10.8, DM16.2. These details are required
prior to commencement in order that a record is made of the conditions
prior to changes caused by the development and that any changes to
satisfy this condition are incorporated into the development before the
design is too advanced to make changes.
15 Notwithstanding the submitted details, before any construction works
hereby permitted are begun revised details of the layout of short stay
cycle parking to be located outside the building but within the ownership
boundary of the site shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the
local planning authority. The development shall be carried out in
accordance with the approved details.
REASON: To ensure provision is made for cycle parking and that the
cycle parking remains ancillary to the use of the building and to assist in
reducing demand for public cycle parking in accordance with the
following policy of the Local Plan: DM16.3, and emerging policy AT3 of
the Draft City Plan 2040.
16 Notwithstanding the submitted details, before any construction works
hereby permitted are begun revised details of the layout providing a blue
badge car parking bay within the boundaries of the application site shall
be submitted to and approved in writing by the local planning authority.
The development shall be carried out in accordance with the approved
details.
REASON: To ensure provision is made for car parking for disabled
people in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan: DM16.5,
and London Plan policy T6.5.
17 Before any construction works hereby permitted are begun the following
details shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local
Planning Authority in conjunction with the Lead Local Flood Authority and
all development pursuant to this permission shall be carried out in
accordance with the approved details:
(a) Fully detailed design and layout drawings for the proposed SuDS
components including but not limited to: attenuation systems, blue roofs,
rainwater pipework, flow control devices, design for system exceedance,
design for ongoing maintenance; surface water flow rates shall be
restricted to no greater than 1 l/s from each outfall and from no more than
two distinct outfall, provision should be made for an attenuation volume
capacity capable of achieving this, which should be no less than 270m3;
(b) Full details of measures to be taken to prevent flooding (of the site or
caused by the site) during the course of the construction works.
REASON: To improve sustainability, reduce flood risk and reduce water
runoff rates in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM18.1, DM18.2 and DM18.3.
18 Prior to commencement of development, and where groundworks not
shown on the approved drawings are to take place below the level of the
existing structure or within the site boundary (including works for
underpinning, new lift pits, foundations, lowering of floor levels, new or
replacement drainage, provision of services or similar, and public realm
works including at Gunpowder Square) prior notification should be given
in writing to the City of London Archaeological Adviser in order to
determine whether further consents are required and if the proposed
works have archaeological implications.
REASON: To protect archaeological remains.
19 Prior to commencement of development, a detailed UXO (Unexploded
Ordnance) Risk Assessment should be submitted to and approved by
the Local Planning Authority. This assessment would be required prior
to completion of the borehole survey (not needed for the trial pits) to
determine whether special UXO supervision of the borehole drilling is
required; or whether the basement already extends beyond maximum
bomb penetration depth (in which case, no further UXO risk-mitigation
measures would be required).
REASON: To ensure the safety of the development.
20 There shall be no demolition on the site until a scheme for protecting
nearby residents and commercial occupiers from noise, dust and other
environmental effects has been submitted to and approved in writing by
the Local Planning Authority. The scheme shall be based on the
Department of Markets and Consumer Protection's Code of Practice for
Deconstruction and Construction Sites and arrangements for liaison and
monitoring (including any agreed monitoring contribution) set out therein.
A staged scheme of protective works may be submitted in respect of
individual stages of the demolition process but no works in any individual
stage shall be commenced until the related scheme of protective works
has been submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning
Authority. The demolition shall not be carried out other than in
accordance with the approved scheme (including payment of any agreed
monitoring contribution).
REASON: In the interests of public safety and to ensure a minimal effect
on the amenities of neighbouring premises and the transport network in
accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM15.6,
DM15.7, DM21.3. These details are required prior to demolition in order
that the impact on amenities is minimised from the time that development
starts.
21 There shall be no construction on the site until a scheme for protecting
nearby residents and commercial occupiers from noise, dust and other
environmental effects during construction has been submitted to and
approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The scheme shall
be based on the Department of Markets and Consumer Protection's
Code of Practice for Deconstruction and Construction Sites and
arrangements for liaison and monitoring (including any agreed
monitoring contribution) set out therein. A staged scheme of protective
works may be submitted in respect of individual stages of the
construction process but no works in any individual stage shall be
commenced until the related scheme of protective works has been
submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The
development shall not be carried out other than in accordance with the
approved scheme (including payment of any agreed monitoring
contribution).
REASON: In the interests of public safety and to ensure a minimal effect
on the amenities of neighbouring premises and the transport network in
accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM15.6,
DM15.7, DM21.3. These details are required prior to demolition in order
that the impact on amenities is minimised from the time that the
construction starts.
22 Prior to the commencement of the development, excluding demolition,
details of all areas that undersail public highway, including floor plans
and sections, shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local
Planning Authority. The development shall then be implemented in
accordance with approved details and be retained as such in perpetuity.
REASON: To ensure that the development does not impact on existing
public highway in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM16.1.
23 No piling shall take place until a piling method statement (detailing the
depth and type of piling to be undertaken and the methodology by which
such piling will be carried out, including measures to prevent and
minimise the potential for damage to subsurface water infrastructure, and
the programme for the works) has been submitted to and approved in
writing by the local planning authority in consultation with Thames Water.
Any piling must be undertaken in accordance with the terms of the
approved piling method statement.
REASON: The proposed works will be in close proximity to underground
water utility infrastructure. Piling has the potential to impact on local
underground water utility infrastructure. Please read our guide ‘working
near our assets’ to ensure your workings will be in line with the necessary
processes you need to follow if you’re considering working above or near
our pipes or other structures. Should you require further information
please contact Thames Water.
24 Before any construction work hereby permitted are begun, a scheme
indicating the provision to be made for disabled people to gain access to
all areas including library and retail uses shall be submitted to and
approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The agreed scheme
shall be implemented in accordance with the approved details before the
development hereby permitted is brought into use.
REASON: To ensure that the development will be accessible for people
with disabilities in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM10.8. These details are required prior to construction work
commencing in order that any changes to satisfy this condition are
incorporated into the development before the design is too advanced to
make changes.
25 Before any works thereby affected are begun the following details shall
be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority
and all development pursuant to this permission shall be carried out in
accordance with the approved details:
A. particulars and samples of the materials to be used on all external
faces of the building including details of compliance with the approved
Circular Economy Strategy;
B. construction of 1:1 sample material and facade panels of agreed
sections of the facades;
C. detailed drawings of a scale no less than 1:20, in plan, section and
elevation of agreed typical bays, including agreed typical bays
including reference to materials, finishes, lighting, details of jointing
and any necessary expansion/movement joints;
D. details of all new ground and first-floor elevations including all
entrances, soffits, columns, integrated art panels, and information
boards;
E. full details of terraces, including all elevations, entrances,
fenestration, planters, seating, lighting, soffits, drainage, irrigation
and any infrastructure required;
F. details of walls, railings, balustrades, ramps, gates, screens,
handrails etc, bounding or within the site;
G. details of the integration of window cleaning equipment and the
garaging thereof, plant, flues, and other excrescences at roof level
including within the plant room;
H. details of the integration of M&E and building services into the
external envelope, including but not limited to, details of external
ducts, vents, louvres and extracts;
I. details of all new service vehicle, fire escape and cycle store
entrances;
J. details of all external signage for all aspects of the building;
K. details of access to the roof for cleaning and maintenance, including
details of mansafe equipment;
L. Notwithstanding the approved drawings, full details of the rooftop
including any plant equipment and the roofscape;
M. details of roof top terrace landscaping and planting specification of
all landscape areas;
N. details for the relocated Cannon in Gunpowder Square;
O. details of the public art sculptures for the library entrance and for
Gunpowder Square.
REASON: To ensure that the Local Planning Authority may be satisfied
with the detail of the proposed development and to ensure a satisfactory
external appearance in accordance with the following policies of the Local
Plan: DM3.2, DM10.1, DM10.5, DM12.2 and emerging policies DE2, DE6
and HE1 of the Draft City Plan 2040.
26 All unbuilt and built surfaces, including the ground floor and roof levels
landscaping, shall be treated in accordance with a landscaping scheme,
including details of:
a) Irrigation;
b) Provision for harvesting rainwater run-off from road to supplement
irrigation;
c) Spot heights for ground levels around planting pit;
d) Soil;
e) Planting pit size and construction;
f) Tree guards; and
g) Species and selection of trees including details of its age, growing
habit, girth of trunk, how many times transplanted and root development
h) the green roofs, hedges, trees and other amenity planting, biodiverse
habitats and of a rainwater harvesting system to support high quality
urban greening;
i) the incorporation of blue roofs into roof surfaces;
j) the landscaping of the public realm;
k) public realm planting plan that includes more species that are climate
resilient, native to the U.K. where possible and that are noted as ‘plants
for pollinators’ by the RHS, as suggested in the biodiversity report.
l) details of planters, urban furniture, and surface materials and paving
to be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning
Authority before any landscaping works are commenced. All hard and
soft landscaping works shall be carried out in accordance with the
approved details not later than the end of the first planting season
following completion of the development and prior to occupation. Trees
and shrubs which die or are removed, uprooted or destroyed or become
in the opinion of the Local Planning Authority seriously damaged or
defective within the lifetime of the development shall be replaced with
trees and shrubs of the same size and species to those originally
approved, or such alternatives as may be agreed in writing by the Local
Planning Authority.
REASON: In the interests of visual amenity in accordance with the
following policies of the Local Plan: DM10.1, DM18.2, DM19.2.
27 No development other than demolition shall take place until the detailed
design of all thermal comfort and wind mitigation measures has been
submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority.
These details shall include the size and appearance of any features, the
size and appearance of any planting containers, trees species, planting
medium and irrigation systems. No part of the building shall be occupied
until the approved wind mitigation measures have been implemented
unless the Local Planning Authority agrees otherwise in writing. The said
wind mitigation measures shall be retained in place for the life of the
building unless otherwise agreed by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: In order to ensure that the proposed development does not
have a detrimental impact on the amenities of the area in accordance
with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM10.1, DM16.1, DM16.2.
These details are required prior to construction in order that any changes
to satisfy this condition are incorporated into the development before the
design is too advanced to make changes.
28 The development shall incorporate such measures as are necessary
within the site to resist structural damage arising from an attack with a
road vehicle or road vehicle borne explosive device, details of which
must be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning
Authority before any construction works hereby permitted are begun.
REASON: To ensure that the premises are protected from road vehicle
borne damage within the site in accordance with the following policy of
the Local Plan: DM3.2.
29 Prior to the commencement of the relevant works, a Lighting Concept
and a Technical Lighting Design shall be submitted to and approved in
writing by the Local Planning Authority, which should include details of:
- lighting layout/s including restricting light fixtures in the perimeter of
the floorplate to mitigate impacts to nearby residential properties;
- details of compliance with lighting curfews;
- details of all functional and decorative luminaires (including
associated accessories, bracketry and related infrastructure);
- a lighting control methodology;
- proposed operational timings and associated design and
management measures to reduce the impact on the local environment
and residential amenity including light pollution, light spill, and
potential harm to local ecologies;
- all external, semi-external and public-facing parts of the building and
of any internal lighting in so far that it creates visual or actual physical
impact on the lit context to show how the facade and/or the lighting
has been designed to help reduce glare, excessive visual brightness,
and light trespass; - details for impact on the public realm, including
typical illuminance levels, uniformity, colour appearance and colour
rendering.
- details of aviation lights including locations
All works and management measures pursuant to this consent shall be
carried out and maintained in accordance with the approved details and
lighting strategy.
REASON: To ensure that the Local Planning Authority may be satisfied
with the detail of the proposed development and the measures for
environmental impacts, and to ensure a satisfactory external appearance
in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM10.1, 15.7,
CS15, emerging policies DE1, DE2 and DE8 of the Draft City Plan 2040
and the City of London Lighting SPD 2023.
30 Details of the position and size of the green/blue roof(s), the type of
planting and a substantial contribution of the green/blue roof(s) to
biodiversity and rainwater attenuation shall be submitted to and
approved in writing by the local planning authority before any works
thereby affected are begun. The development shall be carried out in
accordance with those approved details and maintained as approved for
the life of the development unless otherwise approved by the local
planning authority.
REASON: To assist the environmental sustainability of the development
and provide a habitat that will encourage biodiversity in accordance with
the following policies of the Local Plan: DM18.2, DM19.2.
31 No piling shall take place until a Piling Method Statement (detailing the
depth and type of piling to be undertaken and the methodology by which
such piling will be carried out, including measures to prevent and
minimise the potential for damage to subsurface sewerage infrastructure,
and the programme for the works) has been submitted to and approved
in writing by the local planning authority in consultation with Thames
Water. Any piling must be undertaken in accordance with the terms of
the approved piling method statement.”
REASON: The proposed works will be in close proximity to underground
sewerage utility infrastructure. Piling has the potential to significantly
impact / cause failure of local underground sewerage utility
infrastructure. Please read our guide ‘working near our assets’ to ensure
your workings will be in line with the necessary processes you need to
follow if you’re considering working above or near our pipes or other
structures. Should you require further information please contact
Thames Water.
32 If a crane is required for construction purposes, then red static
omnidirectional lights will need to be applied at the highest part of the
crane and at the end of the jib if a tower crane, as per the requirements
set out by CAP1096.
REASON: To ensure aircraft safety.
33 Where a crane is 100m or higher, crane operators are advised to notify
the CAA ([email protected]) and Defence Geographic Centre
([email protected]) via Crane notification Civil Aviation Authority
(caa.co.uk) https://www.caa.co.uk/Commercial-industry/Airspace/Event-
and-obstacle-notification/Crane-notification/, and the following details
should be provided before the crane is erected:
the crane's precise location
an accurate maximum height
start and completion dates
REASON: To ensure aircraft safety.
34 (a) The level of noise emitted from any new plant shall be lower than the
existing background level by at least 10 dBA. Noise levels shall be
determined at one metre from the window of the nearest noise sensitive
premises. The background noise level shall be expressed as the lowest
LA90 (10 minutes) during which plant is or may be in operation.
(b) Following installation but before the new plant comes into operation
measurements of noise from the new plant must be taken and a report
demonstrating that the plant as installed meets the design requirements
shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning
Authority.
(c) All constituent parts of the new plant shall be maintained and replaced
in whole or in part as often is required to ensure compliance with the
noise levels approved by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To protect the amenities of neighbouring
residential/commercial occupiers in accordance with the following
policies of the Local Plan: DM15.7, DM21.3.
35 The proposed office development sharing a party element with non-office
premises shall be designed and constructed to provide resistance to the
transmission of sound. The sound insulation shall be sufficient to ensure
that NR40 is not exceeded in the proposed office premises due to noise
from the neighbouring non-office premises and shall be permanently
maintained thereafter.
A test shall be carried out after completion but prior to occupation to show
the criterion above have been met and the results shall submitted to and
approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To protect the amenities of occupiers of the building in
accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan: DM15.7.
36 Before any works thereby affected are begun, a scheme shall be
submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority
which specifies the fume extract arrangements, materials and
construction methods to be used to avoid noise and/or odour penetration
to the upper floors from the Class A use. Flues must terminate at roof
level or an agreed high level location which will not give rise to nuisance
to other occupiers of the building or adjacent buildings. The details
approved must be implemented before the Class A use takes place.
REASON: In order to protect residential/commercial amenities in the
building in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.6, DM15.7, DM21.3.
37 Before any mechanical plant is used on the premises it shall be mounted
in a way which will minimise transmission of structure borne sound or
vibration to any other part of the building in accordance with a scheme
to be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning
Authority.
REASON: In order to protect the amenities of commercial occupiers in
the building in accordance following policy of the Local Plan: DM15.7.
38 No cooking shall take place within any Class A1, A3, A4 or A5 unit hereby
approved until fume extract arrangements and ventilation have been
installed to serve that unit in accordance with a scheme approved by the
Local Planning Authority. Flues must terminate at roof level or an agreed
high level location which will not give rise to nuisance to other occupiers
of the building or adjacent buildings. Any works that would materially
affect the external appearance of the building will require a separate
planning permission.
REASON: In order to protect the amenity of the area in accordance with
the following policies of the Local Plan: DM15.6, DM21.3.
39 Prior to any plant being commissioned and installed in or on the building
an Air Quality Report shall be submitted to and approved in writing by
the Local Planning Authority. The report shall detail how the finished
development will minimise emissions and exposure to air pollution during
its operational phase and will comply with the City of London Air Quality
Supplementary Planning Document and any submitted and approved Air
Quality Assessment. The measures detailed in the report shall thereafter
be maintained in accordance with the approved report(s) for the life of
the operation of the building.
REASON: In order to ensure the proposed development does not have
a detrimental impact on air quality and reduces exposure to poor air
quality in accordance with the following policies: Local Plan policy
DM15.6, London Plan policies SI1, SI3 D, and SD4 D.
40 Prior to the installation of any generator a report shall be submitted to
show what alternatives have been considered including a secondary
electrical power supply, battery backup or alternatively fuelled
generators such as gas fired or hydrogen. The details of the proposed
generator shall be submitted for approval. Where it is not possible to
deploy alternatives, any diesel generator/s must be the latest Euro
standard available. The generator shall be used solely on brief
intermittent and exceptional occasions when required in response to a
life-threatening emergency and for the testing necessary to meet that
purpose and shall not be used at any other time.
REASON: In accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM15.6 and to maintain local air quality and ensure that exhaust does
not contribute to local air pollution, particularly nitrogen dioxide and
particulates PM10, in accordance with the City of London Air Quality
Strategy 2019 and the London Plan Policies SI1 and SD4 D.
41 The development shall be designed to allow for the retro-fit of heat
exchanger rooms to connect into a district heating network if this
becomes available during the lifetime of the development.
REASON: To minimise carbon emissions by enabling the building to be
connected to a district heating and cooling network if one becomes
available during the life of the building in accordance with the following
policies of the Local Plan: DM15.1, DM15.2, DM15.3, DM15.3, DM15.4.
42 Under the UK Water Industry Act 1991, section S111(1) and Building
Regulations, Part H (Drainage and Waste Disposal) 2002, the proposals
need to comply with the requirements of the sewerage undertaker
(Thames Water Utilities Ltd), these being any building proposal which
includes catering facilities will be required to be constructed with
adequate grease traps to the satisfaction of Thames Water utilities ltd or
their contractors.
REASON: To ensure satisfactory utilities provision for the proposed
development.
43 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the local planning authority all
combustion flues must terminate at least 1m above the highest roof in
the development in order to ensure maximum dispersion of pollutants,
and must be located away from ventilation intakes and accessible roof
gardens and terraces.
REASON: In order to ensure that the proposed development does not
have a detrimental impact on occupiers of residential premises in the
area and to maintain local air quality and ensure that exhaust does not
contribute to local air pollution, particularly nitrogen dioxide and
particulates PM10 and 2.5, in accordance with the City of London Air
Quality Strategy 2019, Local Plan Policy DM15.6 and London Plan policy
SI1.
44 No live or recorded music that can be heard outside the premises shall
be played.
REASON: To safeguard the amenity of the adjoining premises and the
area generally in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.7, DM21.3.
45 The roof terraces hereby permitted shall not be used or accessed
between the hours of 20:00 on one day and 08:00 on the following day
and not at any time on Sundays or Bank Holidays, other than in the case
of emergency.
REASON: To safeguard the amenity of the adjoining premises and the
area generally in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.7, DM21.3.
46 No amplified or other music shall be played on the roof terraces.
REASON: To safeguard the amenity of the adjoining premises and the
area generally in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.7, DM21.3.
47 There shall be no promoted events on the premises. A promoted event
for this purpose, is an event involving music and dancing where the
musical entertainment is provided at any time by a disc jockey or disc
jockeys one or some of whom are not employees of the premises licence
holder and the event is promoted to the general public.
REASON: To safeguard the amenity of the adjoining premises and the
area generally in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM15.7, DM21.3.
48 All parts of the ventilation and extraction equipment including the odour
control systems installed shall be cleaned, serviced and maintained in
accordance with Section 5 of ‘Control of Odour & Noise from Commercial
Kitchen Extract Systems’ dated September 2018 by EMAQ+ (or any
subsequent updated version). A record of all such cleaning, servicing
and maintenance shall be maintained and kept on site and upon request
provided to the Local Planning Authority to demonstrate compliance.
REASON: To protect the occupiers of existing and adjoining premises
and public amenity in accordance with Policies DM 10.1, DM 15.7 and
DM 21.3.
49 Should unexpected contamination be identified during development
hereby approved, the Local Planning Authority must be notified in writing
within five working days. An investigation and risk assessment must be
undertaken in accordance with the requirements of DEFRA and the
Environment Agency’s Land Contamination Risk Management.
Where remediation is necessary a detailed remediation scheme to bring
the site to a condition suitable for the intended use must be submitted to
and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. Unless
otherwise agreed in writing by the Local Planning Authority the
remediation scheme must ensure that the site will not qualify as
contaminated land under Part 2A of the Environmental Protection Act
1990 in relation to the intended use of the land after remediation.
Following completion of measures identified in the approved remediation
scheme a verification report must be submitted to and approved in writing
of the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: To ensure that risks from land contamination to the future
users of the land and neighbouring land are minimised, together with
those to controlled waters, property and ecological systems, and to
ensure that the development can be carried out safely without
unacceptable risks to workers, neighbours and other offsite receptors in
accordance with the Local Plan DM15.8.
These details are required prior to commencement in order that any
changes to satisfy this condition are incorporated into the development
before the design is too advanced to make changes. All works pursuant
to this consent shall be carried out in accordance with the approved
details and lighting strategy as submitted with this planning application.
50 Before the shell and core is complete the following details shall be
submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority in
conjunction with the Lead Local Flood Authority and all development
pursuant to this permission shall be carried out in accordance with the
approved details:
(a) A Lifetime Maintenance Plan for the SuDS system to include:
- A full description of how the system would work, it's aims and objectives
and the flow control arrangements;
- A Maintenance Inspection Checklist/Log;
- A Maintenance Schedule of Work itemising the tasks to be undertaken,
such as the frequency
required and the costs incurred to maintain the system.
REASON: To improve sustainability, reduce flood risk and reduce water
runoff rates in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM18.1, DM18.2 and DM18.3.
51 Details of a Servicing Management Plan demonstrating the
arrangements for control of the arrival and departure of vehicles servicing
the premises shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local
Planning Authority prior to the first occupation of the development hereby
permitted. A daily servicing vehicle cap is applied limiting the daily
maximum to vehicles. The building facilities shall thereafter be operated
in accordance with the approved Servicing Management Plan (or any
amended Servicing Management Plan that may be approved from time
to time by the Local Planning Authority) for the life of the building.
REASON: To ensure that the development does not have an adverse
impact on the free flow of traffic in surrounding streets in accordance with
the following policy of the Local Plan: DM16.1.
52 No construction shall take place within 5m of the water main. Information
detailing how the developer intends to divert the asset / align the
development, so as to prevent the potential for damage to subsurface
potable water infrastructure, must be submitted to and approved in
writing by the local planning authority in consultation with Thames Water.
Any construction must be undertaken in accordance with the terms of the
approved information. Unrestricted access must be available at all times
for the maintenance and repair of the asset during and after the
construction works.
REASON: The proposed works will be in close proximity to underground
strategic water main, utility infrastructure. The works has the potential to
impact on local underground water utility infrastructure. Please read our
guide 'working near our assets' to ensure your workings will be in line
with the necessary processes you need to follow if you're considering
working above or near our pipes or other structures. Should you require
further information please contact Thames Water. Email:
53 Fencing for the protection of any retained tree including the roots shall
be installed in accordance with plans and particulars to be submitted to
and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority and shall be
erected before any equipment, machinery or materials are brought on to
the site for the purposes of the development, and shall be maintained
until all equipment, machinery and surplus materials have been removed
from the site. Nothing shall be stored or placed in any area fenced in
accordance with this condition and the ground levels within those areas
shall not be altered, nor shall any excavation be made, without the written
consent of the Local Planning Authority.
REASON: In order to protect the trees on the site during building
operations in accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan:
DM10.4, DM19.2.
54 A minimum of two additional blue badge parking spaces shall be
provided and maintained for the life of the development.
REASON: To mitigate the transport impacts of the development.
55 Permanently installed pedal cycle racks shall be provided and
maintained on the site throughout the life of the buildings sufficient to
accommodate a minimum of 750 long stay spaces and 113 short stay
spaces. All doors on the access to the parking area shall be automated,
push button or pressure pad operated. The cycle parking provided on the
site must remain ancillary to the use of the buildings and must be
available at all times throughout the life of the buildings for the sole use
of the occupiers thereof and their visitors without charge to the individual
end users of the parking.
REASON: To ensure provision is made for cycle parking and that the
cycle parking remains ancillary to the use of the building and to assist in
reducing demand for public cycle parking in accordance with the
following policy of the Local Plan: DM16.3, and emerging policy AT3 of
the Draft City Plan 2040.
56 A minimum of 5% of the long stay cycle spaces shall be accessible for
larger cycles, including adapted cycles for disabled people.
REASON: To ensure that satisfactory provision is made for people with
disabilities in accordance with Local Plan policy DMI0.8, London Plan
policy TS cycling, emerging City Plan policy 6.3.24.
57 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Local Planning Authority a
minimum of 38 showers and 778 lockers shall be provided adjacent to
the bicycle parking areas and changing facilities and maintained
throughout the life of the building for the use of occupiers of the building
in accordance with the approved plans.
REASON: To make travel by cycle more convenient in order to
encourage greater use of cycles by commuters in accordance with the
following policy of the Local Plan: DM16.4.
58 Goods, including fuel, delivered or collected by vehicles arriving at or
departing from the building shall not be accepted or dispatched unless
the vehicles are unloaded or loaded within the curtilage of the building.
REASON: To avoid obstruction of the surrounding streets and to
safeguard the amenity of the occupiers of adjacent premises, in
accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM16.1,
DM16.5, DM21.3.
59 A minimum of 2 electric charging points must be provided within the
delivery and servicing area and retained for the life of the building.
REASON: To further improve the sustainability and efficiency of travel in,
to, from and through the City in accordance with the following policy of
the Local Plan: CS16.
60 No development shall be occupied until confirmation has been provided
that either:
- all water network upgrades required to accommodate the
additional demand to serve the development have been
completed; or
- a development and infrastructure phasing plan has been agreed
with Thames Water to allow development to be occupied. Where
a development and infrastructure phasing plan is agreed no
occupation shall take place other than in accordance with the
agreed development and infrastructure phasing plan.
REASON: The development may lead to no / low water pressure and
network reinforcement works are anticipated to be necessary to ensure
that sufficient capacity is made available to accommodate additional
demand anticipated from the new development” The developer can
request information to support the discharge of this condition by visiting
the Thames Water website at thameswater.co.uk/preplanning.
61 Within 6 months of completion details of climate change resilience
measures must be submitted to the Local Planning Authority
demonstrating the measures that have been incorporated to ensure that
the development is resilient to the predicted weather patterns during the
lifetime of the building. This should include details of the climate risks
that the site faces (flood, heat stress, water stress, natural capital, pests
and diseases) and the climate resilience solutions that have been
implemented.
REASON: To comply with Local Plan Policy DM 15.5 Climate change
resilience and adaptation.
62 Within 6 months of completion of the development details of the
measures to meet the approved Urban Greening Factor and the
Biodiversity Net Gain scores, to include plant and habitat species and
scaled drawings identifying the measures and maintenance plans, shall
be submitted to the Local Planning Authority. Landscaping and
biodiversity measures shall be maintained to ensure the approved
standard is preserved for the lifetime of the development.
REASON: To comply with Local Plan Policy DM 19.2 Biodiversity and
urban greening and Draft City Plan 2040 policy OS2 City Greening and
OS3 Biodiversity.
63 Post construction BREEAM assessments for each of the proposed uses
demonstrating that a target rating of at least 'Excellent' has been
achieved (or such other target rating as the local planning authority may
agree provided that it is satisfied all reasonable endeavours have been
used to achieve an 'Excellent' rating) shall be submitted as soon as
practicable after practical completion.
REASON: To demonstrate that carbon emissions have been minimised
and that the development is sustainable in accordance with the following
policy of the Local Plan: CS15, DM15.1, DM15.2.
64 No later than 3 months after completion of the building, a post-
construction Circular Economy Statement and material passport details
shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the local planning
authority to demonstrate that the targets and actual outcomes achieved
are in compliance with or exceed the proposed targets stated in the
approved Circular Economy Statement for the development.
REASON: To ensure that circular economy principles have been applied
and Circular Economy targets and commitments have been achieved to
demonstrate compliance with Policy SI 7 of the London Plan.
65 Once the as-built design has been completed (upon commencement of
RIBA Stage 6) the post-construction Whole Life-Cycle Carbon (WLC)
Assessment (to be completed in accordance with and in line with the
criteria set out in in the GLA's WLC Assessment Guidance) shall be
submitted to the Local Planning Authority. The post-construction
assessment should provide an update of the information submitted at
planning and detailed design stages, including the WLC carbon emission
figures for all life-cycle modules based on the actual materials, products
and systems used. The assessment should be submitted along with any
supporting evidence as per the guidance and should be received three
months post as-built design completion, unless otherwise agreed.
REASON: To ensure whole life-cycle carbon emissions are calculated
and reduced and to demonstrate compliance with Policy SI 2 of the
London Plan.
66 Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority,
before any works thereby affected are begun, details of the provision to
be made in the building's design to enable the discreet installation of
street lighting on the development, including details of the location of light
fittings, cable runs and other necessary apparatus, shall be submitted to
and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority, and the
development shall be carried out in accordance with the approved
details.
REASON: To ensure provision for street lighting is discreetly integrated
into the design of the building in accordance with the following policy of
the City of London Local Plan: DMI0.1
67 Prior to occupation of the building the following details relating to signage
shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning
Authority and all signage placed on the development site shall be in
accordance with the approved details:
All signage must be erected and in place on the development site prior
to occupation of the building.
REASON: To ensure that the Local Planning Authority may be satisfied
with the detail of the proposed development and to ensure a satisfactory
external appearance in accordance with the following policies of the
Local Plan: DMl0.1, DMl0.5, DMl0.8, DM12.1, DM12.2 and DM15.7.
68 Prior to the occupation of the buildings, the applicant is required to submit
to the Local Planning Authority for approval of a wayfinding strategy
including for the library use. The developer is to consider the
implementation or removal of legible London signage within the site and
surrounding locations. The extent of the works should be agreed with
TFL, prior to submission.
REASON: In the interests of visual amenity and satisfactory pedestrian
circulation of the site, in accordance with the following policies of the
Local Plan: DM10.1, DM19.2.
69 Prior to the relevant works hereby permitted, the applicant is required to
submit to the Local Planning Authority for approval of details for public
art and a strategy including engagement with the local community for
whole site including the library use entrance and use, and for Gunpowder
Square.
REASON: In the interests of visual amenity and satisfactory pedestrian
circulation of the site, in accordance with the following policies of the
Local Plan: DM10.1, DM19.2.
70 Notwithstanding the details shown on the drawings, before any works
thereby affected are begun, details of measures to prevent jumping or
falling from the development shall be submitted to and approved in
writing by the Local Planning Authority. The approved measures shall be
in place prior to occupation and remain in situ for the lifetime of the
development.
REASON: In the interests of safety in accordance with the following
polices of the draft City Plan 2040: DE2 and DE4.
71 Before any works thereby affected are begun detailed plans, elevations
and sections including spot heights of the roof level shall be submitted to
and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority to ensure
sufficient design quality and the protection of the heritage significance of
surrounding designated heritage assets.
REASON: To ensure that the Local Planning Authority may be satisfied
with the detail of the proposed development and to ensure a satisfactory
external appearance and to ensure design quality and the protection of
the heritage significance of surrounding designated heritage assets in
accordance with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM3.2, DM10.1,
DM10.5, DM12.3, CS13 and emerging policies DE2, DE6 and HE1 of the
Draft City Plan 2040.
72 Before any commencement of relevant works hereby permitted are
begun, details of a wheelchair accessible lifts, including platform lifts)
providing access to the library and the affordable workspace floors shall
be submitted to and approved in writing by the local planning authority.
The development shall then be implemented in accordance with the
approved details and be retained as such in perpetuity.
REASON: To ensure that the development will be accessible for people
with disabilities in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM10.8. These details are required prior to construction work
commencing in order that any changes to satisfy this condition are
incorporated into the development before the design is too advanced to
make changes.
73 Prior to the occupation of the buildings, details of an Access
Management Plan shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the
local planning authority. The development shall then be implemented in
accordance with the approved details and be retained as such in
perpetuity.
REASON: To ensure that the development will be accessible for people
with disabilities in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM10.8. These details are required prior to construction work
commencing in order that any changes to satisfy this condition are
incorporated into the development before the design is too advanced to
make changes.
74 A Waste Management Plan to include details of backloading of waste
onto delivery vehicles from the consolidation centre shall be submitted
to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority prior to the
first occupation of the development hereby permitted. The building
facilities shall thereafter be operated in accordance with the approved
Waste Management Plan (or any amended Waste Management Plan
that may be approved from time to time by the Local Planning Authority)
for the life of the building.
REASON: To ensure that the development does not have an adverse
impact on the free flow of traffic in surrounding streets in accordance with
the following policy of the Local Plan: DM16.1.
75 Details of a Security Management Plan to ensure the security and safety
of visitors and staff at the development, and details for CCTV including
for external cycle parking, shall be submitted to and approved in writing
by the Local Planning Authority prior to the occupation of the
development hereby permitted. The Management Plan must include
details for the security arrangements for the publicly accessible spaces.
The building facilities shall thereafter be operated in accordance with the
approved Security Management Plan (or any amended Security
Management Plan as may be varied from time to time by the Local
Planning Authority) for the duration of the development.
REASON: To ensure that the development is secure from crime, disorder
and terrorism in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
CS3.
76 No doors, gates or windows at ground floor level shall open over the
public highway.
REASON: In the interests of public safety.
77 The refuse collection and storage facilities shown on the drawings
hereby approved shall be provided and maintained throughout the life of
the building for the use of all the occupiers.
REASON: To ensure the satisfactory servicing of the building in
accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan: DM17.1
78 The threshold of all vehicular access points shall be at the same level as
the rear of the adjoining footway.
REASON: To maintain a level passage for pedestrians in accordance
with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM10.8, DM16.2.
79 Unless otherwise approved by the LPA no plant or telecommunications
equipment shall be installed on the exterior of the building, including any
plant or telecommunications equipment permitted by the Town & Country
Planning (General Permitted Development) Order 2015 or in any
provisions in any statutory instrument revoking and re-enacting that
Order with or without modification.
REASON: To ensure a satisfactory external appearance in accordance
with the following policy of the Local Plan: DM10.1.
80 At all times when not being used for cleaning or maintenance the window
cleaning gantries, cradles and other similar equipment shall be garaged
within the enclosure(s) shown on the approved drawings.
REASON: To ensure a satisfactory external appearance in accordance
with the following policy of the Local Plan: DM10.1.
81 The threshold of the private public realm and public route entrances shall
be at the same level as the rear of the adjoining footway.
REASON: To maintain a level passage for pedestrians in accordance
with the following policies of the Local Plan: DM10.8, DM16.2.
82 Before any commencement of relevant works hereby permitted are
begun, details of the curved window fins and planters located at the
external terraces at Levels 01-04 as set out in the approved drawings,
including materials, plant species and maintenance, shall be submitted
to and approved by the Local Planning Authority and shall be
permanently maintained as per the approved details.
REASON: To safeguard the amenity of the adjoining premises and the
area generally in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM21.3.
83 Before any commencement of relevant works hereby permitted are
begun, details of the existing condition of nearby residential windows and
facades including cleaning and maintenance if required as a result of the
development, shall be submitted to and approved by the Local Planning
Authority and shall be permanently maintained as per the approved
details.
REASON: To safeguard the amenity of the adjoining premises and the
area generally in accordance with the following policy of the Local Plan:
DM21.3.
84 The development shall provide:
54,690 sq.m GEA of office floorspace (Class E(g(i)));
1,195 sq.m GEA of flexible retail (Class E(a-d));
1,066 sq.m GEA of public library use (Class F1);
478 sq.m GEA of gym use (Use Class E(d)).
REASON: To ensure the development is carried out in accordance with
the approved plans.
84 The development shall not be carried out other than in accordance with
the following approved drawings and particulars or as approved under
conditions of this planning permission:
Drawing numbers:
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0010;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0300;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-097B-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-098B-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-099L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-100L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-100M-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-101L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-102L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-103L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-108L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-109L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-110L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-111L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-112L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-113L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-114L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-115L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-116L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-117L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-118L-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-118M-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-118R-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0200;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0201;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0300;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0301;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0302;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0303;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0304;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0400;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0401;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0402;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0500;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0501;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0600;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-118R-DR-A-PL0100;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0301;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0302;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0303;
6799_A01-APT-XXX-ZZZZ-DR-A-PL0304;
PAD-100-P1;
PAD-312-P1;
PAD-101;
PAD-102;
PAD-103;
PAD-104;
PAD-105;
PAD-106;
PAD-203;
PAD-205;
SK-0377;
0399.
REASON: To ensure that the development of this site is in compliance with
details and particulars which have been approved by the Local Planning
Authority.
INFORMATIVES
Roof gardens
1 The developer should be aware that, in creating a roof terrace, and
therefore access to the roof, users of the roof could be exposed to
emissions of air pollutants from any chimneys that extract on the roof e.g.
from gas boilers / generators / CHP. In order to minimise risk, as a rule
of thumb, we would suggest a design that places a minimum of 3 metres
from the point of efflux of any chimney serving combustion plant, to any
person using the roof terrace. This distance should allow the gases to
disperse adequately at that height, minimising the risk to health.
Compliance with the Clean Air Act 1993
2 Any furnace burning liquid or gaseous matter at a rate of 366.4 kilowatts
or more, and any furnace burning pulverised fuel or any solid matter at a
rate of more than 45.4 kilograms or more an hour, requires chimney
height approval. Use of such a furnace without chimney height approval
is an offence. The calculated chimney height can conflict with
requirements of planning control and further mitigation measures may
need to be taken to allow installation of the plant. Generators and
combustion plant
Generators and combustion plant
3 Please be aware that backup/emergency generators may require
permitting under the MCP directive and require a permit by the
appropriate deadline. Further advice can be obtained from here: Medium
combustion plant and specified generators: environmental permits -
GOV.UK (www.gov.uk)
4 Environment Agency advice:
Contaminated Land
This development site appears to have been the subject of past industrial
activity (printworks and cast iron and glass manufacturing) which poses
a medium risk of pollution to controlled waters. However, we are unable
to provide site-specific advice relating to land contamination as we have
recently revised our priorities so that we can focus on:
Protecting and improving the groundwater that supports existing
drinking water supplies
• Groundwater within important aquifers for future supply of drinking
water or other environmental use.
We recommend that you refer to the Environment Agency published
‘Guiding Principles for Land Contamination’ which outlines the approach
which should be adopted when managing this site’s risks to the water
environment. We also advise that you consult with your Environmental
Health/Environmental Protection Department for advice on generic
aspects of land contamination management. Where planning controls
are considered necessary, we recommend that the environmental
protection of controlled waters is considered alongside any human health
protection requirements. This approach is supported by paragraph 174
of the National Planning Policy Framework.
Water Resources
Increased water efficiency for all new developments potentially enables
more growth with the same water resources. Developers can highlight
positive corporate social responsibility messages and the use of
technology to help sell their homes. For the homeowner lower water
usage also reduces water and energy bills. We endorse the use of water
efficiency measures especially in new developments. Use of technology
that ensures efficient use of natural resources could support the
environmental benefits of future proposals and could help attract
investment to the area. Therefore, water efficient technology, fixtures and
fittings should be considered as part of new developments. Residential
developments All new residential developments are required to achieve
a water consumption limit of a maximum of 125 litres per person per day
as set out within the Building Regulations &c. (Amendment) Regulations
2015. However, we recommend that in areas of serious water stress (as
identified in our report Water stressed areas - final classification) a higher
standard of a maximum of 110 litres per person per day is applied. This
standard or higher may already be a requirement of the local planning
authority.
5 Network Rail advice:
The developer must ensure that their proposal, both during construction
and after completion does not:
• encroach onto Network Rail land
affect the safety, operation or integrity of the company’s railway
and its infrastructure
• undermine its support zone
• damage the company’s infrastructure
• place additional load on cuttings
• adversely affect any railway land or structure
• over-sail or encroach upon the air-space of any Network Rail land
cause to obstruct or interfere with any works or proposed works
or Network Rail development both now and in the future
Network Rail strongly recommends the developer complies with
the following comments and requirements to maintain the safe
operation of the railway and protect Network Rail’s infrastructure.
Future maintenance
The applicant must ensure that any construction and subsequent
maintenance can be carried out to any proposed buildings or structures
without adversely affecting the safety of/or encroaching upon Network
Rail’s adjacent land and air-space. Therefore, any buildings are required
to be situated at least 2 metres (3m for overhead lines and third rail) from
Network Rail’s boundary. This requirement will allow for the construction
and future maintenance of a building without the need to access the
operational railway environment. Any less than 2m (3m for overhead
lines and third rail) and there is a strong possibility that the applicant(and
any future resident)will need to utilise
Network Rail land and air-space to facilitate works as well as adversely
impact upon Network Rail’s maintenance teams’ ability to maintain our
boundary fencing and boundary treatments. Access to Network Rail’s
land may not always be granted and if granted may be subject to railway
site safety requirements and special provisions with all associated
railway costs charged to the applicant.
As mentioned above, any works within Network Rail’s land would need
approval from the Network Rail Asset Protection Engineer. This request
should be submitted at least 20 weeks before any works are due to
commence on site and the applicant is liable for all associated costs (e.g.
possession, site safety, asset protection presence costs). However,
Network Rail is not required to grant permission for any third party access
to its land.
Plant & Materials
All operations, including the use of cranes or other mechanical plant
working adjacent to Network Rail’s property, must at all times be carried
out in a “fail safe” manner such that in the event of mishandling, collapse
or failure, no plant or materials are capable of falling within 3.0m of the
boundary with Network Rail.
Drainage
Storm/surface water must not be discharged onto Network Rail’s
property or into Network Rail’s culverts or drains except by agreement
with Network Rail. Suitable drainage or other works must be provided
and maintained by the Developer to prevent surface water flows or run-
off onto Network Rail’s property. Proper provision must be made to
accept and continue drainage discharging from Network Rail’s property;
full details to be submitted for approval to the Network Rail Asset
Protection Engineer. Suitable foul drainage must be provided separate
from Network Rail’s existing drainage. Soakaways, as a means of
storm/surface water disposal must not be constructed within 20 metres
of Network Rail’s boundary or at any point which could adversely affect
the stability of Network Rail’s property. After the completion and
occupation of the development, any new or exacerbated problems
attributable to the new development shall be investigated and remedied
at the applicants’ expense.
Scaffolding
Any scaffold which is to be constructed within 10 metres of the railway
boundary fence must be erected in such a manner that at no time will
any poles over-sail the railway and protective netting around such
scaffold must be installed. The applicant/applicant’s contractor must
consider if they can undertake the works and associated scaffold/access
for working at height within the footprint of their property boundary.
Piling
Where vibro-compaction/displacement piling plant is to be used in
development, details of the use of such machinery and a method
statement should be submitted for the approval of the Network Rail’s
Asset Protection Engineer prior to the commencement of works and the
works shall only be carried out in accordance with the approved method
statement.
Fencing
In view of the nature of the development, it is essential that the developer
provide (at their own expense) and thereafter maintain a substantial,
trespass proof fence along the development side of the existing
boundary fence, to a minimum height of 1.8 metres. The 1.8m fencing
should be adjacent to the railway boundary and the developer/applicant
should make provision for its future maintenance and renewal without
encroachment upon Network Rail land. Network Rail’s existing fencing /
wall must not be removed or damaged and at no point during or post
construction should the foundations of the fencing or wall or any
embankment therein, be damaged, undermined or compromised in any
way. Any vegetation within Network Rail’s land boundary must not be
disturbed. Any fencing installed by the applicant must not prevent
Network Rail from maintaining its own fencing/boundary treatment.
Lighting
Any lighting associated with the development (including vehicle lights)
must not interfere with the sighting of signalling apparatus and/or train
drivers’ vision on approaching trains. The location and colour of lights
must not give rise to the potential for confusion with the signalling
arrangements on the railway. The developers should obtain Network
Rail’s Asset Protection Engineer’s approval of their detailed proposals
regarding lighting.
Noise and Vibration
The potential for any noise/vibration impacts caused by the proximity
between the proposed development and any existing railway should be
made aware to the future occupiers of the site. It must also be assessed
in the context of the National Planning Policy Framework which holds
relevant national guidance information.
The current level of usage may be subject to change at any time without
notification including increased frequency of trains, night-time train
running and heavy freight trains. The appropriate building materials
should be used to reduce any potential noise disturbance from the
railway.
Vehicle Incursion
Where a proposal calls for hard standing area/parking of vehicles area
near the boundary with the operational railway, Network Rail would
recommend the installation of a highways approved vehicle incursion
barrier or high kerbs to prevent vehicles accidentally driving or rolling
onto the railway or damaging lineside fencing.
Landscaping
Any trees/shrubs to be planted adjacent to the railway boundary these
shrubs should be positioned at a minimum distance greater than their
predicted mature height from the boundary. Certain broad leaf deciduous
species should not be planted adjacent to the railway boundary as the
species will contribute to leaf fall which will have a detrimental effect on
the safety and operation of the railway. Network Rail wish to be involved
in the approval of any landscaping scheme adjacent to the railway. Any
hedge planted adjacent to Network Rail’s boundary fencing for screening
purposes should be so placed that when fully grown it does not damage
the fencing or provide a means of scaling it. No hedge should prevent
Network Rail from maintaining its boundary fencing. If required, Network
Rail’s Asset Protection team are able to provide more details on which
trees/shrubs are permitted within close proximity to the railway.
Existing Rights
Whilst not a planning matter, we would like to remind the applicant of the
need to identify and comply with all existing rights on the land. Network
Rail request all existing rights, covenants and easements are retained
unless agreed otherwise with Network Rail.
Property Rights
Notwithstanding the above, if any property rights are required from
Network Rail in order to deliver the development, Network Rail’s Property
team will need to be contacted.
6 Thames Water advice:
Thames Water recommend the following informative be attached to this
planning permission. Thames Water will aim to provide customers with a
minimum pressure of 10m head (approx. 1 bar) and a flow rate of 9
litres/minute at the point where it leaves Thames Waters pipes. The
developer should take account of this minimum pressure in the design of
the proposed development.
There are water mains crossing or close to your development. Thames
Water do NOT permit the building over or construction within 3m of water
mains. If you're planning significant works near our mains (within 3m)
we’ll need to check that your development doesn’t reduce capacity, limit
repair or maintenance activities during and after construction, or inhibit
the services we provide in any other way. The applicant is advised to
read our guide working near or diverting Thames Water pipes.
As required by Building regulations part H paragraph 2.36, Thames
Water requests that the Applicant should incorporate within their
proposal, protection to the property to prevent sewage flooding, by
installing a positive pumped device (or equivalent reflecting technological
advances), on the assumption that the sewerage network may surcharge
to ground level during storm conditions. If as part of the basement
development there is a proposal to discharge ground water to the public
network, this would require a Groundwater Risk Management Permit
from Thames Water. Any discharge made without a permit is deemed
illegal and may result in prosecution under the provisions of the Water
Industry Act 1991. We would expect the developer to demonstrate what
measures will be undertaken to minimise groundwater discharges into
the public sewer. Permit enquiries should be directed to Thames Water’s
Risk Management Team by telephoning 02035779483 or by emailing
APPENDIX A BACKGROUND PAPERS
List of Application Documents:
Application Form by Avison Young, dated 2
nd
October 2023;
CIL Form, dated 29
th
September 2023
Design and Access Statement by Apt (Revision R01), dated 29
th
September
2023;
Environmental Statement Volume 2: Townscape, Heritage and Visual Impact
Assessment by Tavernor Consultancy Limited, dated September 2023;
Planning Schedules Demolition GEA and GIA by Apt (Revision R01), dated
29
th
September 2023;
Planning Schedules - Existing GEA & GIA by Apt (Revision R01), dated 20
th
September 2023;
Planning Schedules - GEA & GIA by Apt (Revision R_01), dated 29
th
September
2023;
Planning Schedules - NIA & Terraces by Apt (Revision R_01), dated 29
th
September 2023;
Air Quality Impact Statement by Hilson Moran (Issue 01), dated 25
th
September
2023;
Archaeological Desk Based Assessment (Issue 4), dated 26
th
June 2023;
Circular Economy Statement by Chapman BDSP, dated September 2023;
Cultural Strategy by AND London, dated September 2023;
Delivery and Servicing Plan by Caneparo Associated, dated September 2023;
Economic Benefits Statement by WSP (Revision 1), dated 26
th
September
2023;
Energy Statement by Chapman BDSP, dated September 2023;
Environmental Statement Volume 1: Main Text and Figures by Avison Young,
dated September 2023;
Equality Statement by WSP (Revision 1), dated 26
th
September 2023;
Fire Safety Statement by Hoare Lea, dated September 2023;
Flood Risk Assessment by Waterman Infrastructure & Environment Limited,
dated September 2023;
Health Impact Assessment by WSP (Revision 1), dated 26
th
September 2023;
Landscape and Public Realm Strategy by Phil Allen Design, dated September
2023;
Library Management Plan by Opening the Book and Landsec, dated September
2023;
Lighting Strategy by Studio Fractal, dated September 2023;
Operational Waste Management Plan by Caneparo Associates, dated
September 2023;
Outline Construction Logistics Plan by Caneparo Associates, dated September
2023;
Desk Based Contamination Report by Card Geotechnics Limited (Revision 2),
dated 26
th
September 2023;
Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA), BREEAM Ecology and Biodiversity Net
Gain (BNG) Report by Greengage (Final), dated September 2023;
Security Needs Assessment by QCIC (Version F), dated 27
th
September 2023;
Social Value Statement by Social Value Portal, dated 27
th
September 2023;
Solar Glare Report by Avison Young, dated 1
st
September 2023;
Statement of Community Involvement by AND London, dated September 2023;
Sustainability Statement by Chapman BDSP, dated September 2023;
Thermal Comfort Assessment by GIA, dated September 2023;
Utilities Strategy by Chapman BDSP (Revision 03), dated September 2023;
Ventilation and Extraction Statement by Chapman BDSP (Revision 03), dated
September 2023;
Whole Life Carbon Optioneering Study by Chapman BDSP, dated September
2023;
Whole Life Cycle Carbon Assessment by Chapman BDSP, dated September
2023;
Wind Microclimate Assessment by GIA, dated September 2023;
Noise Impact Assessment by Hoare Lea (Revision 02), dated 26
th
September
2023;
Planning Statement by Avison Young, dated September 2023;
Transport Assessment by Caneparo Associates, dated September 2023;
Travel Plan by Caneparo Associated, dated September 2023;
Cover Letter by Avison Young, dated 23
rd
October 2023;
Environmental Statement Volume 2: Townscape, Heritage and Visual Impact
Assessment Addendum Views 17 and 18 by Tavernor Consultancy Limited,
received November 2023;
Daylight, Sunlight and Overshadowing Review by GIA, dated 26
th
January
2024;
Third Party Review of the Whole Life-cycle Carbon Assessment of Hill House
by AECOM (Revision 01), dated February 2024;
Wst 05 - Adaptation to Climate Change Risk Strategy - RIBA Stage 2 by
Chapman BDSP, received November 2023;
GLA Whole Life Carbon Spreadsheet by Avison Young, received November
2023;
Tree Survey and Arboricultural Impact Assessment by Usherwood
Arboriculture, dated 16
th
November 2023;
Carbon Emission Reporting Spreadsheet by Avison Young, received February
2023;
Circular Economy Statement Spreadsheet by Avison Young, received February
2023;
Hill House Library Design Update by Apt, dated February 2024;
Response to GIA Review Report by Delva Patman Redler, dated 23
rd
February
2024;
Pre-Redevelopment Exercise & City of London Questions by Chapman BDSP
(Revision 01), dated March 2024;
Response to CoL Design Comments by Apt, dated January 2024;
Hill House TfL Transport Response Note by Caneparo Associates, dated 22
nd
February 2024.
Whole life Carbon Optioneering Report - Rev 04, March 2024.
DPR Response to GIA Report dated 23.02.2024.
Letters sent to Sall Brathwaite, Nick Major, Dean Khanna - all dated 14.03.2024.
Internal Consultees:
Memo District Surveyors, dated 1
st
November 2023;
Email Air Quality Officer, dated 6
th
and 13
th
November 2023;
Memo - Access team dated 4
th
December 2023
Memo Contract and Drainage Service, dated 26
th
October 2023;
Memo Planning Obligations Officer, received 8
th
November 2023;
Memo Lead Local Flood Authority, dated 10
th
November 2023;
Email Cleansing Division, dated 24
th
November 2023 and 13
th
January 2024;
Memo Environmental Health, dated 24
th
November 2023; 13 January 2024;
Memo Public Relam, dated 27
th
November 2023
Memo Environmental Resilience Officer, dated 8
th
December 2023;
Letter Air Quality Officer, dated 5
th
December 2023;
Memo City Gardens, dated 1
st
March 2024.
External Consultations:
Email London Underground / DLR Safeguarding Engineer dated 31
st
October
2023.
Letter Environment Agency, dated 2
nd
November 2023;
Letter Westminster City Council, dated 20
th
December 2023;
Letter London City Airport, dated 9
th
November 2023; 24 November 2023.
Email NATS Safeguarding, dated 24
th
October 2023;
Letter Transport for London Crossrail Safeguarding, dated 10
th
November 2023;
and 26
th
October 2023.
Email Transport for London Infrastructure Protection, dated 20
th
November 2023;
Letter - Natural England, dated 6
th
November 2023 and 1
st
December 2023;
Letter London Parks and Gardens, dated 6
th
November 2023;
Email City of London Archaeological Trust, dated 9
th
November 2023;
Letter Greater London Archaeological Advisory Service, dated 10
th
November
2023;
Email Thames Water, dated 10
th
November 2023;
Memo Network Rail, received 13
th
November 2023;
Letter Twentieth Century Society, dated 14
th
November 2023;
Letter London Borough of Tower Hamlets, dated 15
th
November 2023;
Letter Greater London Authority, dated 24
th
November 2023;
Email Planning Obligations, dated 27
th
November 2023;
Letter - Surveyor to the fabric (St. Paul’s) dated 28
th
November 2023;
Letter - Royal Borough of Greenwich, dated 28
th
November 2023 and 18
th
January
2024;
Letter Southwark Council, received December 2023;
Letter Transport for London Spatial Planning, dated 15
th
December 2023;
Letter London Borough of Camden, dated 10
th
January 2024;
Email City Police Partnerships and Preventions Hub, dated 29
th
February 2024.
Letter - The Gardens Trust dated 6
th
November 2023.
Email - Heathrow Safeguarding 24
th
October 2023; 9
th
November 2023.
Letter - Historic England 12
th
November 2023.
Other:
Email from Avison Young Response to Air Quality Officer Comments, dated
9
th
November 2023;
Email from Avison Young Response to Historic England, dated 17
th
January
2024;
Email from Avison Young Response to Twentieth Century Society, dated 12
th
January 2024.
Representations:
Ms Amanda Singleton - 20.11.2023 (Objection)
Alderwoman Martha Grekos - 02.12.2023
Mr Daniel Langan - 04.12.2023
Mr Nick Major - 12.01.2024 (Objection)
Dr Sally Braithwaite - 14.01.2024 (Objection)
Mr Dean Khanna - 14.01.2024 (Objection)
Jess Bull 22.03.2024 (Support)
Holly Hetherington 22.03.2024 (Support)
Louis Cooke 21.03.2024 (Support)
Danial Zamri 21.02.2024 (Support)
Jess 21.03.2024 (Support)
Fiona Sinclair 21.03.2024 (Support)
Jack Harris Robinson 21.03.2024 (Support)
Amelia Saunders 21.03.2024 (Support)
Ee Li 21.03.2024 (Support)
EC 21.03.2024 (Support)
Shruti 21.03.2024 (Support)
Arjen Xani 21.03.2024 (Support)
Syona 21.03.2024 (Support)
Akshay Loomba 21.03.2024 (Support)
Avi 21.03.2024 (Support)
Sophia 21.03.2024 (Support)
Cameron Arthur 21.03.2024 (Support)
Liam Martin 22.03.2024 (Support)
Alex Davies 21.03.2024 (Support)
Will Batt 21.03.2024 (Support)
Shivani Kumar 21.03.2024 (Support)
Toki 21.03.2024 (Support)
Jocelyn Phimister 21.03.2024 (Support)
Rishi P 21.03.2024 (Support)
Jo Rigby 21.03.2024 (Support)
Liesel De Silva 21.03.2024 (Support)
Anna Niederlander 21.03.2024 (Support)
Robert Guthrie 21.03.2024 (Support)
Dougal Murray 21.03.2024 (Support)
Graham 22.03.2024 (Support)
Kit Holdridge 22.03.2024 (Support)
Sophie 22.03.2024 (Support)
Bradley Hughes 22.03.2024 (Support)
Isobel Roberts 22.03.2024 (Support)
Issy Riglesford 22.03.2024 (Support)
Archie Osei 22.03.2024 (Support)
Daniel Zamri 21.03.2024 (Support)
Nancy Walter 21.03.2024 (Support)
Emily 21.03.2024 (Support)
Felix Smith 21.03.2024 (Support)
Sophie Bleaney 22.03.2024 (Support)
Molly Richardson 22.03.2024 (Support)
Casper McKensie 22.03.2024 (Support)
APPENDIX B - POLICIES
Relevant Local Plan Policies
CS1 Provide additional offices
To ensure the City of London provides additional office development of
the highest quality to meet demand from long term employment growth
and strengthen the beneficial cluster of activities found in and near the
City that contribute to London's role as the world's leading international
financial and business centre.
CS2 Utilities infrastructure
To co-ordinate and facilitate infrastructure planning and delivery to
ensure that the functioning and growth of the City's business, resident,
student and visitor communities is not limited by provision of utilities and
telecommunications infrastructure.
CS3 Security and Safety
To ensure that the City is secure from crime, disorder and terrorism, has
safety systems of transport and is designed and managed to
satisfactorily accommodate large numbers of people, thereby increasing
public and corporate confidence in the City's role as the world's leading
international financial and business centre.
CS4 Planning contributions
To manage the impact of development, seeking appropriate developer
contributions.
CS10 Design
To promote a high standard and sustainable design of buildings, streets
and spaces, having regard to their surroundings and the character of the
City and creating an inclusive and attractive environment.
CS11 Encourage art, heritage and culture
To maintain and enhance the City's contribution to London's world-class
cultural status and to enable the City's communities to access a range of
arts, heritage and cultural experiences, in accordance with the City
Corporation's Destination Strategy.
CS12 Conserve or enhance heritage assets
To conserve or enhance the significance of the City's heritage assets and
their settings, and provide an attractive environment for the City's
communities and visitors.
CS13 Protect/enhance significant views
To protect and enhance significant City and London views of important
buildings, townscape and skylines, making a substantial contribution to
protecting the overall heritage of the City's landmarks.
CS14 Tall buildings in suitable places
To allow tall buildings of world class architecture and sustainable design
in suitable locations and to ensure that they take full account of the
character of their surroundings, enhance the skyline and provide a high
quality public realm at ground level.
CS15 Creation of sustainable development
To enable City businesses and residents to make sustainable choices in
their daily activities creating a more sustainable City, adapted to the
changing climate.
CS16 Improving transport and travel
To build on the City's strategic central London position and good transport
infrastructure to further improve the sustainability and efficiency of travel
in, to, from and through the City.
CS17 Minimising and managing waste
To support City businesses, residents and visitors in making sustainable
choices regarding the minimisation, transport and management of their
waste, capitalising on the City's riverside location for sustainable waste
transfer and eliminating reliance on landfill for municipal solid waste
(MSW).
CS18 Minimise flood risk
To ensure that the City remains at low risk from all types of flooding.
CS19 Improve open space and biodiversity
To encourage healthy lifestyles for all the City's communities through
improved access to open space and facilities, increasing the amount and
quality of open spaces and green infrastructure, while enhancing
biodiversity.
CS20 Retailing
To improve the quantity and quality of retailing and the retail
environment, promoting the development of the five Principal Shopping
Centres and the linkages between them.
CS21 Housing
To protect existing housing and amenity and provide additional housing
in the City, concentrated in or near identified residential areas, as shown
in Figure X, to meet the City's needs, securing suitable, accessible and
affordable housing and supported housing
CS22 Maximise community facilities
To maximise opportunities for the City's residential and working
communities to access suitable health, social and educational facilities
and opportunities, while fostering cohesive communities and healthy
lifestyles.
DM1.2 Assembly and protection of large office development sites
To promote the assembly and development of sites for large office
schemes in appropriate locations. The City Corporation will:
a) assist developers in identifying large sites where large floorplate
buildings may be appropriate;
b) invoke compulsory purchase powers, where appropriate and
necessary, to assemble large sites;
c) ensure that where large sites are developed with smaller
buildings, the design and mix of uses provides flexibility for
potential future site re-amalgamation;
d) resist development and land uses in and around potential large
sites that would jeopardise their future assembly, development
and operation, unless there is no realistic prospect of the site
coming forward for redevelopment during the Plan period.
DM1.3 Small and medium business units
To promote small and medium sized businesses in the City by
encouraging:
a) new accommodation suitable for small and medium sized businesses
or occupiers;
b) office designs which are flexible and adaptable to allow for subdivision
to create small and medium sized business units;
c) continued use of existing small and medium sized units which meet
occupier needs.
DM1.5 Mixed uses in commercial areas
To encourage a mix of commercial uses within office developments
which contribute to the City's economy and character and provide
support services for its businesses, workers and residents.
DM2.1 Infrastructure provision
1) Developers will be required to demonstrate, in conjunction with utility
providers, that there will be adequate utility infrastructure capacity, both
on and off the site, to serve the development during construction and
operation. Development should not lead to capacity or reliability
problems in the surrounding area. Capacity projections must take
account of climate change impacts which may influence future
infrastructure demand.
2) Utility infrastructure and connections must be designed into and
integrated with the development wherever possible. As a minimum,
developers should identify and plan for:
a) electricity supply to serve the construction phase and the intended use
for the site, and identify, in conjunction with electricity providers,
Temporary Building Supply(TBS) for the construction phase and the
estimated load capacity of the building and the substations and routes
for supply;
b) reasonable gas and water supply considering the need to conserve
natural resources;
c) heating and cooling demand and the viability of its provision via
decentralised energy (DE) networks. Designs must incorporate access
to existing DE networks where feasible and viable;
d) telecommunications network demand, including wired and wireless
infrastructure, planning for dual entry provision, where possible, through
communal entry chambers and flexibility to address future technological
improvements;
e) separate surface water and foul drainage requirements within the
proposed building or site, including provision of Sustainable Drainage
Systems (SuDS), rainwater harvesting and grey-water recycling,
minimising discharge to the combined sewer network.
3) In planning for utility infrastructure developers and utility providers
must provide entry and connection points within the development which
relate to the City's established utility infrastructure networks, utilising pipe
subway routes wherever feasible. Sharing of routes with other nearby
developments and the provision of new pipe subway facilities adjacent to
buildings will be encouraged.
4) Infrastructure provision must be completed prior to occupation of the
development. Where potential capacity problems are identified and no
improvements are programmed by the utility company, the City
Corporation will require the developer to facilitate appropriate
improvements, which may require the provision of space within new
developments for on-site infrastructure or off-site infrastructure
upgrades.
DM3.2 Security measures
To ensure that security measures are included in new developments,
applied to existing buildings and their curtilage, by requiring:
a) building-related security measures, including those related to the servicing
of the building, to be located within the development's boundaries;
b) measures to be integrated with those of adjacent buildings and the public
realm;
c) that security is considered at the concept design or early developed design
phases of all development proposals to avoid the need to retro-fit
measures that impact on the public realm;
d) developers to seek recommendations from the City of London Police
Architectural Liaison Officer at the design stage. New development should
meet Secured by Design principles;
e) the provision of service management plans for all large development,
demonstrating that vehicles seeking access to the building can do so
without waiting on the public highway;
f) an assessment of the environmental impact of security measures,
particularly addressing visual impact and impact on pedestrian flows.
DM3.3 Crowded places
On all major developments, applicants will be required to satisfy principles
and standards that address the issues of crowded places and counter-
terrorism, by: a) conducting a full risk assessment; b) keeping access
points to the development to a minimum; c) ensuring that public realm and
pedestrian permeability associated with a building or site is not adversely
impacted, and that design considers the application of Hostile Vehicle
Mitigation measures at an early stage; d) ensuring early consultation with
the City of London Police on risk mitigation measures; e) providing
necessary measures that relate to the appropriate level of crowding in a
site, place or wider area.
DM3.4 Traffic management
To require developers to reach agreement with the City Corporation and
TfL on the design and implementation of traffic management and highways
security measures, including addressing the management of service
vehicles, by: a) consulting the City Corporation on all matters relating to
servicing; b) restricting motor vehicle access, where required; c)
implementing public realm enhancement and pedestrianisation schemes,
where appropriate; d) using traffic calming, where feasible, to limit the
opportunity for hostile vehicle approach.
DM3.5 Night-time entertainment
1) Proposals for new night-time entertainment and related uses and the
extension of existing premises will only be permitted where it can be
demonstrated that, either individually or cumulatively, there is no
unacceptable impact on: a) the amenity of residents and other noise-
sensitive uses; b) environmental amenity, taking account of the potential
for noise, disturbance and odours arising from the operation of the
premises, customers arriving at and leaving the premises and the
servicing of the premises. 2) Applicants will be required to submit
Management Statements detailing how these issues will be addressed
during the operation of the premises.
DM10.1 New development
To require all developments, including alterations and extensions to
existing buildings, to be of a high standard of design and to avoid harm to
the townscape and public realm, by ensuring that:
a) the bulk and massing of schemes are appropriate in relation to their
surroundings and have due regard to the general scale, height, building
lines, character, historic interest and significance, urban grain and
materials of the locality and relate well to the character of streets, squares,
lanes, alleys and passageways;
b) all development is of a high standard of design and architectural detail with
elevations that have an appropriate depth and quality of modelling;
c) appropriate, high quality and durable materials are used;
d) the design and materials avoid unacceptable wind impacts at street level
or intrusive solar glare impacts on the surrounding townscape and public
realm;
e) development has attractive and visually interesting street level elevations,
providing active frontages wherever possible to maintain or enhance the
vitality of the City's streets;
f) the design of the roof is visually integrated into the overall design of the
building when seen from both street level views and higher level
viewpoints;
g) plant and building services equipment are fully screened from view and
integrated in to the design of the building. Installations that would
adversely affect the character, appearance or amenities of the buildings
or area will be resisted;
h) servicing entrances are designed to minimise their effects on the
appearance of the building and street scene and are fully integrated into
the building's design;
i) there is provision of appropriate hard and soft landscaping, including
appropriate boundary treatments;
j) the external illumination of buildings is carefully designed to ensure visual
sensitivity, minimal energy use and light pollution, and the discreet
integration of light fittings into the building design;
k) there is provision of amenity space, where appropriate;
l) there is the highest standard of accessible and inclusive design.
DM10.2 Design of green roofs and walls
1) To encourage the installation of green roofs on all appropriate
developments. On each building the maximum practicable coverage of
green roof should be achieved. Extensive green roofs are preferred and
their design should aim to maximise the roof's environmental benefits,
including biodiversity, run-off attenuation and building insulation.
2) To encourage the installation of green walls in appropriate locations, and
to ensure that they are satisfactorily maintained.
DM10.3 Roof gardens and terraces
1) To encourage high quality roof gardens and terraces where they do not:
a) immediately overlook residential premises;
b) adversely affect rooflines or roof profiles;
c) result in the loss of historic or locally distinctive roof forms, features or
coverings;
d) impact on identified views.
2) Public access will be sought where feasible in new development.
DM10.4 Environmental enhancement
The City Corporation will work in partnership with developers, Transport
for London and other organisations to design and implement schemes for
the enhancement of highways, the public realm and other spaces.
Enhancement schemes should be of a high standard of design,
sustainability, surface treatment and landscaping, having regard to:
a) the predominant use of the space, surrounding buildings and adjacent
spaces;
b) connections between spaces and the provision of pleasant walking routes;
c) the use of natural materials, avoiding an excessive range and harmonising
with the surroundings of the scheme and materials used throughout the
City;
d) the inclusion of trees and soft landscaping and the promotion of
biodiversity, where feasible linking up existing green spaces and routes to
provide green corridors;
e) the City's heritage, retaining and identifying features that contribute
positively to the character and appearance of the City;
f) sustainable drainage, where feasible, co-ordinating the design with
adjacent buildings in order to implement rainwater recycling;
g) the need to provide accessible and inclusive design, ensuring that streets
and walkways remain uncluttered;
h) the need for pedestrian priority and enhanced permeability, minimising the
conflict between pedestrians and cyclists;
i) the need to resist the loss of routes and spaces that enhance the City's
function, character and historic interest;
j) the use of high quality street furniture to enhance and delineate the public
realm;
k) lighting which should be sensitively co-ordinated with the design of the
scheme.
DM10.5 Shopfronts
To ensure that shopfronts are of a high standard of design and
appearance and to resist inappropriate designs and alterations. Proposals
for shopfronts should:
a) respect the quality and architectural contribution of any existing shopfront;
b) respect the relationship between the shopfront, the building and its
context;
c) use high quality and sympathetic materials;
d) include signage only in appropriate locations and in proportion to the
shopfront;
e) consider the impact of the installation of louvres, plant and access to
refuse storage;
f) incorporate awnings and canopies only in locations where they would not
harm the appearance of the shopfront or obstruct architectural features;
g) not include openable shopfronts or large serving openings where they
would have a harmful impact on the appearance of the building and/or
amenity;
h) resist external shutters and consider other measures required for security;
i) consider the internal treatment of shop windows (displays and opaque
windows) and the contribution to passive surveillance;
j) be designed to allow access by users, for example, incorporating level
entrances and adequate door widths.
DM10.7 Daylight and sunlight
1) To resist development which would reduce noticeably the daylight and
sunlight available to nearby dwellings and open spaces to unacceptable
levels, taking account of the Building Research Establishment's
guidelines.
2) The design of new developments should allow for the lighting needs of
intended occupiers and provide acceptable levels of daylight and sunlight.
DM10.8 Access and inclusive design
To achieve an environment that meets the highest standards of
accessibility and inclusive design in all developments (both new and
refurbished), open spaces and streets, ensuring that the City of London is:
a) inclusive and safe for of all who wish to use it, regardless of disability, age,
gender, ethnicity, faith or economic circumstance;
b) convenient and welcoming with no disabling barriers, ensuring that
everyone can experience independence without undue effort, separation
or special treatment;
c) responsive to the needs of all users who visit, work or live in the City, whilst
recognising that one solution might not work for all.
DM11.1 Visitor, Arts and Cultural
1) To resist the loss of existing visitor, arts and cultural facilities unless:
a) replacement facilities are provided on-site or within the vicinity which meet
the needs of the City's communities; or
b) they can be delivered from other facilities without leading to or increasing
any shortfall in provision, and it has been demonstrated that there is no
demand for another similar use on the site; or
c) it has been demonstrated that there is no realistic prospect of the premises
being used for a similar purpose in the foreseeable future.
2) Proposals resulting in the loss of visitor, arts and cultural facilities must be
accompanied by evidence of the lack of need for those facilities. Loss of
facilities will only be permitted where it has been demonstrated that the
existing floorspace has been actively marketed as a visitor, arts or cultural
facility at reasonable terms.
DM11.2 Public Art
To enhance the City's public realm and distinctive identity by:
a) protecting existing works of art and other objects of cultural
significance and encouraging the provision of additional works in
appropriate locations;
b) ensuring that financial provision is made for the future maintenance of
new public art;
c) requiring the appropriate reinstatement or re-siting of art works and
other objects of cultural significance when buildings are redeveloped.
DM12.1 Change affecting heritage assets
1. To sustain and enhance heritage assets, their settings and significance.
2. Development proposals, including proposals for telecommunications
infrastructure, that have an effect upon heritage assets, including their
settings, should be accompanied by supporting information to assess and
evaluate the significance of heritage assets and the degree of impact
caused by the development.
3. The loss of routes and spaces that contribute to the character and historic
interest of the City will be resisted.
4. Development will be required to respect the significance, character, scale
and amenities of surrounding heritage assets and spaces and their
settings.
5. Proposals for sustainable development, including the incorporation of
climate change adaptation measures, must be sensitive to heritage
assets.
DM12.4 Archaeology
1. To require planning applications which involve excavation or ground
works on sites of archaeological potential to be accompanied by an
archaeological assessment and evaluation of the site, including the impact
of the proposed development. 2. To preserve, protect, safeguard and
enhance archaeological monuments, remains and their settings in
development, and to seek a public display and interpretation, where
appropriate. 3. To require proper investigation and recording of
archaeological remains as an integral part of a development programme,
and publication and archiving of results to advance understanding.
DM15.1 Sustainability requirements
1. Sustainability Statements must be submitted with all planning applications
in order to ensure that sustainability is integrated into designs for all
development.
2. For major development (including new development and refurbishment)
the Sustainability Statement should include as a minimum:
a) BREEAM or Code for Sustainable Homes pre-assessment;
b) an energy statement in line with London Plan requirements;
c) demonstration of climate change resilience measures.
3. BREEAM or Code for Sustainable Homes assessments should
demonstrate sustainability in aspects which are of particular significance
in the City's high density urban environment. Developers should aim to
achieve the maximum possible credits to address the City's priorities.
4. Innovative sustainability solutions will be encouraged to ensure that the
City's buildings remain at the forefront of sustainable building design.
Details should be included in the Sustainability Statement.
5. Planning conditions will be used to ensure that Local Plan assessment
targets are met.
DM15.2 Energy and CO2 emissions
1. Development design must take account of location, building orientation,
internal layouts and landscaping to reduce likely energy consumption.
2. For all major development energy assessments must be submitted with
the application demonstrating:
a) energy efficiency - showing the maximum improvement over current
Building Regulations to achieve the required Fabric Energy Efficiency
Standards;
b) carbon compliance levels required to meet national targets for zero carbon
development using low and zero carbon technologies, where feasible;
c) where on-site carbon emission reduction is unviable, offsetting of residual
CO2 emissions through "allowable solutions" for the lifetime of the building
to achieve national targets for zero-carbon homes and non-domestic
buildings. Achievement of zero carbon buildings in advance of national
target dates will be encouraged;
d) anticipated residual power loads and routes for supply.
DM15.3 Low and zero carbon technologies
1. For development with a peak heat demand of 100 kilowatts or more
developers should investigate the feasibility and viability of connecting to
existing decentralised energy networks. This should include investigation
of the potential for extensions of existing heating and cooling networks to
serve the development and development of new networks where existing
networks are not available. Connection routes should be designed into the
development where feasible and connection infrastructure should be
incorporated wherever it is viable.
2. Where connection to offsite decentralised energy networks is not feasible,
installation of on-site CCHP and the potential to create new localised
decentralised energy infrastructure through the export of excess heat must
be considered
3. Where connection is not feasible or viable, all development with a peak
heat demand of 100 kilowatts or more should be designed to enable
connection to potential future decentralised energy networks.
4. Other low and zero carbon technologies must be evaluated. Non
combustion based technologies should be prioritised in order to avoid
adverse impacts on air quality.
DM15.4 Offsetting carbon emissions
1. All feasible and viable on-site or near-site options for carbon emission
reduction must be applied before consideration of offsetting. Any
remaining carbon emissions calculated for the lifetime of the building that
cannot be mitigated on-site will need to be offset using "allowable
solutions".
2. Where carbon targets cannot be met on-site the City Corporation will
require carbon abatement elsewhere or a financial contribution, negotiated
through a S106 planning obligation to be made to an approved carbon
offsetting scheme.
3. Offsetting may also be applied to other resources including water
resources and rainwater run-off to meet sustainability targets off-site
where on-site compliance is not feasible.
DM15.5 Climate change resilience
1. Developers will be required to demonstrate through Sustainability
Statements that all major developments are resilient to the predicted
climate conditions during the building's lifetime.
2. Building designs should minimise any contribution to the urban heat island
effect caused by heat retention and waste heat expulsion in the built
environment.
DM15.6 Air quality
1. Developers will be required to consider the impact of their proposals on air
quality and, where appropriate, provide an Air Quality Impact Assessment.
2. Development that would result in deterioration of the City's nitrogen
dioxide or PM10 pollution levels will be resisted.
3. Major developments will be required to maximise credits for the pollution
section of the BREEAM or Code for Sustainable Homes assessment
relating to on-site emissions of oxides of nitrogen (NOx).
4. Developers will be encouraged to install non-combustion low and zero
carbon energy technology. A detailed air quality impact assessment will
be required for combustion based low and zero carbon technologies, such
as CHP plant and biomass or biofuel boilers, and necessary mitigation
must be approved by the City Corporation.
5. Construction and deconstruction and the transport of construction
materials and waste must be carried out in such a way as to minimise air
quality impacts.
6. Air intake points should be located away from existing and potential
pollution sources (e.g. busy roads and combustion flues). All combustion
flues should terminate above the roof height of the tallest building in the
development in order to ensure maximum dispersion of pollutants.
DM15.7 Noise and light pollution
1. Developers will be required to consider the impact of their developments
on the noise environment and where appropriate provide a noise
assessment. The layout, orientation, design and use of buildings should
ensure that operational noise does not adversely affect neighbours,
particularly noise-sensitive land uses such as housing, hospitals, schools
and quiet open spaces.
2. Any potential noise conflict between existing activities and new
development should be minimised. Where the avoidance of noise conflicts
is impractical, mitigation measures such as noise attenuation and
restrictions on operating hours will be implemented through appropriate
planning conditions.
3. Noise and vibration from deconstruction and construction activities must
be minimised and mitigation measures put in place to limit noise
disturbance in the vicinity of the development.
4. Developers will be required to demonstrate that there will be no increase
in background noise levels associated with new plant and equipment.
5. Internal and external lighting should be designed to reduce energy
consumption, avoid spillage of light beyond where it is needed and protect
the amenity of light-sensitive uses such as housing, hospitals and areas
of importance for nature conservation.
DM15.8 Contaminated land and water quality
Where development involves ground works or the creation of open
spaces, developers will be expected to carry out a detailed site
investigation to establish whether the site is contaminated and to
determine the potential for pollution of the water environment or harm to
human health and non-human receptors. Suitable mitigation must be
identified to remediate any contaminated land and prevent potential
adverse impacts of the development on human and non-human
receptors, land or water quality.
DM16.1 Transport impacts of development
1. Development proposals that are likely to have effects on transport must
be accompanied by an assessment of the transport implications during
both construction and operation, in particular addressing impacts on:
a) road dangers;
b) pedestrian environment and movement;
c) cycling infrastructure provision;
d) public transport;
e) the street network.
2. Transport Assessments and Travel Plans should be used to demonstrate
adherence to the City Corporation's transportation standards.
DM16.2 Pedestrian movement
1. Pedestrian movement must be facilitated by provision of suitable
pedestrian routes through and around new developments, by maintaining
pedestrian routes at ground level, and the upper level walkway network
around the Barbican and London Wall.
2. The loss of a pedestrian route will normally only be permitted where an
alternative public pedestrian route of at least an equivalent standard is
provided having regard to:
a) the extent to which the route provides for current and all reasonably
foreseeable future demands placed upon it, including at peak periods;
b) the shortest practicable routes between relevant points.
3. Routes of historic importance should be safeguarded as part of the City's
characteristic pattern of lanes, alleys and courts, including the route's
historic alignment and width.
4. The replacement of a route over which pedestrians have rights, with one
to which the public have access only with permission will not normally be
acceptable.
5. Public access across private land will be encouraged where it enhances
the connectivity, legibility and capacity of the City's street network. Spaces
should be designed so that signage is not necessary and it is clear to the
public that access is allowed.
6. The creation of new pedestrian rights of way will be encouraged where
this would improve movement and contribute to the character of an area,
taking into consideration pedestrian routes and movement in neighbouring
areas and boroughs, where relevant.
DM16.3 Cycle parking
1. On-site cycle parking must be provided in accordance with the local
standards set out in Table 16.2 or, for other land uses, with the standards
of the London Plan. Applicants will be encouraged to exceed the
standards set out in Table 16.2.
2. On-street cycle parking in suitable locations will be encouraged to meet
the needs of cyclists.
DM16.4 Encouraging active travel
1. Ancillary facilities must be provided within new and refurbished buildings
to support active transport modes such as walking, cycling and running.
All commercial development should make sufficient provision for showers,
changing areas and lockers/storage to cater for employees wishing to
engage in active travel.
2. Where facilities are to be shared with a number of activities they should
be conveniently located to serve all proposed activities.
DM16.5 Parking and servicing standards
1. Developments in the City should be car-free except for designated Blue
Badge spaces. Where other car parking is exceptionally provided it must
not exceed London Plan's standards.
2. Designated parking must be provided for Blue Badge holders within
developments in conformity with London Plan requirements and must be
marked out and reserved at all times for their use. Disabled parking spaces
must be at least 2.4m wide and at least 4.8m long and with reserved areas
at least 1.2m wide, marked out between the parking spaces and at the
rear of the parking spaces.
3. Except for dwelling houses (use class C3), whenever any car parking
spaces (other than designated Blue Badge parking) are provided, motor
cycle parking must be provided at a ratio of 10 motor cycle parking spaces
per 1 car parking space. At least 50% of motor cycle parking spaces must
be at least 2.3m long and at least 0.9m wide and all motor cycle parking
spaces must be at least 2.0m long and at least 0.8m wide.
4. On site servicing areas should be provided to allow all goods and refuse
collection vehicles likely to service the development at the same time to
be conveniently loaded and unloaded. Such servicing areas should
provide sufficient space or facilities for all vehicles to enter and exit the
site in a forward gear. Headroom of at least 5m where skips are to be lifted
and 4.75m for all other vehicle circulation areas should be provided.
5. Coach parking facilities for hotels (use class C1) will not be permitted.
6. All off-street car parking spaces and servicing areas must be equipped
with the facility to conveniently recharge electric vehicles.
7. Taxi ranks are encouraged at key locations, such as stations, hotels and
shopping centres. The provision of taxi ranks should be designed to
occupy the minimum practicable space, using a combined entry and exit
point to avoid obstruction to other transport modes.
DM17.1 Provision for waste
1. Waste facilities must be integrated into the design of buildings, wherever
feasible, and allow for the separate storage and collection of recyclable
materials, including compostable material.
2. On-site waste management, through techniques such as recyclate sorting
or energy recovery, which minimises the need for waste transfer, should
be incorporated wherever possible.
DM17.2 Designing out construction waste
New development should be designed to minimise the impact of
deconstruction and construction waste on the environment through:
a) reuse of existing structures;
b) building design which minimises wastage and makes use of recycled
materials;
c) recycling of deconstruction waste for reuse on site where feasible;
d) transport of waste and construction materials by rail or river wherever
practicable;
e) application of current best practice with regard to air quality, dust,
hazardous waste, waste handling and waste management
DM18.2 Sustainable drainage systems
1. The design of the surface water drainage system should be integrated into
the design of proposed buildings or landscaping, where feasible and
practical, and should follow the SuDS management train (Fig T) and
London Plan drainage hierarchy.
2. SuDS designs must take account of the City's archaeological heritage,
complex underground utilities, transport infrastructure and other
underground structures, incorporating suitable SuDS elements for the
City's high density urban situation.
3. SuDS should be designed, where possible, to maximise contributions to
water resource efficiency, biodiversity enhancement and the provision of
multifunctional open spaces.
DM19.1 Additional open space
1. Major commercial and residential developments should provide new and
enhanced open space where possible. Where on-site provision is not
feasible, new or enhanced open space should be provided near the site,
or elsewhere in the City.
2. New open space should:
a) be publicly accessible where feasible; this may be achieved through a
legal agreement;
b) provide a high quality environment;
c) incorporate soft landscaping and Sustainable Drainage Systems, where
practicable;
d) have regard to biodiversity and the creation of green corridors;
e) have regard to acoustic design to minimise noise and create tranquil
spaces.
3. The use of vacant development sites to provide open space for a
temporary period will be encouraged where feasible and appropriate.
DM19.2 Biodiversity and urban greening
Developments should promote biodiversity and contribute to urban
greening by incorporating:
a) green roofs and walls, soft landscaping and trees;
b) features for wildlife, such as nesting boxes and beehives;
c) a planting mix which encourages biodiversity;
d) planting which will be resilient to a range of climate conditions;
e) maintenance of habitats within Sites of Importance for Nature
Conservation.
DM20.3 Retail uses elsewhere
To resist the loss of isolated and small groups of retail units outside the
PSCs and Retail Links that form an active retail frontage, particularly A1
units near residential areas, unless it is demonstrated that they are no
longer needed.
DM20.4 Retail unit sizes
1. Proposals for new retail uses should provide a variety of unit sizes
compatible with the character of the area in which they are situated.
2. Major retail units (over 1,000sq.m) will be encouraged in PSCs and, where
appropriate, in the Retail Links in accordance with the sequential test.
DM21.3 Residential environment
1. The amenity of existing residents within identified residential areas will be
protected by:
a) resisting other uses which would cause undue noise disturbance, fumes
and smells and vehicle or pedestrian movements likely to cause
disturbance;
b) requiring new development near existing dwellings to demonstrate
adequate mitigation measures to address detrimental impact.
2. Noise-generating uses should be sited away from residential uses, where
possible. Where residential and other uses are located within the same
development or area, adequate noise mitigation measures must be
provided and, where required, planning conditions will be imposed to
protect residential amenity.
3. All development proposals should be designed to avoid overlooking and
seek to protect the privacy, day lighting and sun lighting levels to adjacent
residential accommodation.
4. All new residential development proposals must demonstrate how
potential adverse noise impacts on and between dwellings will be
mitigated by housing layout, design and materials.
5. The cumulative impact of individual developments on the amenity of
existing residents will be considered.
DM22.1 Social and community facilities
1. To resist the loss of social and community facilities unless:
a) replacement facilities are provided on-site or within the vicinity which meet
the needs of the users of the existing facility; or
b) necessary services can be delivered from other facilities without leading
to, or increasing, any shortfall in provision; or
c) it has been demonstrated that there is no demand for another similar use
on site.
2. Proposals for the redevelopment or change of use of social and
community facilities must be accompanied by evidence of the lack of need
for those facilities. Loss of facilities will only be permitted where it has been
demonstrated that the existing floor space has been actively marketed at
reasonable terms for public social and community floorspace.
3. The development of new social and community facilities should provide
flexible, multi-use space suitable for a range of different uses and will be
permitted:
a) where they would not be prejudicial to the business City and where there
is no strong economic reason for retaining office use;
b) in locations which are convenient to the communities they serve;
c) in or near identified residential areas, providing their amenity is
safeguarded;
d) as part of major mixed-use developments, subject to an assessment of
the scale, character, location and impact of the proposal on existing
facilities and neighbouring uses.
4. Developments that result in additional need for social and community
facilities will be required to provide the necessary facilities or contribute
towards enhancing existing facilities to enable them to meet identified
need.
DM22.2 Provision of Public Toilets
A widespread distribution of public toilets which meet public demand will
be provided by:
a) requiring the provision of a range of public toilet facilities in major retail
and leisure developments, particularly near visitor attractions, public open
spaces and major transport interchanges. This includes the provision of
pop-up toilets in suitable areas with concentrations of night-time activity;
b) supporting an increase in the membership of the Community Toilet
Scheme;
c) resisting the loss of existing public toilets unless adequate provision is
available nearby and requiring the provision of replacement facilities;
d) taking the opportunity to renew existing toilets which are within areas
subject to major redevelopment schemes and seeking the incorporation of
additional toilets in proposed developments where they are needed to
meet increased demand.
DM21.3 Residential environment
1. The amenity of existing residents within identified residential areas will be
protected by: a) resisting other uses which would cause undue noise
disturbance, fumes and smells and vehicle or pedestrian movements likely
to cause disturbance; b) requiring new development near existing
dwellings to demonstrate adequate mitigation measures to address
detrimental impact.
2. Noise-generating uses should be sited away from residential uses, where
possible. Where residential and other uses are located within the same
development or area, adequate noise mitigation measures must be
provided and, where required, planning conditions will be imposed to
protect residential amenity.
3. All development proposals should be designed to avoid overlooking and
seek to protect the privacy, day lighting and sun lighting levels to adjacent
residential accommodation.
4. All new residential development proposals must demonstrate how potential
adverse noise impacts on and between dwellings will be mitigated by
housing layout, design and materials.
5. The cumulative impact of individual developments on the amenity of existing
residents will be considered
London Plan Policies
• Policy GG1 Building Strong and Inclusive Communities
• Policy GG2 Making the best use of land
• Policy CG3 Creating a Healthy City
• Policy GG5 Growing a good economy
• Policy GG6 Increasing efficiency and resilience
• Policy SD4 The Central Activities Zone (CAZ)
• Policy SD5 Offices, and other strategic functions and residential development in the
CAZ
• Policy D1 London’s form, character and capacity for growth
• Policy D2 Infrastructure requirements for sustainable densities
• Policy D3 Optimising site capacity through the design-led approach
• Policy D4 Delivering Good Design
• Policy D5 Inclusive Design
• Policy D8 Public realm
• Policy D9 Tall Buildings
• Policy D11 Safety, security and resilience to emergency
• Policy D12 Fire Safety
• Policy D13 Agent of Change
• Policy D14 Noise
• Policy S1 Developing London’s Social Infrastructure
• Policy S6 Public toilets
• Policy E1 Offices
• Policy E2 Providing suitable business space
• Policy E3 Affordable Workspace
• Policy E9 Retail, markets and hot food takeaways
• Policy E10 Visitor infrastructure
• Policy E11 Skills and opportunities for all
• Policy HC1 Heritage conservation and growth
• Policy HC2 World Heritage Sites
• Policy HC3 Strategic and Local Views
• Policy HC4 London View Management Framework
• Policy HC5 Supporting London’s culture and creative industries
• Policy HC6 Supporting the night-time economy
• Policy G1 Green infrastructure
• Policy G4 Open space
• Policy G5 Urban Greening
• Policy G6 Biodiversity and access to nature
• Policy G7 Trees and woodlands
• Policy SI1 Improving air quality
• Policy SI2 Minimising greenhouse gas emissions
• Policy SI3 Energy Infrastructure
• Policy SI4 Managing heat risk
• Policy SI5 Water Infrastructure
• Policy SI6 Digital connectivity infrastructure
• Policy SI7 Reducing waste and supporting the circular economy
• Policy SI8 Waste capacity and net waste self-sufficiency
• Policy SI12 Flood risk management
• Policy SL13 Sustainable drainage
• Policy T1 Strategic approach to transport
• Policy T2 Healthy Streets
• Policy T3 Transport capacity, connectivity and safeguarding
• Policy T4 Assessing and mitigating transport impacts
• Policy T5 Cycling
• Policy T6 Car Parking (and T6.2, T6.3, T6.4, T6.5).
• Policy T7 Deliveries, servicing and construction
Relevant GLA Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG):
• Accessible London: Achieving an Inclusive Environment SPG (October 2014);
Control of Dust and Emissions during Construction and Demolition SPG (September
2014);
• Sustainable Design and Construction (September 2014);
• Social Infrastructure (May 2015);
• Culture and Night-Time Economy SPG (November 2017);
• London Environment Strategy (May 2018);
• London View Management Framework SPG (March 2012);
• Cultural Strategy (2018);
• Mayoral CIL 2 Charging Schedule (April 2019);
• Central Activities Zone (March 2016).
• Mayor’s Transport Strategy (2018)
Local Plan Supplementary Planning Guidance
• Air Quality SPD (CoL, July 2017);
• Archaeology and Development Guidance SPD (CoL, July 2017);
• City of London Lighting SPD (CoL, October 2023);
• City Public Realm SPD (CoL, July 2016);
• City Transport Strategy (November 2018 – draft);
• City Waste Strategy 2013-2020 (CoL, January 2014);
• Open Space Strategy SPD (CoL, January 2015);
• Protected Views SPD (CoL, January 2012);
• Planning Advice Notes on Sunlight City of London Wind Guidelines (2019);
• City of London Thermal Comfort Guidelines (2020)
• Planning Obligations SPD (CoL, May 2021)
Draft City Plan 2040 Policies
STRATEGIC POLICY S1: HEALTHY AND INCLUSIVE CITY
POLICY HL1: INCLUSIVE BUILDINGS AND SPACES
POLICY HL2: AIR QUALITY
POLICY HL3: NOISE
POLICY HL4: CONTAMINATED LAND AND WATER QUALITY
POLICY HL5: LOCATION AND PROTECTION OF SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY
FACILITIES
POLICY HL6: PUBLIC TOILETS
POLICY HL7: SPORT AND RECREATION
POLICY HL8: PLAY AREAS AND FACILITIES
POLICY HL9: HEALTH IMPACT ASSESSMENT (HIA)
STRATEGIC POLICY S2: SAFE AND SECURE CITY
POLICY SA1: PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS
POLICY SA2: DISPERSAL ROUTES
POLICY SA3: DESIGNING IN SECURITY
STRATEGIV POLICY S3: HOUSING
POLICY HS3: RESIDENTIAL ENVIRONMENT
STRATEGIC POLICY S4: OFFICES
POLICY OF1: OFFICE DEVELOPMENT
POLICY OF2: PROTECTION OF EXISTING OFFICE FLOORSPACE
POLICY OF3: TEMPORARY ‘MEANWHILE’ USES
STRATEGIC POLICY S5: RETAIL AND ACTIVE FRONTAGES
POLICY RE2: ACTIVE FRONTAGES
STRATEGIC POLICY S6: CULTURE AND VISITORS
POLICY CV1: PROTECTION OF EXISTING VISITOR,ARTS AND CULTURAL
FACILITIES
POLICY CV2: PROVISION OF ARTS,CULTURE AND LEISURE FACILITIES
POLICY CV3: PROVISION OF VISITOR FACILITIES
POLICY CV4: HOTELS
POLICY CV5: EVENING ANDNIGHT-TIME ECONOMY
POLICY CV6: PUBLIC ART
STRATEGIC POLICY S7: INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES
8.2 POLICY IN1: INFRASTRUCTURE PROVISION AND CONNECTION
8.3 POLICY IN2: INFRASTRUCTURE CAPACITY
8.4 POLICY IN3: PIPE SUBWAYS
STRATEGIC POLICY S8: DESIGN
POLICY DE1: SUSTAINABLE DESIGN
POLICY DE2: DESIGNQUALITY
POLICY DE3: PUBLIC REALM
POLICY DE4: TERRACES AND ELEVATED PUBLIC SPACES
POLICY DE5: SHOPFRONTS
POLICY DE6: ADVERTISEMENTS
POLICY DE7: DAYLIGHT AND SUNLIGHT
POLICY DE8: LIGHTING
STRATEGIC POLICY S9: TRANSPORT AND SERVICING
POLICY VT1: THE IMPACTS OF DEVELOPMENT ON TRANSPORT
POLICY VT2: FREIGHT AND SERVICING
POLICY VT3: VEHICLE PARKING
POLICY VT4: RIVER TRANSPORT
POLICY VT5: AVIATION LANDING FACILITIES
STRATEGIC POLICY S10: ACTIVE TRAVEL AND HEALTHY STREETS
POLICYAT1: PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENT, PERMEABILITY AND WAYFINDING
POLICY AT2: ACTIVE TRAVEL INCLUDING CYCLING
POLICY AT3: CYCLE PARKING
STRATEGIC POLICY S11: HISTORIC ENVIRONMENT
POLICY HE1: MANAGING CHANGE TO THE HISTORIC ENVIRONMENT
POLICY HE2: ANCIENT MONUMENTS AND ARCHAEOLOGY
POLICY HE3: SETTING OF THE TOWER OF LONDON WORLD HERITAGE SITE
STRATEGIC POLICY S12: TALL BUILDINGS
STRATEGIC POLICY S13: PROTECTED VIEWS
STRATEGIC POLICY S14: OPEN SPACES AND GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE
POLICY OS1: PROTECTION AND PROVISION OF OPEN SPACES
POLICY OS2: URBAN GREENING
POLICY OS3: BIODIVERSITY
POLICY OS4: BIODIVERSITY NETGAIN
POLICY OS5: TREES
STRATEGIC POLICY S15: CLIMATE RESILIENCE AND FLOOD RISK
13.2 POLICY CR1: OVERHEATING AND URBAN HEAT ISLAND EFFECT
13.3 POLICY CR2: FLOOD RISK
13.4 POLICY CR3: SUSTAINABLE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS (SUDS)
13.5 POLICY CR4: FLOOD PROTECTION AND FLOOD DEFENCES
13.6 STRATEGIC POLICY S16: CIRCULAR ECONOMY AND WASTE
13.7 POLICY CE1: SUSTAINABLE WASTE FACILITIES AND TRANSPORT
STRATEGIC POLICY S22: FLEET STREET AND LUDGATE
STRATEGIC POLICY S26: PLANNING CONTRIBUTIONS